Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
64 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
adhobhuvanamNeuterSingularpātālam, balisadma, rasātalam, nāgalokaḥa festival
ākrandaḥ3.3.97MasculineSingularvṛṣāṅgam, prādhānyam, rājaliṅgam
aliñjaraḥ2.9.31MasculineSingularmaṇikaḥ
āpaḥ1.10.3-4FemininePluralsalilam, payaḥ, jīvanam, kabandham, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, nīram, śambaram, vāḥ, kamalam, kīlālam, bhuvanam, udakam, sarvatomukham, toyaḥ, kṣīram, meghapuṣpam, vāri, jalam, amṛtam, vanam, pāthaḥ, ambhaḥ, pānīyam, ambu, ghanarasaḥwater
bāḍham3.3.50NeuterSingularbalisutaḥ, śaraḥ
balinaḥ2.6.45MasculineSingularbalibhaḥ
caurakaḥ2.10.24MasculineSingularparāskandī, taskaraḥ, aikāgārikaḥ, ‍‌pratirodhī, dasyuḥ, malimlucaḥ, ‍‍‍pāṭaccaraḥ, moṣakaḥ, stenaḥ
gaṇikā3.3.22FeminineSingularbāṇaḥ, ali
gantrī2.8.53FeminineSingularkambalivāhyakam
golīḍhaḥ2.4.39MasculineSingularjhāṭalaḥ, ghaṇṭāpāṭali, mokṣaḥ, muṣkakaḥ
kākaḥ2.5.22MasculineSingularcirañjīvī, parabhṛt, sakṛtprajaḥ, karaṭaḥ, maukuliḥ, vāyasaḥ, ātmaghoṣaḥ, balipuṣṭaḥ, ekadṛṣṭiḥ, balibhuk, dhvāṅkṣaḥ, ariṣṭaḥ
karaḥ2.8.27MasculineSingularbhāgadheyaḥ, bali
kiṃśāruḥ3.3.171MasculineSingularbali, hastaḥ, aṃśuḥ
kṣayaḥ3.3.153MasculineSingularpuṣyaḥ, kaliyugam
lakṣma3.3.131NeuterSingularsalilam, kānanam
lalāṭam2.6.93NeuterSingularalikam, godhiḥ
madhuvrataḥ2.5.31MasculineSingularbhramaraḥ, puṣpali, madhupaḥ, ṣaṭpadaḥ, dvirephaḥ, madhuliṭ, ali, bhṛṅgaḥ, alī, madhukaraḥ
malīmasam3.1.54MasculineSingularmalinam, kaccaram, maladūṣitam
nadī1.10.29-30FeminineSingularkūlaṅkaṣā, sravantī, dhunī, śaivali, rodhovakrā, apagā, dvīpavatī, hradinī, taraṅgiṇī, nirjhariṇī, nimnagā, srotasvatī, taḍinī, sarit, sarasvatīa river
nīpaḥMasculineSingularpriyakaḥ, kadambaḥ, halipriyaḥ
padmam1.10.39-40MasculineSingularpaṅkeruham, kamalam, aravindam, rājīvam, sārasam, kuśeśayam, sahasrapattram, nalinam, ambhoruham, bisaprasūnam, tāmarasam, śatapattram, mahotpalam, puṣkaram, sarasīruhama lotus
pākhaṇḍā2.7.49MasculineSingularsarvaliṅgī
phalavānMasculineSingularphalinaḥ, phalī
picchilā2.2.46FeminineSingularmocā, sthirāyuḥ, śālmali, pūraṇī
pīluḥ3.3.201MasculineSingularprāṇyaṅgajābali, karaḥ, upahāraḥ
piśunaḥ3.3.134MasculineSingularparicchedaḥ, paryuptaḥ, salilasthitaḥ
pracakram2.8.97NeuterSingularcalitam
praghāṇaḥ2.2.12MasculineSingularalindaḥ, praghaṇaḥ
praiṣaḥ3.3.227MasculineSingularcakram, vyavahāraḥ, kali, indriyam, drumaḥ, dyūtāṅgam, karṣaḥ
prakīryaḥ2.2.48MasculineSingularpūtikarajaḥ, pūtikaḥ, kalimārakaḥ
rajasvalā2.6.20FeminineSingularātreyī, mali, puṣpavatī, ṛtumatī, strīdharmiṇī, udakyā, aviḥ
rocanaḥ2.2.47MasculineSingularkūṭaśālmali
saṅgūḍhaḥ3.1.92MasculineSingularsaṅkalitaḥ
srastam3.1.104MasculineSingularpannam, cyutam, galitam, dhvastam, bhraṣṭam, skannam
surā2.10.39FeminineSingularva‍ruṇātmajā, halipriyā, madyam, pari‍srutā, prasannā, para‍srut, kaśyam, ‍‍kādambarī, gandhokṣamā, hālā, madirā, irā
śyāmā2.2.55FeminineSingulargovandanī, priyakaḥ, viśvaksenā, priyaṅguḥ, latā, kārambhā, phalā, gundrā, mahilāhvayā, gandhaphalī, phali
utkaṇṭhāFeminineSingularutkaliuneasiness in general
‍vellitaḥ3.1.86MasculineSingularpreṅkhitaḥ, ādhūtaḥ, calitaḥ, ākampitaḥ, dhutaḥ
vibhītakaḥ2.2.57MasculineSingulartuṣaḥ, karṣaphalaḥ, bhūtāvāsaḥ, kalidrumaḥ, akṣaḥ
viśalyāFeminineSingularagniśikhā, anantā, phali, śakrapuṣpī
viṣṇuḥ1.1.18-21MasculineSingularadhokṣajaḥ, vidhuḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, svabhūḥ, govindaḥ, acyutaḥ, janārdanaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, madhuripuḥ, devakīnandanaḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, kaṃsārātiḥ, kaiṭabhajit, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, dāmodaraḥ, mādhavaḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, viśvaksenaḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, trivikramaḥ, śrīpatiḥ, balidhvaṃsī, viśvambharaḥ, śrīvatsalāñchanaḥ, narakāntakaḥ, mukundaḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, keśavaḥ, daityāriḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, śārṅgī, upendraḥ, caturbhujaḥ, vāsudevaḥ, śauriḥ, vanamālī(45)vishnu, the god
vīthīFeminineSingularāliḥ, āvali, paṅktiḥ, śreṇī
vṛścikaḥ2.2.15MasculineSingularali, druṇaḥ
mātali1.1.47MasculineSingularthe charioter of indra
baliśam1.10.16NeuterSingularmatsyavedhanamgoad
naliFeminineSingularbisinī, padminīan assemblage of lotus flowers
kaliFeminineSingularkorakaḥ
pāṭali2.2.54MasculineSingularkuberākṣī, pāṭalā, amoghā, kācasthālī, phaleruhā, kṛṣṇavṛntā
kaliṅgam2.2.67NeuterSingularindrayavam, bhadrayavam
lāṅgaliFeminineSingularagniśikhā
kaliṅgaḥ2.5.18MasculineSingulardhūmyāṭaḥ, bhṛṅgaḥ
balinaḥ2.6.45MasculineSingularbalibhaḥ
valiraḥ2.6.49MasculineSingularkekaraḥ
añjali2.6.86MasculineSingular
skhalitam2.8.110NeuterSingularchalam
kalilam3.1.84MasculineSingulargahanam
digdhaliptahaḥ3.1.89MasculineSingularliptam
khali2.4.42FeminineSingularkhalyā, svargaḥ, ākāśaḥ
kali3.3.15FeminineSingulardāmbhikaḥ, adūreritākṣaḥ
kali3.3.21FeminineSingulardarpaḥ, aśmadāraṇī
talinam3.3.134MasculineSingularaparāddhaḥ, abhigrastaḥ, vyāpadgataḥ
kali3.3.202MasculineSingularvātyā, vātāsahaḥ
bali3.3.203MasculineSingularāyudham, ruk
jhāṭali3.5.38Ubhaya-lingaSingular
Monier-Williams Search
1909 results for ali
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
alim. (for alin-,fr. ala- q.v) "possessed of a sting", a (large black) bee etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alim. a scorpion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alim. a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alim. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alim. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alim. (in the apabhraṃśa- dialect) for ari-, enemy (plural alayas-for arayas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alim. also al/avas- is mentioned as a corrupt pronunciation for /aryas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alidūrvāf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aligarda m. equals ala-garda- q.v ,L View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aligardaand -gardha- See 1. ali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aligardham. equals ala-garda- q.v ,L View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aligum. Name of a man, (gaRa gargādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alijihvā f. the uvula or soft palate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alijihvikāf. the uvula or soft palate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alikam. equals alīka-, the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alikam. Name of a Prakrit poetry or poetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alikalekhāf. an impression or mark upon the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliklavam. a kind of carrion bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alikulan. a swarm of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alikulapriyāf. "fond of or full of swarms of bees", the plant Rosa Glandulifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alikulasaṃkulāf. "fond of or full of swarms of bees", the plant Rosa Glandulifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimakam. a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimakam. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimakam. a frog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimakam. the plant Bassia Latifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimakam. the filaments of the lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimālāf. a line or swarm of bees, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimatmfn. swarming with bees, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimbakam. equals alimaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimodāf. the plant Premna Spinosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimohinīf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alimpaka m. equals alimaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṃśam. a kind of demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alinm. "possessed of a sting" (ala- q.v), a (large black) bee etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alinm. a scorpion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alinm. the Scorpion (in the zodiac) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alinam. plural Name of a tribe View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alindam. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-). gaRa gaurādi- q.v) a terrace before a house-door etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alindam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alindakam. a terrace before a house-door View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṅgan. absence of marks commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṅga(mfn.) having no marks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṅgan. (in grammar) having no gender. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliṅginmfn. "not wearing the usual"frontal marks, skin, staff, etc., a pretended ascetic or student (see sa-liṅgin-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alif. a female bee , a swarm of bees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliñjaram. a small earthen water-jar (see alañjara-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipakam. (= 1 ali-above) a bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipakam. the Indian cuckoo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipakam. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aliparṇīf. the plant Tragia Involacrata Lin. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipattrikāf. Name of a shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipimfn. unstained (and"unwritten"), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipriyan. the red lotus, Nymphaea Rubra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipriyāf. the flower (Bignonia Suaveolens) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alipsāf. freedom from desire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alivallabhāf. equals priyā- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alivirāvam. song or hum of the bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alivirutan. song or hum of the bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābaddhāñjalimfn. (equals kṛtāñjali-) joining the palms of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abalimanm. enfeeblement, weakness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abaliṣṭhasuperl. mfn. weakest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhraliptamf(ī-)n. partly overspread with clouds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhripuṣpalif. a species of the Pa1n2 plant, Piper Betel. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgalitamfn. sinking down, drooping (as a flower), falling or flowing down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āghaṭṭalif. a horn for blowing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnijvalitatejanamfn. having a point hardened in fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahalimfn. idem or 'mfn. unploughed, unfurrowed? (see )'
ajātaulvalim. Name of a muni- who lived on the milk of goats (an example of compounds in which the middle term is left out, gaRa śākapārthivādi- q.v). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ājyalipta(/ājya--) mfn. anointed with clarified butter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akalimfn. not quarrelling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akalitamfn. incalculable, immeasurable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākalitamfn. shaken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākalitamfn. laid hold of, seized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākalitamfn. tied, fastened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākalitamfn. reckoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākalitamfn. observed, examined, considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākāśasalilan. "water from the atmosphere", rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākṣapaṭalikam. (fr. akṣa-paṭala- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 3. akṣa-) a keeper of archives or records. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alakṣyaliṅgamfn. disguised, incognito. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amalinamfn. stainless, free from dirt, clean. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amalinadhīmfn. of a pure mind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyaliptamfn. smeared with ordure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
analim. the tree Sesbana Grandiflora. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ānandakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅgalipif. written character of aṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
animittaliṅganāsam. "unaccountable loss of distinct vision", Name of an ophthalmic disease ending in total blindness (perhaps amaurosis). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
animittalipif. a particular mode of writing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjaliSee sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalim. ( añj-), the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to receive food;hence when raised to the forehead, a mark of supplication), reverence, salutation, benediction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalim. a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water, udakāñjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalim. a measure of corn, sufficient to fill both hands when placed side by side, equal to a kuḍava-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalibandhanan. salutation with the añjali- raised to the forehead. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalikamn. Name of one of arjuna-'s arrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalif. a young mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalikārikāf. an earthen figure (with the hands joined for salutation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalikārikāf. the plant Mimosa Natans. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalikarmann. making the above respectful salutation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjalikyan. fr. añjalika-, (gaRa purohitādi-, q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjalipuṭam. n. cavity produced in making the añjali- salutation.
annalipsāf. desire for food, appetite. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpracalitamfn. inwardly moved, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥsalilamf(ā-)n. having its waters hidden (said of the sarasvatī-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥsalilamind. in the waters, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥsalilasthamfn. (standing in water, ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupaliptam. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyaliṅga mfn. having the gender of another (word, viz. of the substantive), an adjective. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyaliṅgakamfn. having the gender of another (word, viz. of the substantive), an adjective. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apalikh(subjunctive -likhāt-) to scrape off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apalitamfn. not grey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparicalitamfn. unmoved, immovable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparikalitamfn. unknown, unseen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpātalif. Name of a vaitālīya- metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpāṭaliputramind. as far as or to pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpiśalim. Name of an ancient grammarian mentioned by View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhacandanaliptamfn. half rubbed with sandal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhalikhitamfn. half painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
argalif. a small door pin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
argalitamfn. fastened by a bolt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arvākkalikatāf. the belonging to a proximate time, the state of being more modern (than anything else) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āryaliṅginmfn. bearing the external semblance of an Aryan or honourable man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
askhalitamfn. unshaken, unyielding, firm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
askhalitamfn. not stumbling or slipping, undeviating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
askhalitamfn. uninterrupted, unimpeded, undisturbed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
askhalitaprayāṇamfn. not stumbling in progress, with unfaltering step View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśrayaliṅgamfn. (a word) the gender of which must agree with the gender of the word to which it refers, an adjective. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvalalitan. a species of the vikṛti- metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
attalim. Name of a man. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auṣadhāvalif. Name of a medical work composed by prāṇa-kṛṣṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadalitamfn. burst, cracked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avagalitamfn. fallen down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avahitāñjalimfn. with joined hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avakalitamfn. (2. kal-), seen, observed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvalif(i-and ī-). ( val- ), a row, range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvalif(i-and ī-). a continuous line View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvalif(i-and ī-). a series View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvalif(i-and ī-). dynasty, lineage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalihP. -leḍhi- (imperfect tense avāleṭ-; Potential -lihet-[ ]or -lihyāt-; ind.p. -lihya-; rarely A1. sg. -lihe- ) to lick, lap etc.: Intensive (parasmE-pada -lelihat-) to flicker (as a flame) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvalif. equals āvali- q.v , coriander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalikh(Potential -likhet- ind.p. -likhya-) to scratch, graze View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalipP. (indeclinable -lipya-) to smear, : A1. (parasmE-pada -limpamāna-) to smear one's self. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalipsam. a kind of amulet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaliptamfn. smeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaliptamfn. furred (as the tongue) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaliptamfn. (equals /api-ripta- q.v) blind (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaliptamfn. proud, arrogant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaliptatāf. ([ ]) pride, arrogance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaliptatvan. ([ ]) pride, arrogance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avalitamfn. not bent or curved, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicācalimfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. not staggering, standing firmly ' ' , (see commentator or commentary) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicalitamfn. not deviating, steadily fixed (as the mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avicalitamfn. not deviating from (ablative) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avigalitamfn. inexhaustible
avimukteśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviralitamfn. not separated, closely united or joined, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āviṣṭaliṅgamfn. "having a fixed gender", (in grammar) a word which does not change its gender. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhāñjalimfn. one who has joined the hollowed palms of the hands (see añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhāñjalipuṭamfn. forming a cup with the hollowed hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahalitamfn. grown thick or compact or strong, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhubalim. (fr. bahu-bala-?) Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhubalinmfn. strong in arm, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhubalinmfn. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahustavāvalif. Name of a collection of hymns. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyaliṅginm. a heretic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bakulāvalif. equals la-dāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bakulāvalif. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālakamalif. a young lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. (perhaps fr. bhṛ-) tribute, offering, gift, oblation (in later language always with hṛ-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. tax, impost, royal revenue etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. any offering or propitiatory oblation (especially an offering of portions of food, such as grain, rice etc., to certain gods, semi-divine beings, household divinities, spirits, men, birds, other animals and all creatures including even lifeless objects; it is made before the daily meal by arranging portions of food in a circle or by throwing them into the air outside the house or into the sacred fire; it is also called bhūta-yajña-and was one of the 5 mahā-yajñas-,or great devotional acts; see ) etc. (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with the object, the receiver, the time, or the place of the offering) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. fragments of food at a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. the handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. Name of a daitya- (son of virocana-;priding himself on his empire over the three worlds, he was humiliated by viṣṇu-, who appeared before him in the form of a vāmana- or dwarf. son of kaśyapa- and aditi- and younger brother of indra-, and obtained from him the promise of as much land as he could pace in three steps, whereupon the dwarf expanding himself deprived him of heaven and earth in two steps, but left him the sovereignty of pātāla- or the lower regions) etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. Name of indra- in the 8th manv-antara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balim. of a son of su-tapas- (see vali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibandhanam. "binder or killer of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhadra wrong reading for bala-bh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhoja m. a crow (see bhuj-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhojanam. a crow (see bhuj-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhṛtmfn. paying tribute, tributary (see -hṛt-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhujmfn. devouring oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhujmfn. enjoying offerings (said of gods) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhujm. a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhujm. a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balibhujm. a crane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliceṣṭitavarṇanan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balidānan. the presentation of an offering to a deity (consisting of rice, milk, fruits etc. when presented to viṣṇu-, or of living victims when offered to śiva- or durgā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balidānan. presentation of grain etc. to all creatures
balidānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balidānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balidhvaṃsinm. "destroyer of bali-" idem or 'm. "hater of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balidviṣm. "hater of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baligāyatrīf. Name of a mantra- employed by the śākta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balihanm. "slayer of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balihāramfn. paying taxes or tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balihāram. equals -haraṇa- n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliharaṇamf(ī-)n. adapted for the presentation of oblations, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliharaṇan. the presentation of oblations (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliharaṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balihomam. the offering of oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balihritmfn. equals -hāra- mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balihritoffering oblations, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikam. (see valika-) Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balif. Sida Cordifolia and Rhombifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikamfn. one who takes his food every 6th day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikaram. plural taxes and duties View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikaramfn. offering propitiatory sacrifices (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikarambham. sacrificial cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikarmann. offering oblations to all creatures etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikarmann. presentation or payment of tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balikṛtmfn. paying taxes, tributary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balimahānarendrākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balimanm. power, strength (in a-b-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balimandiran. " bali-'s abode", the infernal regions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balimatmfn. receiving taxes or tribute (said of agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balimatmfn. provided with food -oblations (said of a house) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balimātran. a mere offering (to all beings), as much in quantity as an oblation to all creatures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṃdamam. "tamer of bali-", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṃdamaprakhyamfn. equal to viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balinmfn. powerful, strong, mighty, stout, robust etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balinm. a soldier (see balastha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balinm. Name of vatsa-prī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balinm. (only L) a hog bull, buffalo, camel, kind of sheep, serpent, Phaseolus Radiatus, a sort of jasmine, the phlegmatic humour, Name of a bala-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balinandanam. "son of bali-", Name of the asura- bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balif. Sida Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliniyamanodyutamfn. prepared to subdue bali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balipīṭhalakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balipodakīf. Basella Cordifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balipratigrāhakamf(ikā-)n. receiving oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balipriyamf(ā-)n. fond of offering oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balipriyam. Symplocos Racemosa (fabled to grow faster if presented with oblations consisting of incense, lights etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balipuṣṭam. "nourished by food-offerings", a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliputram. equals -nandana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliputramokṣaṇan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliśanf(i-or śī-). (also written val-) a hook, fish-hook (see baḍiśa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣaḍbhāgam. the sixth part as tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣaḍbhāgahārinmfn. taking the sixth part as tribute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balisadmann. equals -mandira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliśeṣam. the remains of an oblation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣṇumfn. disregarded, despised (arrogant, disrespectful ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣṭhamfn. (superl. fr. bal/in-) most powerful, very. strong or mighty etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣṭhamfn. stronger or mightier than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣṭham. a camel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣṭha b/aliyas- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliṣṭhatamamfn. most powerful, mightiest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balisudana wrong reading for bala-s-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balitantran. the regular form of an oblation to all creatures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivāhanamfn. carrying tribute, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivākam. Name of a muni- (varia lectio baliv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivardam. a bull or ox etc. etc. (also balīv-; wrong reading vardha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivardīf. Name of a woman gaRa kalyāṇy-ādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baliveśmann. equals mandira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balividhānan. the offering of an oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivindhyam. Name of a son of manu- raivata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivṛṣahanm. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivyākulamfn. busied in offering oblations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṇaliṅgan. a white stone found in the narmadā- river and worshipped as the liṅga- of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣkalim. patronymic of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣkalif. the ṛg-- veda- text of the bāṣkala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpasalilan. water of tears, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgalim. patronymic or metron, of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavatīpadyapuṣpāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhānumataliṅgaśāstra n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaumadevalipif. Name of a kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvaskhalitan. an offence (committed only) in the mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedyaliṅgamfn. distinguished by gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnaliṅgan. incongruity of gender in a comparison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnaliṅgakamf(ikā-)n. containing words of different gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnasaṃkalita() n. addition of fractions, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnavyavakalitan. subtraction of fractions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhogāvalivṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujabalinm. "strong in the arm", Name of a jaina- teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūripalitadāf. a species of shrub View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtabalim. equals -yājña- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtabalim. Name of a grammarian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtalif. Trigonella Corniculata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtalipif. "demon-writing", Name of a particular magical formula View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtibalim. Name of a grammarian (see bhūta-b-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtimalinamfn. soiled with ashes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījāñjalim. a handful of s. or grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmabalim. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmalikhitan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇaliṅgamfn. resembling the texts called brāhmaṇa-s (said of verses or formulas) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmanāmāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmānandasūtramuktāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmāñjalim. joining the hollowed hands while repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmāñjalikṛtamfn. one who has joined the hands hands in token of homage to the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavadalipif. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadgurugurvāvalipūjāśāntividhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhatpāṭalim. the thorn-apple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cācalimfn. (Intensive cal-) moving much or repeatedly (see /a-vi--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakramaṇḍalinm. the Boa constrictor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calim. a cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calim. a surtout View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitamfn. shaking, tremulous, unfixed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitamfn. one who has moved on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitamfn. gone, departed (exempli gratia, 'for example' sa calitaḥ-,"he started off" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitamfn. walked (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitamfn. being on the march (an army) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitamfn. moved from one's usual course, disturbed, disordered (the mind, senses, fortune, etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitamfn. caused to deviate, turned off from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitan. unsteady motion (of eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitaetc. See cal-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitasthānamfn. changing its place, R (B) iv, 1, 14. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
calitavyan. impersonal or used impersonally to be gone away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cañcalitamfn. caused to shake or quiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candreśaliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāṭalif. Name of a locality
catuścalitan. a kind of play or sport View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chaḍḍaliName of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāgalim. patronymic fr. chagala- (if not of atri-'s family ;one of atri-'s family varia lectio la-, gava-) or metron. fr. chagalā- (gaRa bāhv-ādi-), Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chagalif. a she-goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chagalinm. Name of a teacher (pupil of kalāpin- ), 109. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalikan. a song consisting of 4 parts (recited with gesticulation;subdivision of nātya- ) (in Prakrit) and (varia lectio litaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalinm. a cheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalinm. a swindler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalitamfn. deceived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalitan. a kind of dance performed by men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalitakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalitakan. See lika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalitakayogam. plural Name of a kalā- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalitarāman. "the outwitted rāma-", Name of a drama View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chalitasvāminm. Name of a sanctuary (called after chalitaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandopahārāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cicaliṣumfn. ( cal- Desiderative) being about to set out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikitsākalif. Name of two med. treatises (of about 400 verses each) by tīsaṭa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cikitsākalikāṭikāf. a commentator or commentary on one of the two treatises by candraṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citralikhanan. painting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citralikhitamfn. painted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittakalitamfn. "calculated in one's mind", anticipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivajñadīpakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivalim. patronymic fr. devala- gaRa taulvaly-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣeśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇalipif. the southern way of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalif. idem or 'n. mānsa--.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalikan. timber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalinmfn. fr. la- gaRa sukhādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. (gaRa kṛtādi-, ) burst, split, broken, torn asunder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. unfolded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. halved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. divided into degrees, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. driven asunder, scattered, dispersed, destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. displayed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dalitamfn. see saṃ--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmalihmfn. licking or wishing to lick a rope. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmalihyaNom. P., ti-, to wish to lick a rope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmaliptam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāmaliptafn. Name of a town, (see tāma--,or tāmra--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānakusumāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daṇḍakalitavatind. like one driven by a stick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantāvalif. equals dli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantolūkhalikamfn. "using the teeth as a mortar", eating unground grain (an ascetic) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantolūkhalinmfn. idem or 'mfn. "using the teeth as a mortar", eating unground grain (an ascetic) ' , ix, 2166 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dārabalibhuj wrong reading for dvāra-b-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daradalipif. writing peculiar to the darada-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daravidalitamfn. slightly opened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśabalabalinmfn. possessing the 10 powers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśarathalalitāvratan. Name of an observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devabalim. oblation to the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devaliṅgan. the image or statue of a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devamalimlucm. "robber of the gods", an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devasthalim. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhairyakalitamfn. assuming firmness or composure, steady, calm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhalilam. or n. Name of a valley in which the capital of udyāna- is said to have been situated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhārāsalilan. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmeśvaraliṅgan. dharmeśvara
dhavalimanm. white colour, whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhavalitamfn. whitened, illuminated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhīralalitamfn. firm and brave, but reckless and sportive (hero of a play) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhīralalif. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhūmāvalif. a wreath or cloud of smoke View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpakalif. Name of a commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpāvalif. a row of lights, nocturnal illumination equals dīpā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīpāvaliprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divodāseśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga-
dohalin equals dohada- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drāviḍalipif. the Dravidian writing or character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
draviḍopaniṣattātparyaratnāvalif. Name of work relating to draviḍopaniṣad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravyaratnāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛṣṭāntakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbalim. ( varia lectio la-) () a kind of bird (equals bhāṇḍīka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbalikam. () a kind of bird (equals bhāṇḍīka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbalitamfn. weakened, rendered ineffective View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durhalimfn. having a bad plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlalitamfn. ill-mannered, wayward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlalitamfn. spoilt by, weary of, disgusted with (compound) (ka-and -lasita- varia lectio ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durlalitan. way wardness, naughty or roguish tricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśaliṅgastavanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśaliṅgastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśaliṅgodbhavan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvārabalibhujm.,"eater of offering at door", Ardea nivea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvārabalibhujm. a crow or a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvijaliṅginmfn. wearing the insignia of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvijaliṅginmfn. a kṣatriya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvijaliṅginmfn. an impostor, a pretended Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvimusali(written also ṣali-) ind. with 2 clubs, club against club (in fighting) gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekākṣipiṅgalinm. Name (also title or epithet) of kubera-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaliṅgan. (scilicet kṣetra-) a field or place in which (for the distance of five krośa-s) there is but one liṅga- or landmark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaliṅgan. "having a singular śiva-liṅga- (q.v) ", Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaliṅgam. Name of kuvera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāñjalim. a handful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāvali f. a single row, single string of pearls or beads or flowers, etc. etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāvalif. (in rhetoric) a series of sentences where the subject of each following sentence has some characteristic of the predicate of the preceding one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāvalif. Name of work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāvaliprakāśam. Name of commentary on the above works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāvalitaralam. Name of commentary on the above works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
elāvalif. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaganalihmfn. reaching up to heaven View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajamaṇḍalif. a ring or circle of elephants surrounding a car etc.
galim. (equals gaḍi-) a young steer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitamfn. dropped, oozed, trickling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitamfn. fallen down or off, loosed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitamfn. lost, perished, decayed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitamfn. waning (as the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitamfn. "dropped"(said of the verses omitted in the pada-pāṭha- of the because of their occurrence in a previous passage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitamfn. for gālita- (liquefied, melted) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitamfn. swallowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitaSee 1. and 2. gal-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitadantamfn. having the teeth decayed, toothless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitakam. a kind of dance, gesticulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitakam. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitakuṣṭhan. advanced and incurable leprosy (when the fingers and toes fall off) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitanakhamfn. having the claws or nails fallen off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitanakhadantamfn. one who has lost his claws and teeth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitanayanamfn. one who has lost his eyes, blind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitapradīpam. "light of dropped verses", Name of a treatise giving in full the verses omitted in the pada-pāṭha- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
galitapradīpikāf. idem or 'm. "light of dropped verses", Name of a treatise giving in full the verses omitted in the pada-pāṭha- of the ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇanāvartalipif. a kind of writing, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍalinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhaliptamfn. anointed with perfumes, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgeśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garalinmfn. poisonous, venomous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaurīlalitan. orpiment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṇṭāpāṭalim. Bignonia suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṇṭāpāṭalim. Schreberia Swietenoides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghāṭalif. idem or 'See ṭāla-.' on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghṛtamaṇḍalif. equals -maṇḍā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gokarṇaliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gokarṇeśaliṅgan. (and gokarṇeśa-) Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gokhapiṅgalim. plural Name of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gokhapiṅgalim. see gocchā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopotalif. a cow Introd. 35; 97, and on Va1rtt. 6. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahakuṇḍalif. the mutual relation of planets and prophecy derived from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmākṣapaṭalikam. a village archivist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhabalim. a domestic oblation (offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals and certain deities;See p.422) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhabalibhujm. "enjoying domestic oblations", a sparrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhabalibhujm. a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhabalibhujm. the crane Ardea nivea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhabalidevatāf. plural certain deities to whom domestic oblations are offered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhabalipriyam. "fond of domestic oblations", the crane Ardea nivea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guḍalihmfn. sugar-licking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guḍaliṇmatmfn. having sugar-lickers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurvāvalif. "succession of teachers", Name of several works View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halim. a large plough (See śata-h-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halim. a furrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halim. agriculture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halim. Name of a man gaRa griṣṭy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haliin compound for halin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halibham. or n. a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halikam. a ploughman, husbandman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halikam. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halikṣṇam. a kind of lion ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halif. Name of one of the seven mothers of skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halinm. a ploughman, agriculturist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halinm. Name of bala-rāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halinm. of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haliṅgum. Name of a man (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halif. a number of ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halif. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halipriyam. Nauclea Kadamba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halipriyāf. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
halirāmam. (with śarman-) Name of an author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsalipif. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hanumadbalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haramekhalinm. a particular class of artisans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharamanṇḍalaṣoḍaśaliṅgobhavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharāṣṭottaraśatanāmāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haritattvamuktāvali f. Name of a commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastakohali(?) f. the binding of the string round the fore-arm of the bride and bridegroom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastāñjalim. the hands joined together and hollowed (See añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetubalikamfn. strong in argument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hugali f. Name of a town in Bengal (= Hugli) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indreśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indukalif. the plant Pandanus Odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īśānabalim. a particular sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaivalim. idem or 'm. patronymic fr. jīv- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jājalim. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jājalinm. idem or 'm. Name of a teacher ' Va1rtt. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalāñjalim. the hollowed palms filled with water offered to ancestors (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' lika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalif. equals lau- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jali lukā-, etc. See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambhalif. a kind of song View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jānakīnāthaliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāṅgalim. equals guli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāṅgalikam. equals gul- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāṅgalinm. idem or 'm. equals gul- '
jāṭalim. f. equals jhāṭ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāṭalifor jaṭ- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaṭāvalkalinmfn. wearing twisted hair and a garment made of bark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhalif. the areca-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhāṭalim. Bignonia suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalif. Sanseviera Zeylanica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitamfn. lighted, blazing, flaming, shining (tṛṇeṣu jvalitaṃ tvayā-,"you have lighted flames in the grass", id est you have had an easy work, ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitamfn. (fr. Causal) set on fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitan. radiance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitan. blazing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitacakṣusmfn. fiery-eyed, looking angrily or fiercely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitānanamfn. flame-faced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitanayanamfn. idem or 'mfn. fiery-eyed, looking angrily or fiercely ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitanetramfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. fiery-eyed, looking angrily or fiercely ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jvalitṛmfn. shining, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhalalif. a particular vow to be observed in month jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kācakāmalinmfn. afflicted with the preceding disease. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kācalindi varia lectio for kāka-ciñcika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kadalif. idem or 'm. Musa Sapientum ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kadalif. a flag carried by an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kadalinm. a kind of antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāhalim. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāhalinm. Name of a ṛṣi-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kajjalif. powder (especially made of mercury) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kajjalitamfn. covered with lampblack or with a collyrium prepared from it gaRa tārakādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kajjalitamfn. blackened, soiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākabalim. "crow-offering", Name of the bali-karaṇa- or offerings of food for crows and other animals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākalif. a soft sweet sound (kala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākalif. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākalif. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaladhautalipif. (?) a streak of gold, illumination of a manuscript with gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. (1. kal- commentator or commentary on ), Name of the die or side of a die marked with one dot, the losing die etc. (personified as an evil genius in the episode of nala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. symbolical expression for the number 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. Terminalia Bellerica (the nuts of which in older times were used as dice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. Name of the last and worst of the four yuga-s or ages, the present age, age of vice etc. (the kali- age contains, inclusive of the two dawns, 1200 years of the gods or 432,000 years of men, and begins the eighteenth of February, 3102 B.C.;at the end of this yuga- the world is to be destroyed;See yuga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. strife, discord, quarrel, contention (personified as the son of krodha-,"Anger", and hiṃsā-,"Injury", and as generating with his sister durukti-,"Calumny."two children, viz. bhaya-,"Fear", and mṛtyu-,"Death" ) etc.
kalim. the worst of a class or number of objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. a hero (or an arrow, śūra-,or śara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. Name of an upaniṣad- (equals kalisaṃtaraṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. (/is-) Name of a class of mythic beings (related to the gandharva-s, and supposed by some to be fond of gambling;in epic poetry kali- is held to be the fifteenth of the deva-gandharva-s or children of the muni-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif(is-, ī-). an unblown flower, bud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalicchandasn. a kind of metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalidharmanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalidharmasārasaṃgraham. Name of a work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalidrum. "tree of strife", Terminalia Bellerica (supposed to be the haunt of imps) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalidrumam. idem or 'm. "tree of strife", Terminalia Bellerica (supposed to be the haunt of imps) ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalihārīf. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. the sixteenth part of the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. a division of time (equals kalā- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. an unblown flower, bud etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. the bottom or peg of the Indian lute (made of cane) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. Name of several metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. a kind of artificial verse (see kānta-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. Name of work on medicine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikam. a curlew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikālam. the kali- age View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikāpūrvan. an unforeseen event (as birth etc.) partly resulting from an act and leading to totally unforeseen consequences (as heaven etc.; pūrvabhedaḥ&iencoding=iast&lang=sans'>paramāpūrvajanako 'ṅgajanyāpūrvabhedaḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikāram. (in all its meanings ) the fork-tailed shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikāram. Loxia philippensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikāram. a kind of chicken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikāram. Pongamia glabra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikāram. Guilandina Bonduc View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikāram. Name of nārada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikārakam. Name of nārada- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikārakam. Caesalpina Bonducella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikārīf. Methonica superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikārikāf. Name of a plant. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikātāf. the town Calcutta. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikṛtmfn. contentious, quarrelling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalikuñcikāf. a younger sister of a husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalilamfn. (1. kal- ), mixed with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalilamfn. full of, covered with etc.
kalilamfn. impenetrable, impervious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalilan. a large heap, thicket, confusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalimālakam. idem or 'm. Caesalpina Bonducella ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalimālyam. idem or 'm. idem or 'm. Caesalpina Bonducella ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalimārakam. Caesalpina Bonducella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalinātham. Name of a writer on music. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindam. Terminalia Bellerica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindam. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindam. Name of a mountain on which the river yamunā- rises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindam. Name of a being attending on skanda- (edition Calc.) ix, 2566 (varia lectio kaliṅga- edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindam. plural Name of a people (edition Calc.) (varia lectio kaliṅga- edition Bomb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindajāf. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindakanyāf. " kalinda-'s daughter", Name of the river yamunā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindanandinīf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindaśailajātāf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindasutāf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindatanayāf. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindātmajāf. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. idem or 'f. Name (also title or epithet) of the river yamunā-, ' ' ' ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindīf. Name of the river yamunā- (equals kālindī- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindikāf. science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalindikāf. (varia lectio kalandikā-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. plural Name of a people and their country (the N. is applied in the purāṇa-s to several places, but especially signifies a district on the Coromandel coast, extending from below Cuttack [ kaṭaka-] to the vicinity of Madras) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. an inhabitant of kaliṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Name of a king of kaliṅga- (from whom the kaliṅga- people are said to have originated;he is sometimes mentioned as a son of dīrghatamas- and sudeṣṇā-, sometimes identified with bali-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Name of a being attending on skanda- (edition Bomb.) ix, 45, 64 (varia lectio kalinda- edition Calc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Name of several authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. the fork-tailed shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Caesalpina Bonducella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Acacia Sirissa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Ficus infectoria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgāf. a beautiful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgam. Opomea Turpethum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgan. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgamfn. clever, cunning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgabījan. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgakam. the country of the kaliṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgakam. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgakāf. a particular plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgasenāf. Name of a princess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliṅgayavam. idem or 'n. the seed of Wrightia antidysenteria ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalif. pea-plant, pulse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliñjam. a mat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliñjan. wood (see kiliñja-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliñjaram. Name of a king (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalipradam. a liquor-shop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalipriyamfn. fond of quarrelling, quarrelsome, mischievous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalipriyam. Name of nārada-, an ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalisaṃśrayam. the act of betaking one's self to kali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalisaṃtaraṇan. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliśāsanam. a jina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliśatrum. an evil enemy(?), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalistomam. a particular stoma-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalitamfn. impelled, driven etc. (see 3. kal-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalitamfn. made, formed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalitamfn. furnished or provided with etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalitamfn. divided, separated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalitamfn. sounded indistinctly, murmured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalitaSee 3. kal-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalitakusumamfn. budded, blossomed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalivarjyamfn. (in law) to be avoided in the present Kali age, obsolete View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalivināśinīf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliviṣṇuvardhanam. Name (also title or epithet) of a king, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalivṛkṣam. Terminalia Bellerica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaliyugan. the kali- age (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalmalim. (3. kal-+ mala-,"dispelling darkness") splendour, brightness, sparkling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrukalif. Name of work by lakṣmī- vallabha- expounding the kalpa-sūtra- of the jaina-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalpadrumakalif. equals -drukalikā- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmakalif. Name of a surāṅganā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmalim. a descendant of kamala-, Name of a pupil of vaiśampāyana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmalim. gaRa taulvaly-ādi- in the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmalikamfn. customary in (or symptomatic of) jaundice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmalinmfn. suffering from jaundice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmalinm. plural the school of kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamalif. the lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamalif. a number of lotus plants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamalif. a pool or place abounding with them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamalinībandhum. idem or 'm. "the lover of the lotus", Name of the sun ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kamalinīkāntam. "the lover of the lotus", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambalif. gaRa pakṣādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmbalikam. sour milk-mixed with whey and vinegar, gruel, barley-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmbalikāyanamfn. (fr. kambalikā-) gaRa pakṣādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambalinmfn. covered with a woollen cloth or blanket, wearing a woollen garment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambalinm. "having a dewlap", an ox View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambalivāhyakan. a carriage drawn by oxen. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kandalia sprout, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kandalinmfn. covered with kandalī- flowers
kandalinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') abounding with, full of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kandalinm. a kind of deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kandalitamfn. put forth or emitted in abundance or simultaneously View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kandukeśvaraliṅgan. idem or 'n. Name of a liṅga-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāntakalif. a particular kind of artificial verse. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapardīśaliṅgan. Name of a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpilabalim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpiñjalim. a patronymic fr. kapiñjala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpiṣṭhalim. a son or descendant of kapiṣṭhala- gaRa krauḍy-ādi-: vArttika View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karamaṇḍalinm. Achyranthes Aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karapuṭaṭāñjalim. cavity made in joining the palms of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karṇāñjalim. the ears pricked up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāśālmalif. a kind of silk-cotton tree, Bombax heptaphyllum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāśmīraliṅgan. N. a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣṭhaputtalif. a wooden image, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṇḍalikamfn. idem or 'mfn. (fr. kuṇḍ-), furnished with rings gaRa jyotsnādi-.' gaRa kumudādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauśalim. metron. fr. kuśalā- gaRa bāhv-ādi-.
kauśalif. a present, respectful gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṭalim. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavalif. a piece of cloth over a sore or wound, a bandage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavalitamfn. swallowed by the mouthful, eaten, devoured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavitāvalif. Name (also title or epithet) of an anthology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāvyaliṅgan. a kind of alaṃkāra- or figure of rhetoric in which a statement is explained or made clearer by giving the reason for it
kedāraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kedāreśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kelīkalitan. amusement, jest, play View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keralif. Name of a woman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ketalikīrtim. Name of the author of the work megha-mālā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalinmfn. alone, one, only View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalinm. "devoted to the doctrine of the absolute unity of spirit", a meditative ascetic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalinm. "possessing the kevala- (-jñāna-) ", an arhat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalim. sediment of oil or oil-cake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalim. equals -druma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalidrumam. (equals khalla-) Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalinmfn. one who possesses threshing-floors (said of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalinm. plural Name of a class of dānava-s, 7282 ff. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalinam. Name of a place (named after the khalin-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalinamn. (see) the bit of a bridle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalinamn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalif. a multitude of threshing-floors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalif. Anethum graveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalif. Curculigo orchioides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaliśam. a kind of fish (Trichopodus Colisa ;or equals kaṅka-troṭa-,Esox Kankila) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaliśam. (varia lectio khalliśa-; see khaśeṭa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khārgalim. patronymic fr. kharg/ala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khāsyalipif. (fr. khasa-?), a kind of written character or alphabet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
klībaliṅgan. the neuter gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kokalikam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kolāhalinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' filled with noise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kopajvalitamfn. inflamed with wrath, enraged. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇakalif. equals -keli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāñjalimfn. one who joins the hollowed palms in reverence or to solicit a favour (holding the hollowed palms together as if to receive alms or an offering), standing in a reverent or respectful posture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāñjalim. a shrub used in medicine and in magical potions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāñjalipuṭamf(ā-)n. joining the palms of the hands for obeisance or for holding offerings of water etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttivāseśvaraliṅgan. kṛttivāsa
kṣetraliptāf. a minute of the ecliptic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetraliptīkaraṇan. reducing to minutes of the ecliptic. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrakāralif. a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuberanalif. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūcchaliṅgam. dual number equals kukundara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuḍmalitamfn. (gaRa tārakādi-) filled with buds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuḍmalitamfn. shut like a bud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuhalim. the leaf of the Piper Betel (commonly called Pan) with small pieces of the Areca-nut and Catechu and a little lime (chewed by persons in the East and especially offered to the persons at a matrimonial ceremony) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kulakuṇḍalif. Name of a particular śakti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumāralalif. "boy's play", Name of a metre (consisting of four lines of eight syllables each). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumudotpalinmfn. richly furnished with kumuda-s and utpala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kunalinm. the plant Agati grandiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kunalinetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalif. Name of a metre in Prakrit poetry (see vāta-k-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalikāmatan. Name of a tantra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalikātvan. the state of being circular commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinmfn. decorated with ear-rings etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinmfn. circular, annulate, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinm. a snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinm. the spotted or painted deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinm. a peacock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinm. the tree Bauhinia variegata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalinm. of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalif. the plant Coccus cordifolius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalif. a particular dish (curds boiled with ghee and rice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalif. a śakti- or form of durgā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṇḍalitamfn. annulated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuntalif. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuntalif. butter knife or scoop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśalinmfn. healthy, well, prosperous etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśalinmfn. auspicious, favourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśalinmfn. clever View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśalinmfn. virtuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumaketumaṇḍalinm. Name of a kiṃnara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalif. a handful of flowers (properly as much as will fill both hands), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalif. Name of a philosophical work (written by udayana- ācārya- to prove the existence of a Supreme Being, and consisting of seventy-two kārikā-s divided into five chapters) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalikārikāvyākhyāf. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍam. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjaliprakāśam. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍam. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjaliṭīkāf. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalivṛttif. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalivyākhyāf. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭaśālmalimf. the plant Andersonia Rohitaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭaśālmalimf. a fabulous cotton plant with sharp thorns (with which the wicked are tortured in the world of yama-) (also kūṭaśālmalī lika-,m.) ( kūṭaśālmalī -, f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭaśālmalimf. Name of a hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūṭaśālmalikam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutūhalinmfn. curious, highly interested in anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutūhalinmfn. eager, impatient. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutūhalitamfn. gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lābhalipsāf. greediness of gain avarice, covetousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghulalitavistaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣapārthivaliṅgavratodyāpanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalāṭalikhitamfn. written (by brahmā-) on the forehead (See above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitamfn. sported, played, playing, wanton, amorous, voluptuous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitamfn. artless, innocent, soft, gentle, charming, lovely ( lalitam am- ind.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitamfn. wished for, desired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitamfn. quivering, tremulous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. (in music) a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalif. a wanton woman, any woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. musk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. Name of various metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. Name of a gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. Name of a durgā- or a particular form of her View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. of a gopī- (identified with durgā- and rādhikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. of the wife of a śatāyudha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitam. of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitan. sport, dalliance, artlessness, grace, charm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitan. languid gestures in a woman (expressive of amorous feelings,"lolling, languishing"etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitan. Name of 2 metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitan. of a town (see -pura-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitan. a kind of necklace (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalif. (See lalita-) in compound
lalitaetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitābhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitābhaṭṭabhāskaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitābhinayam. erotic performance, representation of love scenes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitacaityam. Name of a caitya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitādikīrti(d-) m. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitādipūjāvidhi(d-) m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitādityam. Name of a king of kaśmīra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitādityapuran. Name of a town founded by him View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāgadyanirūpaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāhṛdayan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitājāvidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitakan. Name of a tīrtha- (varia lectio lalitika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitākhaṇḍan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitākramadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitalalitamfn. excessively beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitalocanamf(ā-)n. beautiful-eyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitalocanāf. Name of a daughter of the vidyā-dhara- vāma-datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitamind. lalita
lalitamādhavan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāmādhavan. Name of work (equals lalita-m-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāmāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṅgam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṅganareśvaracaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṅgīf. a beautiful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitānurāgam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapadamf(ā-)n. consisting of amorous or graceful words, elegantly composed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapadan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapadabandhanan. an amorous composition in verse, a metrical composition treating of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāpañcamīf. the 5th day of the moon's increase in the month āśvina- (when the goddess lalitā- or pārvatī- is worshipped) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāpañcāṅgan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāpañcaśatīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāpīḍam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitaprahāram. a soft or gentle blow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapriyam. (in music) a kind of measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāpūjākhaṇḍan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapuran. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitapurāṇan. equals -vistara-purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitaratnamalāf. Name of dramas. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārcanacandrikā(r-) f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārcanadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārcanavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārthamfn. having an amorous meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārthabandhamfn. composed in words of love or in words having an amorous meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāryādviśatīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsahasran. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsahasranāmabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsahasranāmann. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsaparyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsaptamīf. Name of the 7th day in the light half of the month bhādra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṣaṣṭhīf. a particular sixth day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṣaṣṭhīvratan. a particular religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāsiddhāntam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāstavaratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāṣṭottaraśatanāmann. plural Name of work (-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitasvacchandam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitatālam. a particular time (in music) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitātantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitatribhaṅgam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitātriśatīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitātṛtīyāf. Name of a particular third day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitātṛtīyāvratan. a particular religious ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavanitāf. a lovely woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavigraharāja Name (also title or epithet) of a nāṭaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavistaram. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavistarapurāṇan. Name of a sūtra- work giving a detailed account of the artless and natural acts in the life of the buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitāvratan. a particular religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavyūham. (with ) a particular kind of samādhi- or meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavyūham. Name of a deva-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitavyūham. of a bodhisattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitokam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitopākhyānan. Name of work and of chs. of purāṇa-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalittham. plural Name of a people (sg. a prince of this people) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalim. patronymic of a certain preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalikamfn. relating or belonging to a plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalikam. a particular vegetable poison View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalikam. plural Name of a school of the sāma-veda-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalif. Methonia Superba (ikā- f.See under laṅgalaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalinmfn. furnished with or possessing a plough (see phāla-kuddāla-l-and yugma-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalinm. Name of bala-deva- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalinm. of a preceptor Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalinm. the cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāṅgalif. Methonica Superba View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavalif. Averrhoa Acida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṃgakalif. cloves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṇapāṭalif. a salt-bag View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lāvaṇyakalitamfn. endowed with beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lekhapratilekhalipif. a particular kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohaliṅgan. a boil or abscess filled with blood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lomāvali f. the line of hair from the breast to the navel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madanalalitamf(ā-)n. amorously sporting or dallying
madanalalif. a kind of metre
madavihvalitamfn. excited by passion, lustful, wanton View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhuphalif. a kind of date View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvamuktāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyākṣaravistaralipif. Name of a particular kind of written character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
magadhalipif. the writing of magadha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābalim. Name of the giant bali- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākṣapaṭalikam. a chief keeper of archives View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmaṇḍalikam. Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpadmasalilan. Name of a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśalkalinmfn. large-scaled (a fish) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyaratnāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maheśaliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maheśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahoragalipif. a kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mākalim. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mākalim. Name of the charioteer of indra- (see mātali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malif. holding, having, possession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malihamfn. equals malh/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malikam. (= $) a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimluor maliml/u- m. (prob. a mutilated form) a robber, thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucm. (fr. Intensive of mluc-) "one who goes about in the dark", a robber, thief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucm. a particular demon (see deva-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. a thief, robber () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. a demon, imp View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. a gnat, mosquito View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. a Brahman who omits the 5 chief devotional acts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. an intercalated 13th month (introduced every 5th year to approximate the lunar and solar modes of computation; see mala-māsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. wind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucam. frost or snow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlucatattvan. Name of work (= mala-māsa-tattva-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malimlusenāf. a band of robbers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamfn. dirty, filthy, impure, soiled, tarnished (literally and figuratively) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamfn. of a dark colour, gray, dark gray, black etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinam. a religious mendicant wearing dirty clothes (perhaps) a pāśupata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinam. Name of a son of taṃsu- (varia lectio anila-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinaf(ā-or ī-). (ā-[ ] or ī-[ ]) a woman during menstruation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinan. a vile or bad action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinan. buttermilk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinan. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinan. borax View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinaetc. See column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamanasmfn. having a foul mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malināmbun. "black-fluid", ink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamukhamfn. (only ) "dirty-faced, dark-faced", vile, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamukhamfn. cruel, fierce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamukham. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamukham. a kind of ape View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinamukham. a departed spirit, ghost, apparition. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinaprabhamfn. whose light is obscured or clouded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malināsyamfn. "dirty-faced, dark-faced", vulgar, low, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malināsyamfn. savage, cruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinatāf. dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinatāf. moral impurity, blackness, moral blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinātmanmfn. having a spotted nature (the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinātmanmfn. impure-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinatvan. blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinatvan. moral blackness, wickedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinayaNom. P. yati-, to soil, make dirty, defile, tarnish (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maliin compound for malina-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinībhūP. -bhavati-, to become dirty ; to pass away, vanish commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinīkaramfn. defiling, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinīkaraṇan. the act of soiling, staining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinīkaraṇan. an action which defiles, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinīkaraṇīyamfn. fitted to cause defilement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinīkṛP. -karoti-, to make dirty, soil, stain (properly and figuratively) ; to darken, make obscure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinimanm. dirtiness, impurity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinimanm. blackness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinimanm. vileness, wickedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinitamfn. dirtied, soiled, defiled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malinitamfn. tainted, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maliṣṭhamfn. excessively dirty, filthy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maliṣṭhāf. a woman during menstruation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānakalim. mutual disdain or ill-will View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasiṃhakīrtimuktāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalif. a group, troop, band, crowd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalika wrong reading for māṇḍalika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍalikamf(ī-)n. (fr. maṇḍala-) relating to a province View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍalikamf(ī-)n. ruling a province (-maṇḍalaṃ rakṣati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍalikam. the governor of a province View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinmfn. forming a circle or ring, surrounding, enclosing (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. (with vāta- m.) a whirlwind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinmfn. marked with round spots (as a snake) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinmfn. possessing or ruling a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. the ruler of a province (with śaiva-s, a particular order or degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. a snake or a particular species of snake (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. a chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. a cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. a polecat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalinm. the Indian fig-tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalif. Cocculus Cordifolius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalipattrikāf. equals maṇḍala-p- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalipattrikāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalitamfn. made round or circular (See next) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍalitahastakāṇḍamfn. having a trunk formed in rings or circles (said of an elephant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalim. patronymic of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṅgalikan. (prob.) plural (perhaps) Name of the hymns of the 18th kāṇḍa- of the atharva-- veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalikamf(ī-)n. desirous of success View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalikamf(ī-)n. auspicious, indicating good fortune etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalikan. (prob.) any auspicious object (as an amulet etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalif. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalikyamfn. auspicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṅgalikyan. (prob.) an auspicious object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrapuṣpāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manumuktāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārdalikam. (fr. mardala-) a drummer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārjāraliṅginmfn. having the nature or character of a cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātalim. Name of indra-'s charioteer
mātalisārathim. "having mātali- for his charioteer", Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maudgalim. (fr. mudgala-) a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maudgalikeram. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maukalim. a raven (see maukuli-; maudgali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mauktikāvali() () f. a pearl necklace. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maunisthalikamfn. (fr. muni-sthala-) gaRa kumudādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maurvīmekhalinmfn. wearing a girdle made of mūrvā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūkhāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mekhalikamfn. wearing a girdle gaRa vrīhy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mekhalinmfn. idem or 'mfn. wearing a girdle gaRa vrīhy-ādi-.' (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = wearing a girdle of) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mekhalinm. a Brahmanical student or brahmacārin- (genitive case plural līnām- Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mekhalinm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsākusumāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mohakalilan. thicket or snare of illusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mohakalilan. spirituous liquor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokalinm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdaṃgaphalif. equals mṛdaṃgī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgalipsumfn. wishing to catch or kill a deer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛṣṭasalilamfn. having bright or pure water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtkhalif. a species of plant (equals carmakaśā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mucalinda varia lectio for mucilinda- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muhūrtacakrāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muhūrtāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhebalinm. a rhinoceros View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalif. (v-) a pearl necklace etc. (li- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalif. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalidīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalikiraṇam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvaliprabhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvaliprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvaliṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalivyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktāvalivyāptivādadipikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muṇḍaśṛṅkhalikam. Name of a subdivision of the pāśupata-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muñjamekhalinm. " muñja--girdled", Name of viṣṇu- or śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muralif. Name of a woman
mūrkhalif. an arrow in the form of a bird's heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
musalāmusaliind. club against club, fighting hand to hand (see muṣṭāmuṣṭi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
musalif. a house-lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
musalinmfn. armed with a club, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
musalinm. Name of bala-deva- (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
musalitamfn. (fr. musala-) gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mutkhalinm. Name of a deva-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgabalim. an oblation to the nāga-s (a particular marriage ceremony) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgabalim. Name of work attributed to śaunaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgakuṇḍalakuṇḍalinmfn. wearing a coiled serpent for an earring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgamaṇḍalikam. a keeper or catcher of snakes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakhaphalif. a kind of pulse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatravādāvali nakṣatravādāvalī f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. a tube or tubular organ of the body (equals nāḍī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. a quiver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. Dolichos Lablab View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. Polianthes Tuberosa or Daemia Extensa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. a kind of fragrant substance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalikābandhapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinan. (fr. nala-because of its hollow stalk?) a lotus flower or water-lily, Nelumbium Speciosum (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinan. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinan. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinadalan. a leaf of the lotus flower (see nalinī-dala-and nava-nalina-dalāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinadalam. the Indian crane (see puṣkara-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinadalam. Carissa Carandas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinadalam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinanābham. "lotus-naveled", Name of viṣṇu-kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalināsana, m. "the lotus-throned", Name of brahmā- (wrong reading śana-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalineśayam. reclining on a lotus, Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalineśayīf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinimetric. for - in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. (fr. nalina-above or fr. nala-"lotus"as ab-jinī-fr. ab-ja-, padminī-fr. padma-etc.) a lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or its stalk) , an assemblage of lotus flowers or a lotus pond etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. the Ganges of heaven or rather an arm of it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. a myst. Name of one of the nostrils View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. a particular class of women (equals padminī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. a kind of fragrant substance (equals nalikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. the fermented and intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. Name of the wife of aja-mīḍha- and mother of nīla-
nalif. of 2 rivers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalif. having king nala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinidala equals -d- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīdalan. a leaf of the lotus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīdalamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of lotus leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīgulman. Name of an adhyayana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīgulman. of a vimāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīkamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = nalinī-1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīkāf. a particular pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīkhaṇḍan. an assemblage of lotus flowers on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīnandanan. Name of a garden of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīpadmakośam. Name of a particular position of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīpattran. equals -dala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīruham. "lotus-born", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīruhan. the fibres of a lotus-stalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalinīsaṃvartikāf. the young leaf of a water-lily, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naliptāṅgamfn. whose body is not anointed (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nalitam. a species of vegetable (equals nālitā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmaliṅgan. the gender of nouns or a work treating there of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmaliṅgākhyākomudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāmaliṅgānuśāsanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandikeśaliṅgan. Name of chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
napuṃsakaliṅgamfn. of the neuter gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
napuṃsakaliṅgasaṃgraham. Name of chapter of the nāmaliṅgānuśāsana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narabalim. a human sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇabalim. "oblation to narāyaṇa-", a particular funeral ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇabalim. Name of work (also nārāyaṇabaliprayoga -prayoga- m. nārāyaṇabalividhi -vidhi- m. nārāyaṇabalisamarthana -samarthana- n. nārāyaṇabalisvayamprayojanasañcikā -svayam-prayojana-sañcikā- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇabaliprayogam. nārāyaṇabali
nārāyaṇabalisamarthanan. nārāyaṇabali
nārāyaṇabalisvayamprayojanasañcikāf. nārāyaṇabali
nārāyaṇabalividhim. nārāyaṇabali
narmadeśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
narmadeśvaraliṅgan. of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nātilalitamfn. not very pleasing or beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahabalidānaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahanāmāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navanalinadalāyaNom. A1. yate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-), to resemble the leaf of a fresh lotus blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navaphalif. a newly married woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navaphalif. a girl in whom menstruation has recently begun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayanasalilan. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsalilamfn. waterless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nikṣepalipif. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlotpalinm. n. of mañju-śrī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlotpalif. a pond with blue water-lilies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niravattabalimfn. whereof oblations have been distributed all round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirayāvalisūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdoṣakulasārāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirgalitamfn. ( gal-) flowed out, dissolved, melted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣkalim. a spell for weapons (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣkalim. a particular spell (for weapons) (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nītisumāvalif. (!) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nītisumāvalif. Name (also title or epithet) of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivāpāñjalim. two handfuls of water as a libation to deceased ancestors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivāpāñjalidānan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niyatāñjalimfn. putting the joined hands to the forehead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpaliṅgan. an emblem or mark of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛpaliṅgadharamfn. assuming the insignia of royalty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyañjalif. an añjali- which is directed downwards
nyāyakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyakusumāñjalim. ( nyāyakusumāñjalikārikā -kārikā- f. nyāyakusumāñjaliprakāśa -prakāśa- m. nyāyakusumāñjalivikāśa -vikāśa- m. nyāyakusumāñjaliviveka -viveka-,m.) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyakusumāñjalikārikāf. nyāyakusumāñjali
nyāyakusumāñjaliprakāśam. nyāyakusumāñjali
nyāyakusumāñjalivikāśam. nyāyakusumāñjali
nyāyakusumāñjalivivekam. nyāyakusumāñjali
nyāyapuṣpāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādalipta(and -sūri-) m. Name of a scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādavalimīkam. elephantiasis (see valm-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmakalif. an unblown lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapuṣpāñjalistotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyaprasūnāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padyāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pākalif. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paligham. a water-pot, pitcher, glass water-vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paligham. a wall, rampart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paligham. the gateway of a building View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paligham. an iron club or one studded with iron (equals pari-gha-; see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palikamf(ā-)n. weighing a pala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palikamf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a numeral) weighing so many pala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paliknīSee palita- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paliṅgum. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitamf(ā-,or p/aliknī- Va1rtt. 1. 2 ) n. grey, hoary, old, aged etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitamfn. equals pālayitṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitam. Name of a mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitam. of a prince (varia lectio pāl-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitaf. a cow for the first time with calf (equals paliknī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitan. grey hair (also plural) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitan. a tuft of hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitan. mud, mire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitan. heat, burning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitan. benzoin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitan. pepper [Cf; Greek , etc.; Latin palleo,pallidus,pallus; Lithuanian pa4lvas; Slavonic or Slavonian plavu8; HGerm.falo,val,fahl; Anglo-Saxon fealo; English fallow.]
palitacchadmanmfn. (old age) lurking under grey hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitadarśanan. the sight or appearance of grey hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitambhaviṣṇu mfn. becoming grey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitambhāvukamfn. becoming grey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitaṃkaraṇamf(ī-)n. rendering grey (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitamlānamfn. grey and withered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitavatmfn. grey-haired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palitinmfn. grey-haired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paliyogam. equals pari-y- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palyakathāpuṣpāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
palyalikam. or n. Name of a place
pañcapalikamfn. () weighing 5 pala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapaṭalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcaratnakiraṇāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāśatpalikamfn. having the weight of 50 pala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcavalimfn. having 5 folds or incisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍukambalinmfn. () covered or lined with a white woollen blanket. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇinīyaliṅgānuśāsanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
panthalif. a narrow way or path View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigalitamfn. ( gal-) fallen down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigalitamfn. sunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parigalitamfn. flowing, fluid, melted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parikalitinmfn. equals kalitaṃ yena saḥ- gaRa iṣṭādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimalitamfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimalitamfn. perfumed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parimaṇḍalitamfn. rounded, made round or circular View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paripāṭalitam. dyed pale red View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariskhalitan. reeling, staggering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārśvamaṇḍalinm. Name of a particular posture in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgan. characteristic or attribute of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgalakṣaṇan. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgamāhātmyan. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgapūjāf. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgapūjanavidhim. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgapūjārādhanan. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgavidhānan. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārthivaliṅgodyāpanan. Name of work or chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārvatīśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryupalipP. -limpati-, to smear all round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paśubalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalimf. Bignonia Suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalimf. a species of rice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭalif. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭalif. heap, mass, multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalikamfn. knowing the secrets of others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalikamfn. one who knows time and place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalikam. a pupil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalikan. Name of a town (equals pāṭali-putra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalimanm. a pale red or rose colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalinmfn. possessing trumpet-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭaliputran. Name of the capital of magadha- near the confluence of the śoṇa- and the Ganges (supposed to be the ancient Palibothra and the modern Patna) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭaliputram. plural the inhabitants of this city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭaliputrakamf(ikā-)n. relating to or coming from pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭaliputrakan. the city pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭaliputranāmadheyan. (sc. nagara-) a city called pāṭaliputra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṭalitamfn. made red, reddened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjalim. (fr. pata-+ añj-?; see Va1rtt. 4 gaRa śakandhv-ādi-) Name of a celebrated grammarian (author of the mahābhāṣya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjalim. of a philosopher (the propounder of the yoga- philosophy) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjalim. of a physician etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjalicaritan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjalikāvyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjalisūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patañjaliyogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭṭāvalif. Name of a class of works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāvalif. red chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāvalif. (-), a row of leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāvalif. equals tra-bhaṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrāvalif. (-), a mixture of young aśvattha- leaves with barley and honey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paudgalikamfn. (fr. pudgala-) substantial, material, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paudgalikamfn. selfish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauṭalim. a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāyalisaṃgham. Name of a particular sect of jaina-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phālakuddālalāṅgalinmfn. furnished with a hoe and a spade and a plough View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalāphalif. gaRa śāka-pārthivādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalim. a kind of fish (equals phalakin-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalim. a bowl or cup, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phaliga( li-g/a-) m. (prob.) a cask or leather-bag or anything to hold fluids (applied to clouds or water-receptacles in mountains) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalikamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') enjoying the reward for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalikam. a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalif. Dolichos Lablab or Thespesia Populneoides View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalinmfn. bearing or yielding fruit, fruitful (met. = productive of results or consequences) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalinmfn. reaping advantage, successful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalinmfn. having an iron point (as an arrow) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalinm. a fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalinm. (with yoni-) the vagina injured by too violent sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalinamfn. bearing fruit (see Va1rtt. 4 ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalinam. the bread-fruit tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalif. a species of plant (equals agni-śikhā-or priyaṅgu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalitamfn. bearing or yielding fruit, producing consequences, fruitful, successful, fulfilled, developed, accomplished etc. (n. impersonal or used impersonally with instrumental case"fruit was borne by" ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalitamfn. resulting as a consequence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalitam. a tree (especially a fruit tree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalif. a menstruous woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalitan. a fragrant resin (equals śaileya-) (prob. wrong reading for palita-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalitavyan. (impersonal or used impersonally) fruit should be borne by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phullanalif. a lotus plant in full bloom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṅgalif. a variety of the owl (equals piṅgalā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṅgalimanm. tawny or yellow colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṅgalinmfn. reddish-brown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṅgalitamf(ā-)n. made reddish-brown, become tawny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pippalif. long pepper, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pippalin. (with vasiṣṭhasya-) Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pippaliśroṇif. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
poṭali() f. a bundle or packet. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
potalif. See go-potalikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. set in motion, moved, shaken, tremulous, rolling (as the eye) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. one who has set out, proceeded, departed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. confused, bewildered, perplexed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. current, customary, circulating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitamfn. prevailing, recognized, received (as authority or law) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracalitan. going away, departure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pragalitamfn. dripped down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praharaṇakalif. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praharaṇakalif. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahvalin. a for beautiful body (see prakula-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahvāñjalimfn. prahva
prajvalitamfn. flaming, blazing, burning, shining etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajvalitan. flaming up, blazing, burning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtanāmaliṅgānuśāsanan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakṣepalipif. a particular style of handwriting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pralihP. A1. -leḍhi-, -līḍhe-, to lick up, cause to melt on the tongue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pralikhP. A1. -likhati-, te-, (P.) to scratch, draw lines in (accusative) ; (to draw lines, write ; A1.) to comb one's head (Scholiast or Commentator"to draw lines") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pralipP. A1. -limpati-, te-, to smear, besmear, stain (A1. to smear etc. one's self) etc.: Causal -lepayati-, to smear, besmear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pralipamfn. one who smears or plasters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praliptamfn. cleaving or sticking to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praliśam. Name of a mystic being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇalipsumfn. desirous of saving life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇāmāñjalim. reverential salutation with the hands opened and hollowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāñjalimf(i-, ī-)n. joining and holding out the hollowed open hands (as a mark of respect and humility or to receive alms; see añjali-, kṛtāñj-) and etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāñjalim. plural Name of a school of the sāmaveda-, (also -dvaita-bhṛt-; varia lectio prājvalanā- dvaita-bhṛtaḥ-and prājalā- dvaita-bhṛtyāḥ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāñjalika() equals prāñjali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāñjalin() equals prāñjali-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāñjalipragrahamfn. holding the hands joined and outstretched (varia lectio liḥ pragr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāñjalisthitamfn. standing with joined and outstretched hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśaṃsāvalif. a poem of praise, panegyric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasannasalilamfn. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praskhalitamfn. staggering, stumbling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praskhalitamfn. one who has failed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasūnāñjalimfn. presenting a nosegay held in both hands opened and hollowed (equals puṣpāñjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiskhalitamfn. ( skhal-) warded off (equals prati-ṣkuta- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākalitamfn. (3. kal-) enumerated, held forth, reproached View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākalitamfn. interposed, introduced (as a step in legal process) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākalitan. judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case after the defendant has pleaded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākalitan. (defendant's) supplement to the written deposition of two litigants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāsaṃkalitan. (3. kal-) the putting together or combining of various evidence, consideration pro and con View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravaralalitan. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravicalitamfn. moved, shaken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravigalitamfn. oozing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittasārāvalif. Name of work
prayatāñjalimfn. closely joining the hands, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthaksalilamfn. possessing separate oceans(?), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūpali(), f. a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrṇāñjalim. "full añjali-"two handfuls, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapāṭaliputran. Name of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapāṭaliputrakamfn. being in pūrva-pāṭali-putra-(?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvatraiyalindamfn. (fr. next) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvatryalindaName of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvavidehalipif. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpabalim. an oblation of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpalihm. (Nominal verb -) a large black bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpalikṣam. "flower-licker", a bee (see -nikṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpalipif. "flower-writing."Name of a particular style of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāñjalim. two handfuls of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāñjalim. Name of several works View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāñjalim. ( puṣpāñjalistotra -stotra- n.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāñjalim. ( puṣpāñjalyaṣṭaka lyaṣṭaka- n.Name of work) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāñjalimfn. presenting flower or a nosegay in both hands opened and hollowed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāñjalistotran. puṣpāñjali
puṣpaśakalinm. "having flower-like scales", a kind of serpent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāvalivanarājikusumitābhijñam. "knowing the season of the flowering of the rows of flower and of the forest-trees", Name of a buddha- (varia lectio puṣpa-bali-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣyalipi varia lectio for puṣpa-l-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṭāñjalim. the two hollowed hands put together (see añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
radāvali(in the beginning of a compound) a row of teeth ; -dvandva- Nom. P. vati-, to appear like two rows of teeth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājakalim. a bad king who does not protect his subjects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājaliṅgan. a kingly mark, royal token View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājāvalif. equals valī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājāvalipatākāf. Name of a continuation of the rāja-taraṃgiṇī- by prājya-bhaṭṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktakamalif. a group of red lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmaliṅgam. Name of two authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmaliṅgāmṛtan. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmaliṅgavarṇanan. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmānujavaṃśāvalif. Name of work
raṅgāvalif. a row of stages or arenas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasakalif. Name of work on rhetoric. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasamuktāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasasaṃketakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnaliṅgasthāpanavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnaliṅgeśvaram. (with Buddhists) Name of svayam-bhū- in his visible form View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṣijāṅgalif. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrabalim. an oblation of flesh etc. presented to the rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabalimfn. endowed with royal revenue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabalimfn. accompanied with the bali- offering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabalim. evening twilight (when the offering is made) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabalif. a kind of bird (incorrectly written sab-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabalimanm. variegated state or condition, mottled look or appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabalitamfn. variegated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaliṅgārthacandrikāf. "elucidation of the gender and meaning of words", Name of a lexicon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdānuśāsanadurgapadāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdarūpāvalif. Name of a gram. work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdāvalif. a collection of paradigms of declension (belonging to the -tantra- grammar). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍāvalif. any row of six objects (applied to a set of six śataka-s in verse, of which the sūrya-śataka- is one) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śādvalinmfn. covered with grass, grassy, green View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śādvalitan. the being covered with grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgaralipif. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahajalalitam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahajamalinamfn. naturally dirty, spotty by nature View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrakiraṇāvalif. Name of wk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasraliṅgīf. a thousand liṅga-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasravalisa (sah/asra-.) mfn. thousand-branched View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saikāvalimf(ī-)n. having a necklace consisting of a single string of pearls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaileśaliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaivalinmfn. idem or 'mfn. covered with śaivala- plants gaRa tārakādi-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaivalif. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaivalitamfn. covered with śaivala- plants gaRa tārakādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakabali(ś/aka--) m. an oblation of cow-dung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākali m. (see śakalin-) a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākali f. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākalikamf(ī-)n. dyed with the substance called śakala- Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākalikamf(ī-)n. having a piece or portion, fragmentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākalikamf(ī-)n. relating to the town śākala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalikamfn. provided with buds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sākalif. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakalinm. "having scales", a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākalinm. (see śakalin-) a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakalitamfn. broken into pieces, reduced to fragments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktivādakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalalitamfn. furnished with quills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salalitamind. with spot, wantonly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālāsthalim. a patronymic gaRa krauḍyādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saligamfn. (said of the sea; varia lectio salīga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilamf(ā-)n. (see sarir/a-) flowing, surging, fluctuating, unsteady View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salif. (in sāṃkhya-) one of the four kinds of ādhyātmikā tuṣṭi- or internal acquiescence (the other three being ambhas-, ogha-,and vṛṣṭi-; see su-pārā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) flood, surge, waves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilan. (also plural) water (accusative with kṛ-,"to offer a libation of water to [gen.]") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilan. rainwater, rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilan. eye-water, tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilan. a kind of wind (See -vāta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilan. a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilan. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilabharam. "mass of water", a lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilabhayan. danger from water, inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilabhayadāyinmfn. causing inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilacaram. "water-goer", an aquatic animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilacaraketanam. "fish-bannered", the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliladam. "presenter of water", a kind of official View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliladam. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliladāyinmfn. causing rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliladharam. "water-bearer", a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilādhipam. equals la-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilagargarīf. a water jar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilagurumfn. heavy with tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilāhāramfn. equals śana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilajamfn. produced or living in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilajam. an aquatic animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilajam. a shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilajan. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilajanmann. "water-born", a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilakarmann. "water-rite", a libation of water offered to a deceased person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilakriyāf. equals -karman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilakukkuṭam. a particular aquatic bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilakuntalam. "water-hair", Vallisneria or Blyxa Octandra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilālayam. "water-receptacle", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilamucm. "discharging water", a rain-cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilanidhim. "water-receptacle", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilanidhim. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilanipātam. fall of rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilaniṣekam. sprinkling with water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilāñjalim. two handfuls of water (as a libation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilapatim. "water-lord", Name of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilapavanāśinmfn. drinking only water and air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilapriyam. "fond of water", a hog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilapūram. a large quantity of water ( salilapūravat -vat- ind.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilapūravatind. salilapūra
salilarājam. equals -pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilarāśim. "heap of water", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilarāśim. any piece of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilarayam. "water-flow", a current, stream View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilārṇavam. the (heaving) ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilārṇavasāyakamfn. reposing on water (applied to viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilārthinmfn. wishing for water, thirsty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilāśanamfn. subsisting only on water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilasarakam. n. a bowl of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilāśayam. "water-receptacle", a pond, lake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilastambhinmfn. stopping water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilasthalacaram. "living in water and on land", an amphibious animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilatvan. the state of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilaudanam. n. rice boiled in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilaukasmfn. dwelling or living in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilāvagāham. bathing in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilavatmfn. provided with, water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilavāta(salilā--) mfn. = salilākhyena vāta-viteṣeṇānugṛhīt/a- (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilāvatīf. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilayonim. "water-born", Name of brahma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilecaramfn. moving about in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilendhanam. "water -ignition", the submarine fire (see vaḍabāgni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilendram. (equals la-pati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilendrapuran. varuṇa-'s city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salileśayamfn. resting or lying in water (also as a kind of penance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salileśvaram. (equals la-pati-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliloccayamf(ā-)n. abounding in water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilodbhavamfn. "produced in water" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilodbhavam. a shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilodbhavan. a lotus-flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilopajīvinmfn. subsisting by water (as a fisherman) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilopaplavam. "a flood of water", inundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
salilotthamfn. risen from the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliṅgamf(ā-)n. having the same marks or attributes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliṅgamf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') corresponding id est directed to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saliṅginm. "having the usual marks (as of an ascetic etc., without belonging to the order)", a religious impostor (applied to the 7 schisms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaliputra varia lectio for śala-putra- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalkalinmfn. having scales (See mahā-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalkalinm. a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalmalim. (see śālmali-) the silk-cotton tree, Salmalia Malabarica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalimf. (or f(-).; see śalmal/i-) the Seemul or silk-cotton tree, Bombax Heptaphyllum or Salmalia Malabarica (a lofty and thorny tree with red flowers;its thorns are supposed to be used for torture in one of the hells[ see kūta-ś-],or it may stand for the Name of that hell) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalimf. one of the 7 dvīpa-s or great divisions of the known continent (so called from the above tree said to grow there;it is surrounded by the sea of ghee or clarified butter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalimf. patronymic of a man (f. lyā-) gaRa krauḍyādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalimf. Name of a son of avikṣit- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalimf. of another man descended from Agasti View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalidvīpam. the śālmali-dvīpa- (See above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalikamfn. (fr. śālmali-) gaRa kumudādi- (with dvīpa- m. equals śālmali-dv- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalikam. the tree Andersonia Rohitaka View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalikan. an inferior kind of śālmali- tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalinm. Name of garuḍa- (see śālmali-stha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalif. the silk-cotton tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalipattrakam. Alstonia Scholaris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalistham. "abiding in the śālmali-", a vulture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālmalistham. Name of garuḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāgalitamfn. ( gai-) fallen down, fallen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānasalilamfn. equals samānodaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samasāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambhaleśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhramajvalitamfn. excited by flurry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdalitamfn. ( dal-) pierced through, pierced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābalim. the evening or twilight oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābalim. a bull (or its image) in a temple of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgītakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgītapuṣpāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhatāñjalimfn. joining the hollowed hands (as a mark of supplication) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhatiśalinmfn. thick, dense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalikācūraṇan. shavings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitamfn. heaped together, accumulated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitamfn. added View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitamfn. blended, intermixed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitamfn. laid hold of, grasped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalif. (in arithmetic) the first sum in a progression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitan. addition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitaikyan. the sum of the sums or terms (of an arithmetic progression) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkalitinmfn. one who has made an addition (with locative case) gaRa iṣṭādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnipātakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnipātakalikāṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprajvalitamfn. flaming, blazing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprajvalitamfn. lighted, kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskhalitan. ( skhal-) an error, mistake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃtānavivekāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrasalileśayamfn. lying in sea-water (a kind of penance) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvalitamfn. met, united, joined or mixed with, surrounded by, possessed of (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvalitamfn. broken, diversified (equals cūrṇita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃyatāñjalimfn. having the hands joined together in entreaty (= baddhoñjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śanakāvali f. (perhaps for śaṇak-; see śaṇa-) Scindapsus Officinalis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāñjalimfn. with hands hollowed and joined (in supplicationSee añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhalif. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhalikhitamfn. perfect in its kind, faultless, flawless (with vṛtti- f.faultless conduct) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhalikhitam. a king who practises justice, a Just king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhalikhitam. dual number the two ṛṣi-s śaṅkha- and likhita- (authors of a law-book) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāṅkhalikhitamfn. composed by śaṅkha- and likhita- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhalikhitapriyam. "beloved, by śaṅkha- and likhita-", a friend of strict justice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhalikhitasmṛtif. the law-book of śaṅkha- and likhita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkhapoṭalinm. a particular mixture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṅkuphalif. Prosopis Spicigera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntisalilan. propitiatory water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptalif. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sapuṣpabalimfn. filled with offerings of flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saralitamfn. straightened, straight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārdūlalalitan. "tiger's sport", Name of a metre (consisting of four pāda-s of 19 syllables each) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarojakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpabalim. an offering to Serpents, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpabalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpabalikarmann. (equals -bali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpabalividhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpāvalif. a row of snake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgamfn. having all genders, used as an adjective ( sarvaliṅgatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgapradātrimfn. liberal to adherents of every faith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgasādhanīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgasaṃnyāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgasaṃnyāsanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgatāf. sarvaliṅga
sarvaliṅginm. "having all kinds of external marks", a heretic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvamātrikāpuṣpāñjalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasvaphalinmfn. with all one's possessions and fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatobhadrādicakrāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatobhadraliṅgatobhadram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastrakalim. a duel with swords View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrasārāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrāvartalipif. a particular mode of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatabalim. a kind of fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatabalim. Name of a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatabalim. (prob. more correct -vali-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatahalimfn. possessing a hundred large ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śataphalinm. a bamboo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatavaliśa(śat/a--.) varia lectio for next
satīśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpalikamfn. having the weight of six pala-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satphalinmfn. bearing good fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śevalikam. (an endearing form) for śevaladatta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śevalilam. equals śevalika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śevalif. (see śaivalinī-) a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śevaliya m. equals śevalika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sevāñjali(ñj-) m. a servant's reverential salutation with hollowed hands (See añjali-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasalilan. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikhareśaliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- on the kailāsa- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sīmaliṅgan. (see sīmā-l-) a boundary-mark, land-mark View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhāsanadvātriṃśatputtalikāvārttāf. Name of a work consisting of 32 stories in praise of vikramāditya- (= vikrama-carita-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitapāṭalif. a white Bignonia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītāṣṭottaraśatanāmāvali(-) f. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivābalim. an offering to durgā- (offered at night and consisting chiefly of flesh;also Name of a chapter of the rudra-yāmala- tantra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivakaṇṭhamalif. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivakusumāñjalim. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgan. śiva-'s genital organ or śiva- worshipped in the form of the liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgan. any temple or spot dedicated to the worship of śiva-'s liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgan. Name of the city kāśī- or Benares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgam. (with cola-bhūpati-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgadānavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgalakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgānandajñānodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgaparīkṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgapratiṣṭhākramam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgapratiṣṭhāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgapratiṣṭhāvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivaliṅgasūryodayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivasahasranāmāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivatattvaratnakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. stumbling, tripping, unsteady (as a gait) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. dropping falling, dripping, trickling down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. intoxicated, drunk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. stammering, faltering (speech) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. stopped, checked, obstructed, impeded, interrupted, frustrated, baffled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. confounded, perplexed by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. incomplete, deficient (opp. to ulbaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. erring, failing, blundering in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitamfn. awkward about (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitan. the act of tripping, stumbling, staggering etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitan. mistake, error, failure, blunder, blundering in (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitan. loss, deprivation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitan. circumvention, stratagem (in war) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitagatimfn. having an unsteady gait, tottering, staggering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitasubhagamind. dashing or leaping along pleasantly (over a rocky bed, said of a stream) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitavatmfn. gone astray, deviated from (-tas-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skhalitavīryamfn. one whose heroism has been frustrated or disappointed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślokāvalif. a collection of stanzas, anthology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somaliptamfn. smeared with soma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somaliptan. a soma--utensil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somasalilan. Somawater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhadīpakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāvaṇakarmasarpabaliprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrībalim. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīphalif. a kind of gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīphalif. a kind of indigo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgārakalif. Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅgārakalif. of a poem by kāma-rāja- dīkṣita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛṅkhalitamfn. chained, fettered, bound, confined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutakevalinm. Name of a class of jaina- arhat-s (of whom six are enumerated) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavāvalif. Name of various collections of hymns or panegyrics. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthāgalikamf(ī-)n. dealing in the substance sthāgala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalakamalif. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalanalif. Hibiscus Mutabilis (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (nīka-) mfn.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthalotpalif. Hibiscus Mutabilis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiraliṅgamfn. having a stiff virile organ View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthiraliṅgapratiṣṭhāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthitaliṅgamfn. having the virile member erected (see sthiral-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīpuṃsaliṅginmfn. having the marks of man and women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stutikusumāñjalim. "handful of flowers"Name of a poem in praise of śiva-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitahārāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitamuktāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subhāṣitāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudhādhavalitamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukalilamfn. well filled with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukalita wrong reading for next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukanalikānyāyam. the rule of the parrot (who was causelessly frightened by) the nalikā- plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukanalikānyāyenaind. according to to that rule id est causelessly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukatātparyaratnāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhalipsāf. desire of attaining pleasure or happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasalilan. pleasant (id est tepid) water ( sukhasalilaniṣeka -niṣeka- m."a bath in tepid water") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasalilaniṣekam. sukhasalila
sukhīlalita(?) f. Name of a virgin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūktāvalif. Name of an anthology by lakṣmaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūktimuktāvali f. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulalikam. a particular mixed caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulalitamf(ā-)n. very playful or wanton or charming etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulalitamf(ā-)n. greatly pleased or happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulalitalatāpallavamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of young sprouts of beautiful creepers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulalitamind. very sportively or wantonly, with delight, easily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sulalitavistaram. the beautiful lalita-vistara- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumalinamfn. very dirty or polluted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumāvalif. a garland of flowers (See nīti-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surābali(s/urā--) mfn. receiving an oblation of surā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suramaṇḍaliSee -khaṇḍanikā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryabalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryabalirāmam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susalilamf(ā-)n. having good water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvarṇahalim. a kind of tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvalihmfn. (Nominal verb -liṭ-) licking up or lapping like a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svalikhitan. any document or receipt written with one's own hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaliṅgamfn. preserving (its) own grammatical gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaramaṇḍalif. a kind of vīṇā- or stringed musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthalipsumfn. wishing to gain one's own object, self-seeking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvāvicchalalita(for vit-śalalita-) mfn. furnished with porcupine quills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svayamprajvalitamfn. self-kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmalif. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmalimanm. blackness, darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmalitamfn. darkened, obscured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāvalim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talātaliind. (to fight) with the palms of the hands View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talif. equals la-sāraka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taliman. (fr. la-?) ground prepared for the site of a dwelling (kuṭṭima-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taliman. a couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taliman. an awning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taliman. a sword (see la-vāraṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinmfn. equals la-tra-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinmfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinamf(ā-)n. thin, fine (see luna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinamf(ā-)n. "slender, meagre", in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinamf(ā-)n. small, little View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinamf(ā-)n. separate, having spaces View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinamf(ā-)n. clear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinamfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (fr. la-) covered with, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinam. Name of a man , (varia lectio nal-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinan. a couch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talinodarīf. a slender-waisted woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talitamfn. "bottomed", fixed, placed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
talitamfn. fried View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmaliptam. plural (equals mral-) Name of a people and its country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmaliptan. Name of a city of that people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmaliptakan. equals ptī- (varia lectio ptika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmaliptīf. idem or 'n. Name of a city of that people ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmraliptam. plural Name of a people (living near the western mouth of the Ganges) and its country (vv.ll. tāma-l-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmraliptam. a prince of the tāmra-lipta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmraliptāf. their capital View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmraliptakam. plural the tāmra-lipta- people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmraliptarṣim. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmraliptīf. idem or 'f. their capital ' (equals tāma-l-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāmraliptikāf. equals ptī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṇḍulakusumabaliprakāra m. plural Name of a kalā- (q.v). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṇḍulakusumabalivikāram. plural Name of a kalā- (q.v). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralif. Name of a female servant (See tamāl-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralitamfn. shaking, dangling, undulating, tremulous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralitan. impersonal or used impersonally it has been trembled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taralitahāramf(ā-)n. having a tremulous garland, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taulvalim. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taulvalim. see ajā-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilakhalim. idem or 'n. see tail-.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tosaliputram. Name of a Jain teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toyāñjalim. the hollowed hands joined and filled with water (offered to the dead) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traibalim. (fr. tri-bala-) Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traiyalindamfn. fr. try-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tribhuvaneśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridalif. Mimosa abstergens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trihalikāgrāmam. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trikaliṅgam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triṃśadyogāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivalimfn. having 3 folds or incisions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivalif. in compound the 3 folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a beauty) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryalindaName of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryañjalim. a handful belonging to 3 persons, 102 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryañjalimfn. bought for 3 handfuls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvakpalitan. leprosy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhāñjali(ubhāñjali-) ind. gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayāñjali(ubhayāñjali-) ind. gaRa dvidaṇḍy-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccalitamfn. gone up or out, setting out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccalitamfn. springing or jumping up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchalitamfn. jerked up, moved, waved, waved above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udakāñjalim. a handful of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udañjalimfn. hollowing the palms and then raising them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ujjvalitamfn. lighted, shining, flaming, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ujjvalitatvan. the state of being lighted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ulūkhalikamfn. pounded in a mortar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ulūkhalikamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') using as a mortar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ulūkhalikamfn. (See dantolūkhalika-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ulūkhalinmfn. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' idem or 'mfn. (See dantolūkhalika-.)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmattaliṅginmfn. feigning madness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhānaliṅgamfn. (a verse) containing the word upa-- dhāna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upajvalitamfn. lighted up (with an- negative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalikhto encircle with lines or trenches. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalikhya ind.p. having encircled with lines or trenches View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaliṅgan. a portent, natural phenomenon considered as boding evil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalipP. -limpati-, to defile, besmear (especially with cow-dung), smear, anoint etc. ; to cover, overlay : Caus -lepayati-, to besmear (especially with cow-dung), smear, anoint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalipsāf. (fr. Desiderative), wish to obtain, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalipsāetc. See upa-labh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalipsumfn. (fr. idem or 'f. (fr. Desiderative), wish to obtain, '), wishing to learn or hear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upaliptamfn. besmeared, anointed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upalipya ind.p. having besmeared or anointed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāṅgalalitāvratan. a particular observance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upodbalitamfn. confirmed, asserted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaliṅga mfn. having the membrum above (id est chaste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaliṅginmfn. having the membrum above (id est chaste) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvaliṅginm. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvamaṇḍalinm. a particular position of the hands in dancing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalif. longing for, regretting, missing any person or thing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalif. wanton sportfulness, dalliance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalif. a bud, unblown flower, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalif. a wave View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalikāprāyamfn. abounding in compound words (a kind of prose) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalikāvailarīf. Name (also title or epithet) of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalitamfn. unbound, loosened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalitamfn. opened, blossoming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalitamfn. brilliant, bright View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalitamfn. appearing, coming forth, becoming visible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalitamfn. regretting, longing for View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkalitamfn. prosperous, rising, increasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkhalinm. Name of a Buddhist deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utkṣepalipim. a kind of written character, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpalinmfn. abounding in lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpalif. an assemblage of lotus-flowers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpalif. a lotus (Nymphaea) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpalif. a particular metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpalif. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpalif. Name of a dictionary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamaphalif. the plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttaralitamfn. caused to tremble, excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācyaliṅga mfn. following or having the gender of the substantive, adjectival ( vācyaliṅgatva ga-tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācyaliṅgakamfn. following or having the gender of the substantive, adjectival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vācyaliṅgatvan. vācyaliṅga
vāḍvalim. (said to be) patronymic fr. vāg-vāda- Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgbalim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidalikamfn. belonging to leguminous vegetables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyanāthaliṅgamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaihalim. (also plural) a patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśvadevabalikarmann. dual number Name of the above two ceremonies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajralipif. a particular style of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajraśṛṅkhalif. Asteracantha Longifolia
vakkalinm. (prākṛ-.for valkalin-) Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakṣomaṇḍalinm. (scilicet hasta-) a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valimf. (see bali-and valī-) (once m.) a fold of the skin, wrinkle etc. (see tri-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valimf. a line or stroke made with fragrant unguents on the person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valimf. the edge of a roof. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valimf. sulphur View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valimf. a particular musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valibhamfn. idem or 'mfn. shrivelled, wrinkled, flaccid ' (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valikam. n. the edge of a thatched roof. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valimatmfn. wrinkled shrivelled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valimukham. "having a wrinkled face", a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valinamfn. shrivelled, wrinkled, flaccid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valīpalitan. wrinkles and grey hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valiramfn. squint-eyed, squinting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valiśa śi-, śi- See balisa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valiśānam. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitamfn. bent round, turned (n. impersonal or used impersonally) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitamfn. turned back again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitamfn. broken forth, appeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') surrounded or accompanied by, connected with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitamfn. wrinkled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitam. a particular position of the hands in dancing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitan. black pepper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitadṛśmfn. having the eyes turned towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitagrīvamfn. idem or 'mfn. having the neck bent ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitakam. a kind of ornament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitakaṃdharamfn. having the neck bent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitānanamfn. having the face turned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valitāpāṅgamf(ī-)n. having the (corners of the) eyes turned or directed towards anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valivaṇḍam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valkalinmfn. yielding bark (as a branch) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valkalinmfn. clothed in a bark-dress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṅgalipif. Bengal writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārkalim. metron. fr. vṛkalā- (see gaRa bāhv-ādi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārṣalim. (fr. vriṣalī-) the son of a śūdra- woman, gaRa bāhv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasāvaśeṣamalina(vasan-) mfn. soiled with the remains of fat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasiṣṭhaliṅgapurāṇan. Name of a purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vastikuṇḍalif. () a particular disease of the bladder. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṭakalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vātakuṇḍali() f. () scanty and painful flow of urine. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntakārikāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasiddhāntaratnāñjalim. vedāntasiddhānta
vedāntavādāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāsalilan. () equals -jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
velāvali(velāv-) f. (in music) a particular scale. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśmakaliṅgaprob. = (or wrong reading for) next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicācācaliSee /a-vicācala- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicalitamfn. gone away, departed, deviated from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicalitamfn. troubled, obscured, blinded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchinnabalikarmanmfn. having sacrificial rites interrupted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidaladalitamfn. burst or rent asunder etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidaladalitamfn. expanded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitamfn. flowed away, drained off, dried up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitamfn. melted away, dissolved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitamfn. fallen down or out, slipped out of (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitamfn. slackened, untied (See -nīvi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitamfn. dishevelled (See -keśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitamfn. passed away, disappeared, vanished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitamfn. come forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitabandhamfn. having the band loosened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitakeśamfn. having dishevelled hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitalajjamfn. free from shame, bold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitanīvimfn. having the knot untied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitaśucmfn. freed from sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigalitavasanamfn. destitute of garments, unclothed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihitāñjalimfn. making a respectful obeisance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihvalitamfn. equals hvala- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihvalitasarvāṅgamfn. trembling with the whole body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñānalalitan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñānalalitatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikṣepalipim. a kind of writing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilāpakusumāñjalim. Name of a poem. 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalikaraṇan. the act of clearing, purification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalimanm. clearness, purity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalitamfn. clear, pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāvali f. Name of the wife of the asura- bali- and mother of bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāvalisutam. () Name of the asura- bāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrabalim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viraktiratnāvalif. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīralalitan. a hero's natural way of acting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīralalitan. Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viralif. a kind of thin cloth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viralitamfn. not dense or close (in a-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīraśaivaliṅgārcanavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīreśvaraliṅgan. Name of a sacred liṅga- (equals vīreśa- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virudāvalif(i-or -). (or -) a detailed panegyric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virudāvalif(i-or -). Name of a poem by raghu-deva- (celebrating the praises of a certain king of mithilā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśakalitamfn. separated, divided, different View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśakalitamfn. discriminated, sifted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣaliṅgan. a particular mark, specific property, attribute of a subordinate class View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśiṣṭaliṅgamfn. different in gender View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viskhalitamfn. stumbling, stopping, faltering (as words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viskhalitamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') mistaken or blundering in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viskhalitamfn. gone astray View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvakarmeśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvaliṅgamfn. containing the distinguishing word viśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvaraliṅgan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivalitamfn. turned away, averted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛthāpalitamfn. grown gray in vain (see -vṛddha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttaratnāvali f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavakalitamfn. subtracted, deducted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavakalitan. subtraction, deduction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñalihm. "sacrifice-taster", a priest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñaliṅgam. "having sacrifice for an attribute", Name of viṣṇu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajurvedajaṭāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yakṣabalim. an oblation to the yakṣa-s (a particular nuptial ceremony) commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogakuṇḍali f. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogasārāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogāvalif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugalinmfn. (prob.) egoistical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugmalāṅgalinmfn. possessing two ploughs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūpolūkhalikamfn. having sacrificial posts and mortars (for pounding) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuvapalitamf(ā-)n. grey-haired in youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuvavalinamf(ā-)n. having wrinkles in youth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
212 results
akṣayālali अक्षयाललिता N. of a festival observed by women on the 7th day of the dark half of Bhādra (?).
añjali अञ्जलिः m. [अञ्ज्-अलि Uṇ.4.2.] 1 A cavity formed by folding and joining the open hands together, the hollow of the hands; hence, a cavity. full of anything (changed to अञ्जल or ˚लि after द्वि and त्रि in द्विगु comp., P.V.4.12); न वार्यञ्जलिना पिवेत् Ms.4.63; सुपूरो मूषि- काञ्जलिः Pt.1.25; अरण्यबीजाञ्जलिदानलालिताः Ku.5.15; प्रकीर्णः पुष्पाणां हरिचरणयोरञ्जलिरयम् Ve.1.1. a cavityful of flowers; so जलस्याञ्जलयो दश Y.3.15.1 cavityfuls or libations of water; श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयम् Ve.1.4. to be drunk by the cavity of the ear; अञ्जलिं रच्, बन्ध्, कृ or आधा fold the hands together and raise them to the head in supplication or salutation; बद्धः, कातर्यादरविन्द- कुङ्मलनिभो मुग्धः प्रणामाञ्जलिः U.3.37. -2 Hence a mark of respect or salutation; कः शक्रेण कृतं नेच्छेदधिमूर्धानमञ्जलिम् Bk.8.84; बध्यतामभययाचनाञ्जलिः R.11.78. -3 A measure of corn = कुडव; another measure = प्रसृत, or one-half of a मानिका. -Comp. कर्मन् n. folding the hands, respectful salutation; लुब्धमर्थेन गृह्णीयात् क्रुद्धं चाञ्जलि- कर्मणा Chāṇ.33. -कारिका 1 an earthen doll making the अञ्जलि (?). -2 N. of a plant, Mimosa Pudica (लज्जालु) (Mar. लाजाळू). -पुटः-टम् the cavity formed by joining the hands together; hollowed plams of the hand.
añjali अञ्जलिका [अञ्जलिरिव कायते प्रकाशते; कै-क टाप् Tv.]. 1 A small mouse. -2 The sensitive plant of Mimosa Pudica (Mar. लाजाळू). -3 An insect of the spider tribe (Mar. कांतीण). -कः 1 N. of one of Arjuna's arrows. -2 अञ्जल्याकारमुख (mouse-mouthed) arrow भल्लैरञ्जलिकैरपि Rām.6.45.23. -वेध a fighting stratagem जानन्नञ्जलिकावेधं नापाक्रामत पाण्डवः Mb.7.26.23.
adhipuṣpali अधिपुष्पलिका A betel-nut tree.
anali अनलिः [अनिति-अच् अनः अलिर्यत्र ब. शकन्ध्वा] N. of a tree (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana Grandiflora (तत्पुष्पाणां मधुपूर्णतया तन्मधु- भिर्भ्रमराणां जीवनधारणात्तथात्वम् Tv.) (Mar. अगस्ता).
amalina अमलिन a. Clean, spotless, pure (morally also); कुलममलिनं न त्वेवायं जनो न च जीवितम् Māl 2.2.
argali अर्गलिका A small door-pin, small bolt.
argalita अर्गलित a. Fastened by a bolt, chained, bolted; ˚द्वारा K.357.
āpiśali आपिशलिः N. of an old grammarian; वासुप्यापिशलेः P.VI.1.92.
āvali आवलिः ली f. [आ-वल्-इन् वा डीप्] 1 A line, row, range; अरावलीम् V.1.4; द्विजावली बालनिशाकरांशुभिः Śi., so अलक˚, धूम˚, दन्त˚, हार˚, रत्न˚ &c. -2 A series, continuous line. -3 A dynasty, lineage.
āvalita आवलित a. [वल्-क्त] Slightly turned; K.46.
uccalita उच्चलित p. p. 1 On the point of going, setting out. -2 Gone up or out; winnowed (as grain).
ucchalita उच्छलित p. p. 1 Moved, waved above निर्झरोच्छलित- शीतलशीकरासारवाही... । नागानन्द 1. -2 Shaken. -3 Gone.
ujjvalita उज्ज्वलित p. p. Lighted, shining, brilliant.
utkalita उत्कलित a. Unbound, loosened; स तस्य हस्तोत्कलितस्तदा$- सुरः Bhāg.7.8.26. -2 Regretting, sorry for. -3 Opened, blossomed (as flowers); प्रहर्षवेगोत्कलितेक्षणाननाः Bhāg. 1.43.2. -4 Rising, prosperous; पास्यन्त्यपाङ्गोत्कलितस्मि- तासवम् Bhāg.1.39.23.
utkali उत्कलिका 1 Anxiety in general, uneasiness; जाता नोत्कलिका Amaru.84; K.138,25,21,234; Dk.17.2. -2 Longing for, regretting, missing anything or person. -3 Wanton sport, dalliance (हेला). -4 A bud. -5 A wave; वनावलीरुत्कलिकासहस्र˚ Śi.3.7; क्षुभितमुत्कलिका- तरलं मनः ruffled by waves. Māl.3.1 (where उत्कलिका also means anxiety); K.161; cf. also जलयन्त्रजलाकार- कीलालोत्कलिकाकुलाः Śiva. B.14.33. -Comp. -प्रायम् a variety of prose-composition abounding in compound words and hard letters; भवेदुत्कलिकाप्रायं समासाढ्यं दृढाक्षरम् Chand. M.6.
uttalita उत्तलित Thrown or cast upwards.
utpalin उत्पलिन् a. Abounding in lotus flowers. -नी 1 An assemblage of lotus flowers. -2 A lotus plant having lotuses. -3 A species of the Atijagatī metre (चन्द्रिका q. v.). -4 N. of a Dictionary.
utsaṃkalita उत्संकलित Permitted; अनुत्˚ K.26.275.
udañjali उदञ्जलि a. One who hollows the palms and then raises them, folding the hands in supplication.
upajvalita उपज्वलित a. Lighted, inflamed; Śat. Br.11.8.3.7.
upalipsā उपलिप्सा A desire to obtain.
upaliṅgam उपलिङ्गम् A portent, natural phenomenon, considered as boding evil.
upalip उपलिप् 6 P. 1 To anoint, smear, besmear. -2 To defile, pollute; तथात्मा नोपलिप्यते Bg.13.32. -3 To stick or adhere to; यो वक्त्रमुपलिम्पति Vāgb. -Caus. To besmear (esp. with cow-dung; शुचिं देशं विविक्तं च गोमयेनोप- लेपयेत् Ms.3.26.
ulūkhalika उलूखलिक a. 1 Pounded in a mortar. -2 (At the end of comp.) Using as a mortar; दन्त˚ using the teeth as a mortar; Ms.6.17; Y.3.49.
ullalita उल्ललित p. p. 1 Shaken, trembling, agitated. -2 Raised up, elevated.
kajjali कज्जलिका Powder (esp. made of mercury).
kajjalita कज्जलित a. 1 Covered with lampblack or with a collyrium prepared from it. -2 Blackened, soiled; Hch.
kadali कदलिका 1 A banner, flag; Māl.6. -2 Kadala tree; अभ्युल्लसत्कदलिकावनराजिम् Śi.5.2.
kadalin कदलिन् m. A kind of antelope.
kandalita कन्दलित a. 1 Budded, blown. -2 Put forth, emitted.
kamali कमलिनी 1 A lotus-plant; साभ्रे$ह्नीव स्थलकमलिनीं न प्रवुद्धां न सुप्ताम् Me.94; रम्यान्तरः कमलिनीहरितैः सरोभिः Ś.4.11; R.9.3,19.11. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A place abounding with lotuses. -Comp. -कान्तः, -बन्धुः N. of the sun.
kambali कम्बलिका 1 A small blanket. -2 A kind of female deer.
kambalin कम्बलिन् a. Covered with a blanket. -m. A bullock, ox. -Comp. -वाह्यक a carriage covered with blankets and drawn by oxen, a bullock-cart.
kalita कलित p. p. 1 Held, seized, taken; U.5.5. v. l. -2 Broken; Pt.1. -3 Plucked, gathered; सीतादेव्याः स्वकरकलितैः U.3.6. -4 Arisen, produced; U.5.2; कलितकुलिशघाताः केपि खेलन्ति वाताः R. G. -5 Influenced; Māl.8. -6 Mixed; अनलस्फुलिङ्गकलितः किमयमनभ्रः सुधावर्षः Māl.1.1. -7 Known, understood; कलयसि कलितो$ह्रम् Māl.8.13,2.9. -8 Furnished, endowed, Māl.6.6. कलितान्योन्यसामर्थ्यैः Ku.6.76. -9 Gained, obtained. -1 Reckoned, counted. -11 Separated, divided. -12 Sounded indistinctly, murmured. -13 Made, formed; लवङ्गमालाकलितावतंसाः Śi.3.81.
kali कलिका 1 A digit of the moon. -2 A division of time.
kali कलिः [कल्-इनि] 1 Strife, quarrel, dissension, contention; शठ कलिरेष महांस्त्वयाद्य दत्तः Śi.7.55; कलिकामजित् R.9.33, Amaru.23. -2 War, battle. अविषह्यैस्तमाक्षेपैः क्षिपन्संजनयन् कलिम् । Bhāg.1.55.17. -3 The fourth age of the world, the iron age (consisting of 432, years of men and beginning from the 13th of February 312 B. C.); दानमेकं कलौ युगे Ms.1.86,9.31; कलिवर्ज्यानि इमानि &c. -4 Kali age personified (this Kali persecuted Nala). -5 The worst of any class. -6 The Bibhītaka tree. -7 The side of a die which is marked with one point. घृतेन कलिं शिक्षामि Av.7.19.1. -8 A hero. -9 An arrow. -f. A bud. -Comp. -कारः, -कारकः, -क्रियः 1 an epithet of Nārada. -2 the karanja tree. -3 a kind of bird. -द्रुमः, -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree. -प्रिय a. quarrelsome. (-यः) 1 N. of Nārada. -2 a monkey, ape; Ms.1.85. -मारकः a kind of karanja tree. -युगम् the Kali age; Ms.1.85. -संतरणम् N. of an Upaniṣad. -हारी f. a kind of medicine (विषलाङ्गली).
kalikaḥ कलिकः Curlew.
kali कलिका कलिः f. 1 An unblown flower; a bud; चूतानां चिरनिर्गता$पि कलिका बध्नाति न स्वं रजः Ś.6.4. किमा- म्रकलिकाभङ्गमारभसे Ś.6; Ṛs.6.17; R.9.33. -2 A digit. streak. -3 The bottom or peg of the Indian lute. -4 A king of poetic composition (akin to बिरुद).
kaliṅga कलिङ्ग a. 1 Clever. -2 Cunning. -गाः (pl.) N. of a country and its inhabitants; (a district on the Coromandel coast); नो खण्डिकाञ्जगाम नो कलिङ्गाञ्जगाम Mbh. on P.III.2.115. उत्कलादर्शितपथः कलिङ्गाभिमुखो ययौ R.4. 38; (its position is thus described in Tantras :-- जगन्नाथात्समारभ्य कृष्णातीरान्तगः प्रिये । कलिङ्गदेशः संप्रोक्तो वाम- मार्गपरायणः ॥). -ङ्गः 1 The fork-tailed shrike. -2 N. of several plants; (as शिरीष, प्लक्ष &c.) -ङ्गा A beautiful woman. -ङ्गम् Indra grain (इन्द्रयव).
kaliñjaḥ कलिञ्जः A mat, a screen. -ञ्जम् Wood.
kalita कलित see under कल्.
kalindaḥ कलिन्दः 1 N. of the mountain on which the Yamunā rises. -2 The sun. -3 The Bibhītaka plant. -Comp. -कन्या, -जा, -तनया, -नन्दिनी, -सुता epithet of the river Yamunā; कलिन्दकन्या मथुरां गतापि R.6.48; कलिन्दजानीर Bv.2.12, Gīt.3. -गिरिः the Kalinda mountain. ˚जा, ˚तनया, ˚नन्दिनी epithets of the river Yamunā; Bv.4.3,4.
kalila कलिल a. [कल-इलच्] Uṇ.1.54] 1 Covered with, full of. वराङ्गनागणकलिलं नृपात्मजः ततो बलाद् वनमभिनीयते स्म तत् Bu. Ch.3.65. -2 Mixed, blended with; तत एवाक्रन्दकलिलः कलकलः Mv.1. -3 Affected by, subject to; अकल्ककलिलः Śi.19.98. -4 Impervious, impenetrable. -5 Contaminated, defiled; तदा वृषध्वजद्वेषकलिलात्मा प्रजापतिः Bhāg.4.7.1, Śi.19.98. -6 Doubtful, suspicious; एतस्मात्कारणाच्छ्रेयः कलिलं प्रतिभाति मे Mb.12.287.11. -लम् A large heap, confused mass; विशसि हृदय क्लेशकलिलम् Bh.3.34; confusion; यदा ते मोहकलिलं बुद्धिर्व्यतितरिष्यति Bg.2.52.
kalmali कल्मलिः Ved. Splendour; Av.15.2.
kavali कवलिका A bandage.
kavalita कवलित a. 1 Eaten, swallowed up (as a mouthful). -2 Chewed. -3 (Hence) Taken, seized; as is मृत्युना कवलिता.
kākali काकलिः ली f. 1 A low and sweet tone; अनुबद्ध- मुग्धकाकलीसहितम् U.3; Ṛs.1.8. प्रमदकोकिलकोमलकाकली Rām. Ch.4.2. काकलीप्रधानं च गीयते, तथा तर्कयामि Nāg.1. क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकलीकलकलैरुद्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः S. D. -2 A musical instrument with a low tone used by thieves to ascertain whether a person is asleep or not; फणिमुखकाकली- संदंशक ... प्रभृत्यनेकोपकरणयुक्तः Dk.49. छेदात्समासु सकृदर्पितकाकलीषु Chārudattam 3.1. -2 Scissors. -4 the Gunjā plant. -Comp. -रवः the (Indian) cuckoo.
kāmalin कामलिन् a. Suffering from jaundice.
kāmali कामलिका Spirituous liquor.
kāmbalikaḥ काम्बलिकः Gruel, barley-water.
kāhali काहलिः An epithet of Śiva.
kuḍmalita कुड्मलित a. 1 Budded, blossomed. -2 Cheerful, smiling. -3 Half-closed; कण्डूकुड्मलितेक्षणां सहचरीं दन्तस्य कोट्या लिखन् Māl.9.32.
kuṇḍali कुण्डलिका A circle; Hch.
kuṇḍalin कुण्डलिन् (-नी f.) 1 Decorated with ear-rings. -2 Circular, spiral. -3 Winding, coiling (as a serpent). -m. 1 A snake. वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -2 A peacock. -3 An epithet of Varuṇa, and of Śiva. -4 The spotted or painted deer. -5 The golden mountain; काञ्चनाद्रौ सर्पे पुंसि तु कुण्डली Nm. -नी A form of Durgā or Śakti. -2 N. of a नाडी in Yoga. कुण्डली kuṇḍalī कुण्डलिका kuṇḍalikā कुण्डली कुण्डलिका A kind of sweetmeat (Mar. जिलेबी.)
kutūhalin कुतूहलिन् a. 1 Desirous, struck with curiosity; Māl. 1. -2 Eager, impatient; न जातु स्यात्कुतूहली Ms.4.63.
kuntali कुन्तलिका A butter-knife.
kuśalin कुशलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Happy, doing well, prosperous; अथ भगवांल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; R.5. Me.114. कुशलिनी वत्सस्य वार्तापि नो । S. D. -2 Of lower caste; 'कुशलिनं कारुकं चण्डालविशेषमित्यर्थः' Nīlakaṇṭha's commentary on Mb.12.291.7. [पापानुबन्धं यत्कर्म यद्यपि स्यान्महाफलम् । तन्न सेवेत मेधावी शुचिः कुशलिनं यथा ॥]
kuhali कुहलिः The leaf of the Piper Betel; Mv.7.13.
kevalin केवलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Alone, only. -2 Devoted to the doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit; Bhāg.4.25.39. -3 one who has obtained the highest knowledge (Jaina Phil.)
kośalikam कोशलिकम् A bribe (= कौशलिक q. v. which is the more correct form).
kauśalikam कौशलिकम् A bribe.
kauśali कौशलिका कौशली 1 A present, an offering. -2 Friendly inquiry after one's health &c., greeting.
khalin खलिन् a. Having sediment. -m. N. of Śiva.
khali खलि (ली) नः नम् The bit of a bridle; श्लिष्यद्भिरन्यो- न्यमुखाग्रसङ्गस्खलत्खलीनं हरिभिर्विलोलैः Śi.3.66.
khali खलिनी A multitude of threshing floors. P.IV.2.51.
khali खलिः ली f. Sediment of oil or oil-cake; स्थाल्यां वैढूर्य- मय्यां पचति तिलखलीमिन्धनैश्चन्दनाद्यैः Bh.2.1. खलिशः khaliśḥ खल्लिशः khalliśḥ लेशः lēśḥ लेशयः lēśayḥ खलिशः खल्लिशः लेशः लेशयः N. of a fish.
gaṇḍalin गण्डलिन् m. N. of Śiva.
garalin गरलिन् a. Poisonous.
galita गलित p. p. [गल्-क्त] 1 Dropped or fallen down. -2 Melted. -3 Oozed, flowing. -4 Lost, vanished, deprived. -5 Untied, got loose. -6 Emptied, leaked away. -7 Filtered. -8 Decayed, impaired. -9 Decreased, exhausted; गलितविभवाश्चार्थिषु नृपाः Bh.2.44. -Comp. -कुष्ठम् advanced or incurable leprosy when the fingers and toes fall off; also गुलत्कुष्ठम् -नखदन्त a. one who has lost his claws and teeth. वृद्धो गलितनखदन्तो न कथं विश्वास- भूमिः H.1. -दन्त a. toothless. -नयन a. one who has lost his eyes, blind. -यौवन a. one who has lost the bloom or charm of youth, grown old; गलितयौवना कामिनी Bh.2.56. -वयस् a. being in the decline of age, in declining years; गलितवयसामिक्ष्वाकूणामिदं हि कुलव्रतम् R.3.7.
galitakaḥ गलितकः A kind of dance, gesticulation; V.4.56.57.
gali गलिः [गडि, डस्य लः] A strong but lazy bull; see गडि.
calita चलित p. p. [चल्-क्त] 1 Shaken, moved, stirred agitated. -2 Gone, departed; एवमुक्त्वा स चलितः -3 attained. -4 known, understood. -5 Removed, displaced (see चल्). -तम् 1 Shaking, moving. -2 Going, walking. -3 A kind of dance; चलितं नाम नाट्यमन्तरेण M.1.
cali चलिः A cover, wrapper. चविः, -कम्, का, -वी, -व्यकम्, -व्या A kind of pepper. L. D. B.
cāṭali चाटलिका f. N. of a locality; Rāj. T.8.766.
chalikam छलिकम् A kind of drama or dancing, a song consisting of four parts and recited with gesticulation; छलिकं दुष्प्रयोज्यमुदाहरन्ति M.2.
chalita छलित a. Cheated, deceived &c. -तम् Deceiving, cheating.
chalin छलिन् m. A cheat, swindler, rogue.
jvalita ज्वलित a. [ज्वल्-क्त] 1 Burnt, kindled, illuminated. -2 Flaming, blazing.
jhali झलिः f. The areca-nut.
taralita तरलित a. Shaking, tremulous, undulating; ˚तुङ्गतरङ्ग Gīt.11; ˚हारा 7.
tali तलिका A martingale.
talita तलित a. 1 Fixed, having a bottom. -2 Fried. -तम् Fried meat.
talit तलित् f. Lightning; cf. तडित्.
talina तलिन a. [तल्-इनन् Uṇ.2.53] 1 Thin, meagre, spare. -2 Small, little. -3 Clear, clean. -4 Situated under or beneath. -5 Weak. -6 Separate. -7 Fine, very thin; क्षोणीकान्तमृणालतन्तुतलिनास्ताम्यन्ति तारापतेः Vikr.11.8. -8 Covered with; Vikr.14.61. -नम् A bed, couch. -उदरी a. a slender-waisted woman; स्नानावसाने तलिनोदरीणामकृत्रिमं मण्डनमाविरासीत् Vikr.1.88.
talimam तलिमम् 1 Paved ground, a pavement. -2 A bed, cot, couch. -3 An awning. -4 A large sword or knife.
dalikam दलिकम् Timber, a piece of wood.
dalita दलित p. p. [दल्-क्त] 1 Broken, torn, rent, burst, split, ground; दलितमौक्तिकचूर्णविपाण्डवः Śi.6.35. -2 Opened, expanded. -3 Bisected. -4 Driven asunder, dispelled, scattered. -5 Trodden down, crushed, destroyed. -6 Manifested, displayed; Prab.2.35.
dehali देहलिः ली f. The threshold of a door, the sill or lower part of the wooden frame of a door; विन्यस्यन्ती भुवि गणनया देहलीदत्तपुष्पैः Me.89; Mk.1.9. -Comp. -दीपः a lamp suspended over the threshold; ˚न्याय see under न्याय.
dhavalita धवलित a. Whitened, made white.
dhavaliman धवलिमन् m. 1 Whiteness, white colour; अधिगत- धवलिम्नः शूलपाणेरभिख्याम् Śi.4.65. -2 Paleness; इयं भूतिर्नाङ्गे प्रियविरहजन्मा धवलिमा Subhāṣ; धवलिमा जातो मणीनां गणे Sūkti.5.81.
nali नलिका 1 A tube. -2 A tubular organ of the body (नाडी). -3 A quiver. -4 A kind of fragrant substance.
nalinaḥ नलिनः The (Indian) crane. -नम् 1 A lotus-flower, water-lily. -2 Water. -3 The Indigo plant. (नलिनेशयः an epithet of Visnu.)
nali नलिनी 1 A lotus-plant; न पर्वताग्रे नलिनी प्ररोहति Mk.4.17; नलिनीदलगतजलमतितरलम् Moha M.5; Ku.4.6. -2 An assemblage of lotuses. -3 A pond or place abounding in lotuses. राजन्तीं राजराजस्य नलिनीमिव सर्वतः Rām.2.95.4; नलिन्यो यत्र क्रीडन्ति प्रमदाः सुरसेविताः Bhāg.8.15.13. -4 A lotus or the stalk of it. -5 The celestial Ganges. -6 The intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut. -7 A myst. -8 N. of one of the nostrils. -9 the city of Indra (शक्रपुरी); 'वस्वौकसारा श्रीदस्य शक्रस्य नलिनी पुरी' इति हरिः; Rām.2.94. 26. -Comp. -खण्डम् -षण्डम् a group or assemblage of lotuses. -दलम्, पत्रम् a leaf of the lotus plant. -रुहः an epithet of Brahmā. (-हम्) a lotus-stalk, the fibres of a lotus.
nirgalita निर्गलित a. 1 Flowed out. -2 Dissolved, melted.
paṭali पटलिका A heap, mass, multitude.
patañjali पतञ्जलिः N. of the celebrated author of the Mahābhāṣya, the great commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras; also of a philosopher, the propounder of the Yoga philosophy.
parikalitam परिकलितम् Comprehending, knowing.
parigalita परिगलित p. p. 1 Sunk. -2 Tumbled or dropped down. -3 Vanished. -4 Melted. -5 Flowing.
parimalita परिमलित a. 1 Perfumed; परिमलितमपि प्रियैः प्रकामं कुचयुगम्. -2 Soiled, despoiled of beauty; ibid.
palita पलित a. Weighing or containing so many palas.
pali पलिः f. A part of the elephant's face, perhaps the hollow in the middle of the forehead; Mātaṅga L.6.1.
palika पलिक a. Weighing a पल.
paliknī पलिक्नी 1 An old, grey-haired woman. -2 A cow for the first time with calf (बालगर्भिणी).
palighaḥ पलिघः A glass-vessel, pitcher. -2 A wall or rampart. -3 An iron club; cf. परिघ -4 A cow-pen (गोगृह). -5 The gateway of a building.
palita पलित a. Grey, hoary, grey-haired, old, aged; तातस्य मे पलितमौलिनिरस्तकाशे (शिरसि) V.3.19. -तम् 1 Grey hair, or the greyness of hair brought on by old age; न तेन स्थविरो भवति येनास्य पलितं शिरः । बालो$पि यः प्रजानाति तं देवाः स्थविरं विदुः ॥ Mb.3.133.11-12; Ms.6.2; वलिभिर्मुख- माक्रान्तं पलितैरङ्कितं शिरः Bh.; अङ्गं गलितं, पलितं मुण्डम् Śaṅkara. (चर्पटपञ्जरिकास्तोत्रम् 6). -2 Much or ornamented hair. -3 A tuft of hair (केशपाश). -4 Mud, mire. -5 Heat. -6 Benzoin. -Comp. -छद्मन् lurking under grey hair; कैकेयीशङ्कयेवाह पलितच्छद्मना जरा R.12.2. -दर्शनम् the sight or appearance of grey hair.
palitaṃkaraṇa पलितंकरण a. Rendering grey. पलितंभविष्णु palitambhaviṣṇu भावुक bhāvuka पलितंभविष्णु भावुक a. Becoming grey; P.III.2.57.
palitin पलितिन् a. Grey-haired.
pāṭali पाटलिः f. The trumpet-flower. -Comp. -पुत्रम् N. of an ancient city, the capital of Magadha, situated near the confluence of the Śoṇa and the Ganges, and identified by some with the modern Pātṇā. It is also known by the names of पुष्पपुर, कुसुमपुर; see Mu.2,3, and 4.16, and R.6.24 also; तदिदं दिव्यं नगरं मायारचितं सपौरमत एव । नाम्ना पाटलिपुत्रं क्षेत्रं लक्ष्मीसरस्वत्योः Ks.3.78. अस्ति भागीरथीतीरे पाटलिपुत्रं नाम नगरम् H.
pāṭalita पाटलित a. Made red, reddened; त्विषां ततिः पाटलिताम्बु- वाहा Ki.16.33.
pāṭaliman पाटलिमन् m. Pale-red colour.
pāṭalika पाटलिक a. (-की f.) 1 Knowing the secrets of others. -2 Knowing time and place. -कः A pupil.
piṅgali पिङ्गलिका 1 A kind of crane. -2 A kind of owl.
piṅgalita पिङ्गलित a. Made reddish-brown, become tawny.
piṅgaliman पिङ्गलिमन् Tawny; yellow colour; पक्ष्मालीपिङ्गलिम्नः कण इव तडितां यस्य कृत्स्नः समूहः Māl.1.2. (v. l.).
pippali पिप्पलिः ली f. Long pepper.
paudgalika पौद्गलिक a. 1 Substantial, material. -2 Selfish.
prajvalita प्रज्वलित p. p. 1 Being in flames, burning, flaming, blazing. -2 Bright, shining. -3 Burnt. -तम् Burning.
pratiphalita प्रतिफलित a. 1 Reflected; शिष्टैः कृष्ट्वा स्वचेतःप्रतिफलित- वृथारन्ध्रमात्रप्रविष्टान् Mv.6.25. -2 Returned, requited.
pratyākalita प्रत्याकलित a. 1 Enumerated. -2 Interposed, inserted, -3 Introduced (as a step in legal proceedings). -तम् 1 Judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case. -2 Supplement to the written deposition.
pratyāsaṃkalitam प्रत्यासंकलितम् Consideration pro and con.
pravicalita प्रविचलित a. Moved, set in motion, shaken.
praharaṇakali प्रहरणकलिका f. N. of a metre with each quarter of fourteen syllables; ननभनलघुगैः प्रहरणकलिका V. Ratna.
prahvali प्रह्वलिका See प्रहेलिका.
prāñjali प्राञ्जलिः a. [प्रसृतौ अञ्जली येन] Folding the hands in supplication, as a mark of respect or humility. प्राञ्जलिक prāñjalika प्राञ्जलिन् prāñjalin प्राञ्जलिक प्राञ्जलिन् See प्राञ्जलि.
phali फलिः m. 1 A kind of fish. -2 A bowl or cup.
phalikaḥ फलिकः A mountain.
phalita फलित p. p. 1 Having borne or reaped fruit, yielding fruit, fruitful. -2 Fulfilled, accomplished, realized (as a desire). -तः A fruit tree. -ता A menstruous woman. -तम् A sort of perfume (शैलेय).
phalin फलिन् a. [फल अस्त्यर्थे इनि] 1 Fruitful, bearing or yielding fruit (fig. also); पुष्पिणः फलिनश्चैव वृक्षास्तूभयतः स्मृताः Ms.1.47; Mk.4.1. -2 Advantageous, profitable. -m. A tree; यथा प्रसूयमानस्तु फली दद्यात् फलं बहु Mb.14.18.2.
phalin फलिन् a. [फल्-इनच्] Fruitful, bearing fruit; ताम्बूली- पटलैः पिनद्ध फलिनव्यानम्रपूगद्रुमाः Māl.6.19. -नः The breadfruit tree.
phali फलिनी फली The Priyaṅgu creeper; (said by poets to be the 'wife' of the mango tree; cf. मिथुनं परिकल्पितं त्वया सहकारः फलिनी च नन्विमौ R.8.61).
bali बलिः [बल्-इन्] 1 An oblation, a gift or offering (usually religious); नीवारबलिं विलोकयतः Ś.4.21; U.1.5. -2 The offering of a portion of the daily meal of rice, grain, ghee &c. to all creatures, (also called भूतयज्ञ), one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder; see Ms.3.67,91; it is usually performed by throwing up into the air, near the housedoor, portions of the daily meal before partaking of it; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनां हंसैश्च सारसगणैश्च विलुप्तपूर्वः Mk.1.9. -3 Worship, adoration; Rām.2.3. 8; अवचितबलिपुष्पा वेदिसंमार्गदक्षा Ku.1.6; Me.57; अव- चितानि बलिकर्मपर्याप्तानि पुष्पाणि Ś.4. -4 Fragments of food left at a meal. -5 A victim offered to a deity. -6 A tax, tribute, impost; also 'religious tax'; (cf. सीता, भागो, बलिः, करो......च राष्ट्रम्); Kau. A.2.6.24; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; Ms.7.8;8.37; प्रजिघाय बलिं तथा Śiva B.29.42; न चाजिहीर्षीद् बलिमप्रवृत्तम् Bu. Ch.2.44. -7 The handle of a chowrie. -8 N. of a celebrated demon; येन बद्धो बली राजा दानवेन्द्रो महाबलः Rakṣābandhanamantra. [He was a son of Virochana, the son of Prahlāda. He was a very powerful demon and oppressed the gods very much. They, therefore, prayed to Viṣṇu for succour, who descended on earth as a son of Kaśyapa and Aditi in the form of a dwarf. He assumed the dress of a mendicant, and having gone to Bali prayed him to give him as much earth as he could cover in three steps. Bali, who was noted for his liberality, unhesitatingly acceded to this apparently simple request. But the dwarf soon assumed a mighty form, and began to measure the three steps. The first step covered the earth, the second the heavens; and not knowing where to place the third, he planted it on the head of Bali and sent him and all his legions to the Pātāla and allowed him to be its ruler. Thus the universe was once more restored to the rule of Indra; cf. छलयसि विक्रमणे बलिमद्भुतवामन Gīt. 1; R.7.35; Me.59. Viṣṇu is said to still guard his door in Pātāla. He is one of the seven Chirajivins; cf. चिरजीविन्]. -लिः f. 1 A fold, wrinkle &c. (usually written वलि q. v.). -2 The fold of skin in stout persons or females. -3 The ridge of a thatched roof. -Comp. -करः a. 1 paying tribute. -2 offering sacrifices. -3 producing wrinkles. -करम्भः a sacrificial cake. -कर्मन् n. 1 offering oblations to all creatures. -2 the act of worshipping. -3 payment of tribute. -क्रिया a line on the forehead; नतभ्रुवो मण्डयति स्म विग्रहे बलिक्रिया चातिलकं तदास्पदम् Ki.8.52. -दानम् 1 presentation of an offering to a deity. -2 offering oblations to all creatures. -द्विष्, -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः epithets of Bāṇa, the son of Bali. -पुष्टः a crow; भ्रमेण द्रष्टुं बलिपुष्टलोकः समापतत्याशु तमिस्ररूपः Rām. Ch.6.25. -प्रियः the Lodhra tree. -बन्धनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भुज् m. 1 a crow; अहो अधर्मः पालानां पीव्नां बलिभुजामिव Bhāg.1.18.33. -2 a sparrow. -3 a crane. -भृत् a. tributary. -भोजः, -भोजनः a crow; द्वितीयो बलिभोजानां (पन्थाः) Rām.4.58.25. -मन्दिरम्, -वेश्मन्, -सद्मन् n. the lower regions, the abode of Bali. -मुखः a monkey. -विधानम् the offering of an oblation. -व्याकुल a. engaged in worship or in offering oblations to all creatures; आलोके ते निपतति पुरा सा बलिव्याकुला वा Me.87. -षड्भागः the sixth part as a tribute; अरक्षितारं राजानं बलिषड्भागहारिणम् Ms.8.38. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हरणम् an offering of oblations to all creatures. -होमः the offering of oblations.
balika बलिक a. One who takes his food every sixth day.
balin बलिन् a. [बलमस्त्यस्य इनि] 1 Strong, powerful, mighty कुलध्वजस्तानि चलध्वजानि निवेशयामास बली बलानि R.16.37 Ms.7.174. -2 Stout, robust. -m 1 A buffalo. -2 A hog. -3 A camel. -4 A bull. -5 A soldier. -6 A kind of jasmine. -7 The phlegmatic humour. -8 An epithet of Balarāma.
balina बलिन बलिभ See वलिन-भ.
baliṃdamaḥ बलिंदमः An epithet of Viṣṇu.
balimat बलिमत् a. 1 Having materials of worship or oblation ready; बाष्पायमाणो बलिमन्निकेतमालेख्यशेषस्य पितुर्विवेशं R.14.15. -2 Receiving taxes. -3 Wrinkled.
baliman बलिमन् m. Strength, might, power.
baliṣṭha बलिष्ठ a. Most powerful, strongest, very powerful (superl. of बलवत् or बलिन् q. v.). -ष्ठः A camel.
baliṣṇu बलिष्णु a. Dishonoured, degraded, despised (अप- मानित).
balivardaḥ बलिवर्दः See बलीवर्द. बलिशम् baliśam बलिशिः baliśiḥ शी śī बलिशम् बलिशिः शी A hook, a fish-hook.
bahalita बहलित a. Grown thick or strong.
maṇḍali मण्डलिका a group, troop, band, crowd.
maṇḍalita मण्डलित a. Rounded, made round or circular.
maṇḍalin मण्डलिन् a. [मण्डल-इनि] 1 Forming a circle, made up into a coil; बाता मण्डलिनस्तीव्रा व्यपसव्यं प्रचक्रमुः Rām.6. 17.21. -2 Ruling a country. -m. 1 A particular kind of snake. -2 A snake in general. -3 A cat. -4 The pole-cat. -5 A dog. -6 The sun. -7 The fig-tree. -8 The ruler of a province.
mali मलिः f. Possession, enjoyment.
malikaḥ मलिकः A king.
malina मलिन a. [मल अस्त्यर्थे इनन्] 1 Dirty, foul, filthy, impure, unclean, soiled, stained, sullied (fig. also); धन्यास्तदङ्गरजसा मलिनीभवन्ति Ś.7.17; किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.4. -2 Black, dark (fig. also); मलिनमपि हिमांशोर्लक्ष्म लक्ष्मीं तनोति Ś.1.2; अतिमलिने कर्तव्ये भवति खलानामतीव निपुणा धीः Vās; Śi.9.18. -3 Sinful, wicked, depraved; धियो हि पुंसां मलिना भवन्ति H.1.26; मलिनाचरितं कर्म सुरभेर्नन्वसांप्रतम् Kāv.2.178. -4 Low, vile, base; लघवः प्रकटीभवन्ति मलिनाश्रयतः Śi.9.23. -5 Clouded, obscured. -नम् 1 Sin, fault, guilt. -2 Butter-milk. -3 Borax. -4 A dirty cloth; ततो मलिनसंबीतां राक्षसीभिः समावृताम् Rām.5.15.18. -ना, -नी A woman during menstruation. -Comp. -अम्बु n. 'black water', ink. -आस्य a. 1 having a dirty or black face. -2 low, vulgar. -3 savage, cruel. -प्रभ a. obscured, soiled, clouded. -मुख a. = मलिनास्य q. v. (-खः) 1 fire. -2 a ghost, an evil spirit. -3 a kind of monkey (गोलाङ्गूल).
malinatā मलिनता त्वम् 1 Dirtiness, filthiness. -2 Sinfulness, wickedness, depravity, corruption.
malinayati मलिनयति Den. P. 1 To make dirty, soil, stain, defile, sully, spoil (fig. also); वक्त्रोष्मणा मलिनयन्ति पुरोगतानि R.5.73; यदा मेधाविनी शिष्योपदेशं मलिनयति तदाचार्यस्य दोषो ननु M.1 'stains or brings discredit on' &c. -2 To corrupt, deprave.
malinita मलिनित a. 1 Dirty, soiled. -2 Corrupt. -3 Wicked, depraved.
maliniman मलिनिमन् m. [मलिन-इमनिच्] 1 Dirtiness, foulness, impurity. -2 Blackness, darkness; मलिनिमालिनि माधव- योषिताम् Śi.6.4. -3 Moral impurity, sin.
malinīkṛ मलिनीकृ 8 U. 1 To soil, stain. -2 To darken, obscure.
malinībhū मलिनीभू 1 P. To become dirty or impure, be soiled.
malimlucaḥ मलिम्लुचः 1 A robber, thief; न परेषु महौजसश्छलादप- कुर्वन्ति मलिम्लुचा इव Śi.16.52. -2 A demon. -3 A gnat, mosquito. -4 An intercalary month. -5 Air, wind. -6 Fire. -7 A Brāhmaṇa who neglects the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices. -8 The Chitraka tree. -9 Frost, snow.
maliṣṭhā मलिष्ठा A woman in her courses.
mākali माकलिः 1 N. of Mātali, the charioteer of Indra. -2 The moon.
māṅgalika माङ्गलिक a. (-की f.) [मङ्गल-ठक्] 1 Auspicious, tending to good fortune, indicative of auspiciousness; मुदमस्य माङ्गलिकतूर्यकृतां ध्वनयः प्रतेनुरनुवप्रमपाम् Ki.6.4; Mv. 4.35; Bv.2.57; कथमपि गुरुशोकान्मा रुदन् माङ्गलिक्यः (पुर- तरुण्यः) Bk.1.26. -2 Fortunate.
māṇḍalika माण्डलिक a. (-की f.) Relating to, or ruling a province. -कः 1 The ruler of a province. -2 A sovereign with an annual income between 3 to 1 lacs of rupees; सामन्तः स नृपः प्रोक्तो यावल्लक्षत्रयावधि । तदूर्ध्वं दशलक्षान्तो नृपो माण्डलिकः स्मृतः ॥ Śukra.1.183.
mātali मातलिः N. of the charioteer of Indra. -Comp. -सारथिः an epithet of Indra.
mārdalikaḥ मार्दलिकः A drummer.
musalāmusali मुसलामुसलि ind. Club against club; P.V.4.127 com.
musalin मुसलिन् m. [मुसल-इनि] 1 An epithet of Balarāma. -2 Of Śiva.
mūrkhali मूर्खलिका An arrow in the form of a bird's heart.
mekhalin मेखलिन् m. 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 A religious student, a Brahmachārin, q. v.; मेखलीनां महासङ्घः कौसल्यां समुपस्थितः Rām.2.32.21.
maudgali मौद्गलिः A crow.
lalita ललित a. [लल्-क्त] 1 Playing, sporting, dallying. -2 Amorous, sportive, wanton, voluptuous; ललितं गीतमन्वर्थं काचित् साभिनयं जगौ Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 Lovely, beautiful, handsome, elegant, graceful; ललितललितैर्ज्योत्स्नाप्रायैरकृत्रिम- विभ्रमैः (अङ्गकैः) U.1.2; विधाय सृष्टिं ललितां विधातुः R.6.37; 19.39;8.1; Māl.1.15; Ku.3.75;6.45; Me.34.66. -4 Pleasing, charming, agreeable, fine; प्रियशिष्या ललिते कलाविधौ R.8.6; संदर्शितेव ललिताभिनयस्य शिक्षा M.4.9; V. 2.18. -5 Desired. -6 Soft, gentle; अवसितललितक्रियेण बाह्वोर्ललिततरेण तनीयसा युगेन Śi.7.64. -7 Tremulous, trembling. -तः 1 N. of a musical scale. -2 A particular position of hands in dancing. -तम् 1 Sport, dalliance, play. -2 Amorous pastime, gracefulness of gait; any languid or amorous gesture in a woman; सुकुमारतयाङ्गानां विन्यासो ललितं भवेत् S. D; Śi.9.79; Ki.1.52; ता भ्रूभिः प्रेक्षितैर्भावैर्हसितैर्ललितैर्गतैः Bu. Ch.4.25. -3 Beuaty, grace, charm. -4 Any natural or artless act; स्मितललितवता दिव्यनारीजनेन Nāg.1.1-2. -5 Simplicity, innocence. -Comp. -अभिनय a. consisting of graceful gesticulations or acting; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V. 2.18. -अर्थ a. having a pretty or amorous meaning; तुल्यानुरागपिशुनं ललितार्थबन्धं पत्रे निवेशितमुदाहरणं प्रियायाः V.2. 14. -पद a. 1 elegantly composed; Ś.3. -2 consisting of amorous words. ˚बन्धनम् an amorous composition. -प्रहारः a soft or gentle blow. -प्रियः (in music) a kind of measure. -ललित a. excessively beautiful; ललितललितै- र्ज्योत्स्नाप्रायैरकृत्रिमविभ्रमैः U.1.2. -लुलित a. unnerved yet charming; गाढोत्कण्ठा ललितलुलितैरङ्गकैस्ताम्यतीति Māl.1.15 (v. l.). -वनिता a lovely woman. -विस्तरः N. of a work on Buddha's life.
lali ललिता 1 A woman (in general). -2 A wanton woman. -3 Musk. -4 A form of Durgā. -5 N. of various metres. -6 A kind of मूर्च्छना, also राग. -Comp. -पञ्चमी the fifth day in the bright half of Āśvina. -सप्तमी the seventh day in the bright half of Bhādrapada.
lāṅgalika लाङ्गलिक a. (-की f.) Belonging to a plough. -कः A kind of poison; L. D. B.
lāṅgalin लाङ्गलिन् m. [लाङ्गलमस्यास्ति इनि] 1 N. of Balarāma; बन्धुप्रीत्या समरविमुखो लाङ्गली याः सिषेवे Me.51. -2 The cocoanut tree. -3 A snake.
valita वलित p. p. 1 Moving. -2 Moved, turned round, bent round. -3 Surrounded, enclosed; समवलोक्य तमो- बलितं जनम् Veda-Vyāsāṣṭaka 1. -4 Wrinkled; विशदभ्रू- युगच्छन्नवलितापाङ्गलोचनः Ki.11.4. -5 Cast, darted; वलितलोल- कटाक्षपराहतम् Māl.8.11. -तः A particular position of the hands in dancing. -तम् Black pepper.
vali वलिः ली f. (Also written बलिः-ली)1 A fold or wrinkle (on the skin); वलिभिर्मुखमाक्रान्तम्. -2 A fold of skin on the upper part of the belly (especially of females regarded as a mark of beauty); मध्येन सा वेदि- विलग्नमध्या वलित्रयं चारु वभार बाला Ku.1.39. -3 The ridge of a thatched roof. -4 A line made on the body with fragrant unguents. -5 A handle of the Chāmara; रत्नच्छायाखचितवलिभिश्चामरैः क्लान्तहस्ताः Me.37. -6 Sulphur. -Comp. -पलितम् Wrinkles and grey hair; गृहस्थस्तु यदा पश्येद् वलीपलितमात्मनः Ms.6.2. -भृत् a. curled, having curls (as hair); कुसुमोत्खचितान् वलीभृतश्चलयन् भृङ्गरुचस्तवालकान् R.8.53. -मुखः, -वदनः a monkey; (वक्त्रम्) उन्नम्य चुम्बति वलीवदनः प्रियायाः Māl.9.31. -मुखम् the sixth change which takes place in warm milk when mixed with butter-milk (तक).
valikaḥ वलिकः कम् The edge of a thatched roof.
valina वलिन वलिभ a. [वलि-न भ वा] Wrinkled, shrivelled, contracted into wrinkles, flaccid; प्रणयिनं रभसादुदरश्रिया वलिभयालिभयादिव सस्वजे Śi.6.13.
valimat वलिमत् a. Wrinkled.
valira वलिर a. Squint-eyed, squinting, oggling.
valiśam वलिशम् शी A fish-hook.
valiśānaḥ वलिशानः A cloud; Naigh.1.1.
valkalin वल्कलिन् a. 1 Yielding bark (as a branch). -2 Clothed in a bark-dress.
vigalita विगलित p. p. 1 Trickled, oozed. -2 Disappeared, gone away; मयि विगलितप्रत्याशत्वाद्विवाहविधेः पुरा Māl.9.11. -3 Fallen or dropped down. -4 Melted away, dissolved. -5 Dispersed. -6 Slackened, untied. -7 Loose, dishevelled, disordered (as hair).
vicalita विचलित a. 1 Deviated, departed; Māl.5.1. -2 Obscured, blinded.
śakalita शकलित a. Reduced to fragments, shattered to pieces.
śakalin शकलिन् m. A fish.
śabaliman शबलिमन् Variegated condition or appearance; शबलिमा बलिमानमुषो वपुः Śi.6.27.
śalkalin शल्कलिन् शल्किन् m. A fish.
śalmali शल्मलिः ली f. The silk-cotton tree.
śākalika शाकलिक a. (-की f.) 1 Relating to a piece, fragmentary. -2 Relating to शाकल.
śādvalitam शाद्वलितम् The being covered with grass.
śālmali शाल्मलिः 1 The silk-cotton tree; आपातरम्यपुष्पश्री- शोभितः शाल्मलिर्यथा Bv.1.115; Ms.8.246. -2 One of the seven great divisions of the earth. -3 N. of a kind of hell. -Comp. -पत्रकः Alstonia Scholaris (Mar. सातवीण). -स्थः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a vulture.
śālmalikam शाल्मलिकम् An inferior kind of Śālmali tree.
śālmalin शाल्मलिन् m. N. of Garuḍa.
śālmali शाल्मलिनी The silk-cotton tree.
śṛṅkhalita शृङ्खलित a. Chained, fettered, bound.
śevali शेवलिनी A river.
śaivali शैवलिनी A river.
śyāmali श्यामलिका The indigo plant.
śyāmaliman श्यामलिमन् m. Blackness, darkness; श्यामां श्यामलिमान- मानयत भोः सान्द्रैर्मषीकूर्चकैः Vb.3.1; तदीयधूमैरिव धूसराङ्गाः क्षोणीभुजः श्यामलिमानमापुः Vikr.1.3.
saṃlalita संललित p. p. Fondled, caressed.
saṃvalita संवलित p. p. 1 Met together, mingled, mixed; (चाष- च्छद) च्छायासंवलितैर्विवर्तिभिरिव प्रान्तेषु पर्यावृताः Māl.6.5. -2 Sprinkled with; आश्लिष्टवत्यमृतसंवलितैरिवाङ्गैः Māl.4..8. -3 Connected, associated. -4 Broken; उदितोपलस्खलनसंवलिताः (ध्वनयः) Ki.6.4. -5 Surrounded, encompassed. -6 Possessed of.
saṃkalita संकलित p. p. 1 Heaped up. piled up, collected. -2 Blended together, intermixed. -3 Seized, laid hold of. -4 Added. -5 Resumed, regained; Māl,3. -ता (In arith.) The first sum. -तम् Addition. -Comp. -ऐक्यम् the sum of the terms of an arithmetical Progression.
saṃkalitin संकलितिन् a. One who has made an addition.
satalikaḥ सतलिकः Pease.
sattali सत्तलिका A carpet; Kau. A.2.11.
sabali सबलिः Evening twilight.
saralita सरलित a. Straightened, straight.
saliṅga सलिङ्ग a. Corresponding to (अनुरूप); तत्सलिङ्गाभिराशी- र्भिरिष्टाभिरभितः स्थिताम् Mb.7.55.8.
salilam सलिलम् [सलति-गच्छति निम्नं सल्-इलच् Uṇ.1.54] Water; सुभगसलिलावगाहाः Ś.1.3. -2 The constellation उत्तराषाढा. -Comp. -अर्थिन् a. thirsty. -आशयः a tank, reservoir of water. -इन्द्रः N. of Varuṇa; सलिलेन्द्रपुरान्वेषी भ्रमति स्म रसातलम् Rām.7.23.16. -इन्धनः the submarine fire. -उद्भवः a shell, conch; ततस्तौ मृशसंक्रुद्धौ प्रध्माय सलिलोद्भवौ Mb.9.16.55. -उपप्लवः inundation, deluge, flood of water. -कर्मन् a libation of water (offered to a deceased person). -कुन्तलः moss. -क्रिया the funeral rite of washing a corpse. -2 = उदकक्रिया q. v. -चरः an aquatic animal (like मकर). ˚केतनः the god of love; सलिल- चरकेतनशरासनानतां चिल्लिकालताम् Dk.2.7. -जम् a lotus. -धरः 1 a cloud. -2 a god; विनाद्य खं दिवमपि चैव सर्वशस्ततो गताः सलिलधरा यथागतम् Mb.1.19.3. (com. सलिलधरा अमृत- भृतो देवाः). -निधिः, -राशिः the ocean; कामं दामोदरीयोदर- सलिलनिधौ चित्तमत्स्यश्चिरं नः Viṣṇupāda. S.25. -प्रियः a hog. -रयः a current, stream.
skhalita स्खलित p. p. [स्खल्-क्त] 1 Stumbled, slipped, tripped, -2 Fallen, dropped down. -3 Shaking, wavering, fluctuating, unsteady. -4 Intoxicated, drunk. -5 Stammering, faltering; सबाष्पकण्ठस्खलितैः पदैरियम् Ku.5.56. -6 Agitated, disturbed. -7 Erring, blundering; सर्वत्र स्खलितेषु दत्तमनसा यातं मया नोद्धतम् Ve.2.1. -8 Dropped, emitted. -9 Dripping, trickling down. -1 Interrupted, stopped. -11 Confounded. -12 Gone. -13 Wounded; यद्यत्र स्खलितं गात्रं तत्र दम्भं प्रपातयेत् Śukra.4.97. -14 Incomplete, deficient. -तम् 1 Stumbling, tripping, a fall. -2 Deviation from the right course. -3 Error, blunder, mistake; गोत्रस्खलित Ku.4.8. -4 Fault, sin, transgression. -5 Deceit, treachery. -6 Circumvention, stratagem. -7 Loss, deprivation. -Comp. -सुभगम् ind. dashing or flowing along in a charming manner; संसर्पन्त्याः स्खलितसुभगं दर्शितावर्तनाभेः Me.28.
hali हलिः 1 A large plough. -2 A furrow. -3 Agriculture.
halikaḥ हलिकः A ploughman.
halin हलिन् m. 1 A ploughman, an agriculturist. -2 Balarāma. -Comp. -प्रियः the Kadamba tree. (-या) spirituous liquor.
hali हलिनी A number of ploughs.
Macdonell Vedic Search
20 results
akhkhalīkrtyā akhkhalī-kṛ́tyā, gd. having made a croak, vii. 103, 3.
anya anyá, prn. a. other, ii. 35, 3. 8. 13; x. 34, 4. 10. 11. 14; 129, 2; with ab. = than, ii. 33, 11; anyó-anyáone-another, vii. 103, 3. 4. 5; anyé-anyé, anyá̄ḥ-anyá̄ḥ some-others, x. 14, 3; ii. 35, 3 [cp. Lat.aliu-s, Gk. ἄλλο-ς ‘other’].
amrta a-mṛ́ta, a. immortal; m. immortal being, i. 35, 2; vii. 63, 5; viii. 48, 32; n. what is immortal, i. 35, 6; x. 90, 3; immortality, x. 129, 2 [not dead, mṛtá, pp. of mṛ die; cp. Gk. ἄμβροτος ‘immortal’].
amṛtatva amṛta-tvá, n. immortality, x. 90, 2.
asutrp asu-tṛ́p, a. (Tp.) life-stealing, x. 14, 12 [tṛp delight in].
ārohant ā-róhant, pr. pt. scaling, ii. 12, 12 [ruh mount].
kalmalīkin kalmalīk-ín, a. radiant, ii. 33, 8.
druh drúh, f. malice, ii. 35, 6; m. avenger, vii. 61, 5.
dhūrti dhūr-tí, f. malice, viii. 48, 3 [dhvṛ injure].
nāḷī nāḷí̄, f. flute, x. 135, 7.
paśutṛp paśu-tṛ́p, a. cattle-stealing, vii. 86, 5 [tṛp be pleased with].
phaliga Phaligá, cave, iv, 50, 5.
bhiṣaktama bhiṣák-tama, m. spv. best healer, ii. 33, 4 [bhiṣáj healing].
bheṣaja bheṣaj-á, a. healing, ii. 33, 7, n. medicine, remedy, ii. 33, 2. 4. 12. 13 [bhiṣáj healing].
mātalī Má̄talī, m. a divine being, x. 14, 3.
vand vand praise, I. A. vándate, iv. 50, 7 [nasalized form of vad]. pári- extol, with (inst.), ii. 33, 12.
śaṃtama śáṃ-tama, spv. a. most beneficent, ii. 33, 2. 13; x. 15, 4 [śám, n. healing].
śam śám, n. healing, ii. 33, 13; comfort, v. 11, 5; viii. 48, 4; health, x. 15, 4; prosperity, viii. 86, 82.
śūra śú̄-ra, m. hero, i. 85, 8 [Av. sūra ‘strong’, Gk. ἄ-κυρο-ς ‘in-valid’].
sadrś sa-dṛ́ś, a., f.-ī, alike, iv. 51, 6 [having a similar appearance].
Macdonell Search
108 results
ali m. bee; -kula, n. swarm of bees.
alika m. forehead.
alimat a. covered with bees: (d)-dalin, a. having petals covered with bees; -mâlâ, f. swarm of bees.
alin m. bee; -î, f. female bee; swarm of bees.
aliṅaga a. lacking characteristics; lacking gender.
alinda m. terrace.
aliṅgin a. not entitled to wear badges.
akalkakalila a. free from baseness.
akaliprasara a. where no quarrelling occurs.
akalita pp. unknown; undefinable.
akali a. not quarrelling, concordant.
añjali m. the two open hands held together hollowed: -m kri, raise -to the forehead (as a reverential salutation); two handfuls (as a measure); -karman, n. folding the hands (in salutation); -pâta, m. id.
atimalina a. very dirty; verylow.
atilalita pp. extremely lovely.
anativalita pp. not very rounded (belly).
amalina a. pure; -dhî, a. pure minded.
ardhajvalita pp. half-ignited.
avalipta pp. anointed; proud, haughty: -tâ, f., -tva, n. pride, insolence; -lunthana, n. robbing; -lekhana, n. brush ing, combing; -lepa, m. ointment; pride, -na, n. id., -vat, a. proud, haughty; -leha,m., -na, n. licking off.
askhalita pp. not stumbling; uninterrupted, unhindered; n. not coming to a standstill; -kakra, a. w. unimpeded chariot; -pada, a. where the foot does not stumble; safe; -prayâna, a. with unfaltering march.
āvali âvali, ˚lī f. streak, line, row.
utkali f. longing; love-sick yearning; bud; wave.
utpalin a. abounding in lotuses: -î, f. bed of lotuses.
udañjali a. holding up the hollowed hands.
udakāñjali m. handful of water; -½anta, m. water-boundary: â½uda kântât, till water is reached; -½arnava, m. receptacle of waters; -½artha, m. ablution: -m, ad. in order to perform an ablution; -½arthin, a. seeking water.
upacitabali a. covered with offerings; -vapus, a. whose bulk is increased; -kiti, f. accumulation, store; increase, aug mentation; gain.
upalipsā (des.) f. desire for (--°ree;); -su, des. a. desirous to learn (ac.).
ekāñjali m. one handful.
ekāvali eka̮âvali, ˚lī f. one-stringed pearl necklace.
kamali f. lotus plant; lotus bed, lotus pond: -kâ, f. dim. small bed or lake of lotuses; -dala, n. lotus leaf (Pr.).
kalila a. filled with, full of (in., --°ree;); m. confusion.
kaliyuga n. the fourth or Kali age.
kalinda m. N. of a mountain on which the Yamunâ rises; -kanyâ, f. the Yamunâ; -½âtmagâ, f. id.
kalidruma m. tree of strife; N. of a tree.
kalitacaraṇa a. broken-legged.
kaliṅga m. pl. N. of a people; country of the Kali&ndot;gas; -ka, -desa, m. country of the Kali&ndot;gas.
kalikātā f. Calcutta.
kali f. sixteenth part of the moon's disc; bud.
kali m. die or side of a die marked with one point (also personified); the fourth and worst age of the world; dissension, strife (also personified).
kākali f. low, sweet tone; î, f. id.; musical instrument with a low note used to test whether one is asleep.
karṇāñjali m. pointed ears.
kutūhalin a. curious; interested.
kuśalin a. well, safe and sound; favourable, good (news).
galitaka m. kind of dance or ges ticulation; -pradîpa, m., -pradîpikâ, f. Lamp of omitted passages, T. of a work; -vayas, a. whose youth is past, stricken in years, aged.
calitavya fp. one must move on.
calita pp. n. moving to and fro.
cicaliṣu a. about to start.
chalika n. song accompanied with gesticulations.
jaṭāvalkalin a. wearing braided locks and a garment of bark.
janacaraṇāmalina a. not yet dirtied by people's feet; (á)-tâ, f. com munity; people, subjects; mankind; -dâha sthâna, n. crematory; -deva, m. king, prince.
jvalita (pp.) n. shining, sheen.
talima n. floor.
talina a. thin, slender; covered with (--°ree;).
dantolūkhalika a. using his teeth as a pestle; -½ulûkhalin, a. id.
durlalita a. spoiled, wayward; un mannerly; weary of (--°ree;); n. ill habit: -ka, a. wayward; -lasita, pp. id.; -lipi, f. fatal writing (inscribed by fate on the forehead); -lekha, m. id.; -lekhya, n.incorrectly written document.
devaliṅga n. statue of a god; -lekhâ, f. N. of a princess; -loká, m. world of the gods; -vadhû, f. divine female; -van dá, a. praising the gods; -várman, n. divine armour; -vís, f. race of gods;(á)-vîti, f. feast of the gods; -vratá, n. religious observ ance; a. (a), devoted to the gods, religious, pious; m. ep. of Bhîshma and Skanda.
dhavaliman m. whiteness; brilliance; pureness.
nali f.=nalina; group of or lake overgrown with lotuses: -dala, n. petal of the day lotus: -maya, a. consisting of petals of the day lotus; -pattra, n. petal of the day lotus.
nalina n. day lotus flower (nelum bium speciosum); -dala, n. petal of --; -nâbha, m. ep. of Krishna; -½âsana, ep. of Brahman.
nali f. tube.
palita a. grey, hoary; n. sg. & pl. grey hair: -m-karana, a. (î) making grey.
paliknī a. f. (of palitá) grey.
palika a. weighing a pala; esp. --°ree; after a numeral, weighing so many palas.
pāṭaliman m. pale-red, rose colour.
pāṭaliputra n. N. of the capital of Magadha or Behar, the Palibothra of the Greeks, near the modern Patna at the old confluence of the Sone and Ganges; m. pl. the inhabitants of Pâtaliputra: -ka, n. id., -nâmadheya, a. named Pâtaliputra.
pāṭalin a. furnished with trumpet flowers.
pāṭali f. (also î) trumpet-flower tree (Bignonia suaveolens): î, f. N. of a town; N. of a princess; (i)-ka, n. N. of a town (=Pâtaliputra).
pūrṇāñjali m. two handfuls; -½âtman, m. probably incorrect for prânât man; -½ânanda, m. perfect joy; -½apûrna, pp. sometimes full, sometimes short (measure); -½âyata, (pp.) n. bow fully drawn; -½artha, a. having one's object attained or one's wish fulfilled; -½âhutí, f. full offering, offering of a full ladle.
piṅgalita pp. grown tawny-colour ed; -i-man, m. tawny colour.
pratyākalita (pp.) n. counter investigation: judicial consideration as to which of the litigants is to prove his case, after the defendant has pleaded; -kshepaka, a. mocking, deriding; -khyâta,pp. rejected, refused: -tva, n. rejection; -khyâtavya, fp. to be impugned or denied; -khyâtri, m. re fuser; -khyâna, n. rebuff, rejection; refusal; combating (feelings, etc.); impugnment, de nial, disavowal; -khyâyin, a.rejecting (--°ree;); -khyeya, fp. to be repelled or rejected; curable (disease); -gati, f., -gama, m. return; -gamana, n. coming back, return, to (--°ree;); -ghâta, m. repulse; -kakshâna-ka, a. in tending to dispute anything (ac.); -kâra, m. corresponding conduct.
phalita pp. √ phal; -itavya, fp. n. fruit should be borne by (in.); -ín, a. bearing or yielding fruit, fruitful; reaping advan tage (V.); iron-headed (arrow); m. fruit-tree: -î, f. a. plant.
balivyākula a. engaged in offering oblations; -shad-bhâga, m. sixth part as tribute: -hârin, a. taking the sixth part as tribute.
balivarda m. bull.
baliniyamanodyata pp. bent on vanquishing Bali; -putra, m. son of Bali, pat. of the Asura Bâna; -push- ta, (pp.) m. (fed on the rice-offering), crow; -bhug, a. eating the food-offering;m. crow; -bhrit, a. paying tribute; -bhogana, m. crow; -mát, a. receiving tribute; attended with food oblations.
balin a. strong, powerful; m. sol dier; N.
bali m. tax, impost, tribute; offering, gift, oblation; offering of food (generally rice, grain, or ghee) thrown up into the air and made to living creatures, esp. birds (also called bhûta-yagña): very often --°ree; with the object, the time, the place, or material of the offering; handle (of a fly-whisk); N. of a Daitya, a son of Virokana, who obtained the sovereignty of the three worlds, but was deprived of it by Vishnu in the form of a dwarf after promising the latter as much land as he could measure in three steps; he was cast down by Vishnu to Pâtâla, which he was allowed to rule; N.; incorrect for vali, fold: -kara, m. pl. taxes and duties;-karman, n. performance of the Bali or food offering; -krit, a. paying taxes; -dâna, n. presentation of an offering or oblation.
baliharaṇa a. (î) suitable for presenting an offering; n. presentation of an offering; -hârá, a. paying taxes; m. presenta tion of offerings; -hrít, a. paying tribute.
baliṣṭha spv. strongest, mightiest; most powerful; stronger than (ab.): -tama, dbl. spv. id.
maṇḍali f. group, crowd; -ita, den. pp. rounded, curled; -in, a. form ing a circle or ring; ruling a country: with vâta, m. whirlwind.
malinīkaraṇa n. soiling, sul lying; action causing impurity: î-ya, a. rendering impure; -kri, soil, dirty; defile; obscure, eclipse; -bhû, become dirty; be come obscured, disappear.
maliniman m. blackness; baseness, wickedness.
malinavasana n. soiled gar ment (in token of grief); -½âtman, a. spotted (moon); impure-minded.
malinaya den. P. soil, stain, sully (also fig.): pp. ita, soiled.
malina a. dirty, foul, turbid, soiled, stained; unclean, impure, sullied; beclouded (intellect); dark-coloured, dark grey, black; (â, f.) menstruating; n. baseness, wicked ness: -tâ, f. dirtiness, uncleanliness; -tva, n. blackness; wickedness; -manas, a. im pure-minded.
māṇḍalika a. ruling a province; m. ruler of a province.
māṅgalika a. (î) anxious for an auspicious issue; conducive to or. indica tive of good fortune; n. (?) auspicious object, amulet; -ikâ, f. N.; -ik-ya, n. (?) amulet.
mātalin m. (only nm. -î; suffix -in is otherwise almost invariably accented) N. of a divine being abiding with Yama and the Fathers.
mātali m. N. of Indra's charioteer: -sârathi, m. (having Mâtali for his cha rioteer), ep. of Indra.
musalin a. holding a club in his hand; m. ep. of Baladeva; -î-bhû, become a club.
mekhalin a. wearing a girdle; wearing a girdle of or which (--°ree;); m. Brâh man pupil, religious student, Brahmakârin.
lalitāṅgī f. fair woman; -½âdi tya, m. N. of a prince of Cashmere: -pura, n. N. of a city founded by him; -½âpîda, m. N. of a prince of Cashmere.
lalita pp. quivering, tremulous; artless, naive, innocent; lovely, charming, beautiful; desired, liked; pleasing, agree able; n. sport; natural, artless act; artless ness, grace, charm; beauty, splendour: -pa da, a. consisting of sweet words, pleasingly composed; -lalita, pp. extremely lovely; -lokana, a. fair-eyed: â, f. N. of a fairy; -vistara, m. detailed description of the art less acts of Sâkyamuni, T. of a Buddhistic Sûtra.
lāṅgali f. N. of a plant (Methonica superba); -in, m. (bearing a plough), ep. of Balarâma.
valina a. wrinkled, shrivelled; -bha, a. id.; -mat, a. id.
valita pp. (√ val) bent round, etc.
valkalin a. yielding bark (branch); wearing a garment made of bark.
vimaliman m. pureness, clear ness; -mastak-ita, den. pp. beheaded.
viralita pp. placed far apart (in a-); -î-kri, disperse; thin (a wood); -î bhûta, pp. become very rare.
śabalita pp. den. variegated; -i-man, m. variegated appearance; -î-kri, variegate.
śalkalin a. having scales, scaly.
śāṅkhalikhita a. composed by Sa&ndot;kha and Likhita.
śyāmalita den. pp. darkened, obscured; -i-man, m. blackness, darkness; -î-kri, darken, obscure.
sakalika a. provided with buds; -kala½indu, m. full moon; -kalpa, a. includ ing the Kalpas (sacrificial Sûtras); -kasmîra, a. together with Cashmere; -kashâya, a. dominated by passion; -kâkola,a. together with the hell Kâkola; -kâtara, a. cowardly, dastardly; (sá)-kâma, a. satisfying desires (rare); having one's wish fulfilled, satisfied; consenting, willing (girl); desiring (--°ree;); full of love, enamoured; amorous (speech); -kâra, 1. m. letter s; a. incorr. for sâkâra; 2. a. ac tive, courageous; -kârana-ka, a. (ikâ) due to a specific cause; -kâsa, m. (visibleness), pre sence, vicinity: ac. -m, to (gnly. a prs.; w. vbs. of coming, going, taking, or sending); lc. in the presence of, before, near; ab. or -tas, from (come, go, be produced, deprive of, be freed from, hear, ask, buy; w. g. or --°ree;); -kâ shâya, a. wearing a brownish-red garment; -kutumba, a.together with his family; -kutûhala, a. impelled by curiosity: -m, ad. with curiosity; -kula, a. along with his family; m.=nakula, ichneumon (as a pun): -ga, a. belonging to the same family as (g.); -kulya, a. id.; m.relation; -kusa, a. hold ing Kusa grass in one's hand; -kusu ma½âstarana, a. strewn with flowers.
salila a. [√ sri] V.: surging, flow ing, fluctuating; n. flood, surge; C.: sg. pl. water; rain (rare); tears (rare): -m kri or dâ, offer the libation of water to a deceased person (g.): -kara, m. aquatic animal: -ket ana, m. god of love; -ga, a. produced or living in water; m. aquatic animal; shell; -da, m. cloud; -dhara, m. id.; -nidhi, m. ocean; -pavana½âsin, a. subsisting on water or air only; -bhara, m. (volume of water), lake; -maya, a. consisting of water; -muk, m. cloud; -râsi, m. ocean; -saraka, m. n. bowl of water; -stambhin, a. bringing the water to a standstill; -sthala-kara, m. (living in water and on land), amphibious animal; -½âkara, m. volume of water; ocean; -½añgali, m. two handfuls of water (as a libation to the Manes); -½âsaya, m. reservoir of water, pond, lake; -½udbhava, a. produced in water; m. shell; n. lotus.
sīmaliṅga n. landmark.
saikāvali a. (î) having a necklace of a single string of pearls.
sthalotpali f. land lotus (Hibiscus mutabilis); -½okas, m. animal living on dry land.
halin m. ploughman, agriculturist; ep. of Balarâma (± râma).
hali m. large plough (in sata-).
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
108 results18 results
aliklava is a kind of carrion bird mentioned in the Athar­vaveda
alina is the name of a people mentioned once only in the Rigveda. Roth thought that the Alinas were allies—possibly a subdivision—of the Trtsus. Ludwig3 more probably thinks that they were defeated by Sudās, together with the Pakthas, Bhalānas, Sivas, and Visānins, with whom they are mentioned, at the Parusnī; and Zimmer suggests that they lived to the north-east of Kafiristan.
kali See Aksa.
kali Occurs in the Rigveda, twice in the singular as the name of a protśge of the Aśvins, and once in the plural. The persons meant in the latter passage seem to be different from the former one. The Kalis are once mentioned in the Atharvaveda beside the Gandharvas.
khārgali Descendant of Khargalā or Khrgala,’ is the metronymic or patronymic of Luśākapi.
devamalimluc Robber of the gods,’ is the epithet of Rahasya, who is said in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmana to have slain the pious Vaikhānasas at Munimarana (‘ saint’s death ’). He was apparently an Asura, but may have been a real person.
palita ‘Grey-haired,’ occurs frequently from the Rigveda onwards. It is the distinctive sign of old age. Those who, like certain descendants of Jamadagni, do not grow old, are said not to become grey-haired, while Bharadvāja is described as having in his old age become thin and grey-haired. The Satapatha Brāhmana in one passage observes that grey hairs appear first on the head, and elsewhere alludes to the hair on the arms having become grey.
pravāhaṇa jaivali (‘Descendant of Jīvala ’) is the name of a prince, contemporary with Uddālaka, who appears in the Upaniṣads as engaged in philosophical discussions. He is probably identical with the Jaivali of the Jaiminiya Upanisad Brāhmana.
bali Occurs several times in the Rigveda and often later in the sense of tribute to a king or offering to a god. Zimmer thinks that the offerings were in both cases voluntary. He compares the notices of the Germans in Tacitus, where the kings of the tribes are said to receive gifts in kind as presents, but not a regular tribute. There seems to be no ground what­ever for this view. No doubt in origin the prerogatives of monarchy were due to voluntary action on the part of the tribesmen, but that the Vedic peoples, who were essentially a body of conquering invaders, were in this state is most improbable, and the attitude of the Vedic Indian to his gods was at least as compatible with tribute as with voluntary gifts. Zimmer admits that in the case of hostile tribes tribute must be meant even in the Rigveda. See also Rājan.
malimlu In the Yajurveda Samhitā denotes a ‘robber,’ specifically, according to the commentator Mahīdhara, a burglar or housebreaker. Cf Tāyu, Taskara, Stena, and Deva-malimluc.
malimluca Is the name of an intercalary month in the Kāthaka Samhitā. See Māsa.
rahasyu devamalimluc Is the name, in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa, of a mythical person who at Munimaraṇa slew the saintly Vaikhānases.
luśākapi khārgali (‘Descendant of Khṛgala ’) is mentioned in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa as having cursed Kuçītaka and the Kauṣītakins. He was a contemporary of Keśin Dālbhya according to the Kāthaka Samhitā.
vārkali ‘Descendant of Vṛkalā,’ is the metronymic of a teacher in the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. The name in the form
śalali Denotes the 'quill' of the porcupine, used for parting the hair and anointing the eyes.
śalmali Is the name of the ‘silk cotton tree’ (Salmalia Mala- barica). Its fruit is regarded as poisonous in the Rigveda, but the car of the bridal procession is made of its wood. It is described as the tallest of trees.
salilavāta Occurs in the Yajurveda Samhitās as an adjec­tive meaning ‘favoured with a wind from the water.’ It probably refers to the wind from the ocean, the south-west monsoon.
halikṣṇa Is mentioned as one of the victims at the Aśvamedha (‘horse sacrifice’) in the Yajurveda Samhitās. The commentator Mahīdhara thinks that it is a kind of lion, Sāyaṇa that a green Cataka bird or a lion (trna-hiψsa)δ is meant. In the Atharvaveda Halīkṣṇa seems to be some par­ticular intestine, but Weber thinks it may mean ‘gall.’
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
108 results18 results41 results
aliklavā jāṣkamadāḥ AVś.11.9.9a.
aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyaḥ AVś.11.2.2b. In reality the pāda should read, aliklavebhyo gṛdhrebhyo ye ca kṛṣṇāḥ; the last word of the hemistich, aviṣyavaḥ, goes over to the second hemistich: see aviṣyavo.
aliṃśa uta vatsapaḥ AVś.8.6.1d. Cf. next.
aliṃśam uta vatsapam AVP.6.14.5b. Cf. prec.
alivandāya svāhā KSA.12.1. See iluvardāya.
apalitāḥ keśāḥ # AVś.19.60.1.
avaliptā raudrāḥ # VS.24.3; MS.3.13.4: 169.6.
avaliptās trayaḥ śaiśirāḥ # TS.5.6.23.1; KSA.10.3.
ātmaliṅgāya namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
udakāñjali ninaya # Kauś.37.11.
ūrdhvaliṅgāya namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
kali yābhir vittajāniṃ duvasyathaḥ # RV.1.112.15b.
kalir enaṃ yathā hanat # AVP.1.49.3c.
kali śayāno bhavati (śś. śayānaḥ puruṣaḥ) # AB.7.15.4a; śś.15.19a.
jvalaliṅgāya namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
divyaliṅgāya namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
dehali mādhiṣṭhāḥ # HG.1.22.6.
paramaliṅgāya namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
paliknīr id yuvatayo bhavanti # RV.5.2.4d.
pākabali # AVś.20.131.15.
pālāgali haye haye pālāgali # śB.13.5.2.8.
phalinīr aphalā uta # AVś.8.7.27b; AVP.11.6.3b; TS.4.2.6.1b; MS.2.7.13b: 93.5; KS.16.13b. See yāḥ phalinīr.
phalinyo na oṣadhayaḥ pacyantām # TS.7.5.18.1; TB.3.8.13.3. See phalavatyo.
bali śīrṣāṇi jabhrur aśvyāni # RV.7.18.19d.
balim agne antita ota dūrāt # RV.5.1.10b; MS.4.11.4b: 172.5; KS.7.16b; TB.2.4.7.9b.
balim ichanto vitudasya (AG. vi tu tasya) preṣyāḥ (MahānU.AG. preṣṭhāḥ) # Tā.10.67.2b; MahānU.20.1b; AG.1.2.5b (crit. notes).
balim ebhyo harāmīmam (PG.1.12.4, harāmi) # PG.1.12.4; 2.17.13f,14e,15f,16f. Cf. under tebhya imaṃ baliṃ.
bali bhakṣantu vāyasaḥ (!) # AG.1.2.8d (crit. notes).
balivardāya (KSA. -vandāya) svāhā # KSA.12.1; TB.3.8.20.5; Apś.20.21.6.
baliś ca pitṛyajñaś ca # GB.1.5.23c.
balihārāya mṛḍatān mahyam eva # AVś.11.1.20d.
balihāro 'stu sarpāṇām # MG.2.16.3.
balihikeṣu nyocaraḥ # AVP.12.1.7d. See balhikeṣu ny-.
bhavaliṅgāya namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
maṅgalikebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.23.28.
malimlucaṃ palījakam # AVś.8.6.2b.
malimlucāya (Apś. -mluce) svāhā # VS.22.30; MS.3.12.11: 163.17; KS.35.10; Apś.14.25.11.
malimluco duṇāśi # JG.1.8c. See next.
malimluco droṇāsaḥ # PG.1.16.23c. See prec.
malimluco nāmāsi trayodaśo māsaḥ # KS.38.14; Apś.16.8.8.
malimluco 'si sagaraḥ # śś.6.12.14. Cf. sadasyo 'si.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"ali" has 295 results
aliṅga(1)not possessed of a definite gender; confer, compare अलिङ्गमसंख्यमव्ययसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.38; II.4.82;(2)अलिङे ह्युष्मदस्मदी (Sid. Kau. on P.VII.2.90)
aliṅgavacananot possessed of a definite gender and number; a term generally used in connection with अव्ययs or indeclinables.
avaśiṣṭaliṅga(v.1. अविशिष्टलिङ्ग)a term occurring in the liṅgānuśāsana meaning 'possessed of such genders as have not been mentioned already either singly or by combination' id est, that is possessed of all genders.Under अवशिष्टलिङ्ग are mentioned indeclinables, numerals ending in ष् or न् , adjectives, words ending with kṛtya affixes id est, that is potential passive participles, pronouns, words ending with the affix अन in the sense of an instrument or a location and the words कति and युष्मद् (See पाणिनीय-लिङ्गानुशासन Sūtras 182-188).
āpiśalian ancient grammarian mentioned by Pāṇini and his commentators like Patañjali, Helarāja and others; confer, compare वा सुप्यापिशलेः P. IV.3.98; तथा चापिशलेर्विधिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.45.
upaliṅgina substituted word element; confer, compare शेवः इति सुखनाम । शिष्यतेः वकारः नामकरणः अन्तस्थान्तरोपलिङ्गी विभाषितगुणः | शिवम् Nirukta of Yāska.X. I7.
jvalitistanding for ज्वलादि, name of a class of 30 roots headed by the root ज्वल दीप्तौ and given as चल कम्पने, जल घातने etc; cf: ज्वलितिकसन्तेभ्यो णः P. III. 1.140.
nāmaliṅgānuśāsanaa treatise in which words with their genders are given. The term is usually used in connection with the great dictionary by अमरसिंह which is called नामालिङ्गानुशासन or अमरकोष.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
lalitāvṛttiname given to the Paribhāșāvŗtti written by Purușottamadeva, a famous grammarian of the Eastern branch of Pāņini's system which prevailed in Bengal from the eighth to the end of the twelfth century A.D. See पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
śabdarūpāvalia very brief treatise on declension giving the forms of the seven cases of a few choice-words. The work is studied as the first elementary work and is very common without the name of any specific author.There are different works named शब्दरूपावलि giving declensions of different words which are all anonymous, although from the dates of manuscripts mentioned, they appear to be more than five or six hundred years old.
śrutakevalina term of a very great honour given to such Jain monks as have almost attained perfection; the term is used in connection with Palyakirti Sakatayana, the Jain grammarian शाकटायन, whose works शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and its presentation in a topical form named शाकटायनप्रक्रिया are studied at the present day in some parts of India. See शाकटायन a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
sarvaliṅgatāuse in all the genders; confer, compare सर्वलिङ्गता च वक्तव्या | ब्राह्मणार्थे पयंः | बाह्मणार्थं सूप: | ब्राह्मणार्थे यवागूः |
saliṅgainclusive of the notion of gender; the word is used in connection with the sense of a Pratipadika or a crude base as inclusive of the notion of gender | and number: confer, compare अर्थग्रहृणस्यैतत् प्रयेाजनं कृत्स्नः पदार्थो यथाभिधीयेत सद्रव्यः सलिङ्गः ससंख्यश्चेति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2 24 Vart. 8.
haimaliṅgānuśāsanavivaraṇaa commentary, written in the seventeenth century by Kalyanasagara on the हैमलिङ्गानुशासन.
haimaliṅānuśāsanavyākhyāa commentary named उद्धार also, written by Jayananda on the हैमलिङ्गानुशासन.
a(1)the first letter of the alphabet in Sanskrit and its derived languages, representing the sound a (अ): (2) the vowel a (अ) representing in grammatical treatises, except when Prescribed as an affix or an augment or a substitute,all its eighteen varieties caused by accentuation or nasalisation or lengthening: (3) personal ending a (अ) of the perfeminine. second.pluraland first and third person.singular.; (4) kṛt affix c (अ) prescribed especially after the denominative and secondary roots in the sense of the verbal activity e. g. बुभुक्षा, चिन्ता, ईक्षा, चर्चा et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अ प्रत्ययात् et cetera, and others (P.III 3.102-106); (5) sign of the aorist mentioned as añ (अङ्) or cañ (चङ्) by Pāṇini in P. III i.48 to 59 exempli gratia, for example अगमत्, अचीकरत्; (6) conjugational sign mentioned as śap (शप्) or śa (श) by Pāṇini in P. III.1.68, 77. exempli gratia, for example भवति, तुदति et cetera, and others; (7) augment am (अम्) as prescribed by P. VI.1.58; exempli gratia, for example द्रष्टा, द्रक्ष्यति; (8) augment aṭ (अट्) prefixed to a root in the imperfeminine. and aorist tenses and in the conditional mood e. g. अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् confer, compare P. VI.4.71; (8) kṛt affix a (अ) prescribed as अङ्, अच्, अञ्, अण्, अन्, अप्, क, ख, घ, ञ, ड् , ण, et cetera, and others in the third Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; (9) taddhita affix. affix a (अ) mentioned by Pāṇini as अच्, अञ् अण्, अ et cetera, and others in the fourth and the fifth chapters of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini; (10) the samāsānta affix a (अ), as also stated in the form of the samāsānta affixes (डच् , अच्, टच्, ष्, अष् and अञ्) by Pāṇini in V.4.73 to 121;(11) substitute a (अश्) accented grave for इदम before case-affixes beginning with the inst. instrumental case. case: (12) remnant (अ) of the negative particle नञ् after the elision of the consonant n (न्) by नलोपो नञः P. vi.3.73.
aṃ(ं)nasal utterance called अनुस्वार and written as a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the vowel preceding it. confer, compare स्वरमनु संलीनं शब्द्यते इति; it is pronounced after a vowel as immersed in it. The anusvāra is considered (l) as only a nasalization of the preceding vowel being in a way completely amalgamated with it. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 11,31; XV. 1; XXII. 14 ; (2) as a nasal addition to the preceding vowel, many times prescribed in grammar as nuṭ (नुट् ) or num (नुम् ) which is changed into anusvāra in which case it is looked upon as a sort of a vowel, while, it is looked upon as a consonant when it is changed into a cognate of the following consonant (परसवर्ण) or retained as n (न्). confer, compare P. VIII.4.58; (3) as a kind cf consonant of the type of nasalized half g(ग्) as described in some treatises of the Yajurveda Prātiśākhya: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)1.22 V.Pr.14.148-9. The vowel element of the anusvāra became more prevalent later on in Pali, Prkrit, Apabhraṁśa and in the spoken modern languages while the consonantal element became more predominant in classical Sanskrit.
akārathe letter a, (अ) inclusive of all its eighteen kinds caused by shortness, length, protraction, accentuation and nasalization in Pānini's grammar, in cases where a(अ) is not actually prescribed as a termination or an augment or a substitute. confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.73. The letter is generally given as the first letter of the alphabet ( वर्णसमाम्नाय ) in all Prātiśākhya and grammar works except in the alphabet termed Varṇopadeśa, as mentioned in the Ṛk Tantra confer, compare ए ओ ऐ औ अा ॠ लॄ ई ऊ ऋ लृ इ उ अाः । रयवलाः । ङञणनमाः । अः ೱ क ೱ पाः । हुं कुं खुं गुं घुं अं अां एवमुपदेशे et cetera, and others Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.I. 4.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
akriyājanot a result of a verbal activity; the expression is used in connection with qualities ( on a substance) as opposed to the activities found in it. confer, compare अाधेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोs सत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.44.
akṣaraa letter of the alphabet, such as a (अ) or i (इ) or h (ह) or y (य्) or the like. The word was originally applied in the Prātiśākhya works to vowels (long, short as also protracted), to consonants and the ayogavāha letters which were tied down to them as their appendages. Hence अक्षर came later on to mean a syllable i. e. a vowel with a consonant or consonants preceding or following it, or without any consonant at all. confer, compare ओजा ह्रस्वाः सप्तमान्ताः स्वराणामन्ये दीर्घा उभये अक्षराणि R Pr. I 17-19 confer, compareएकाक्षरा, द्व्यक्षरा et cetera, and others The term akṣara was also applied to any letter (वर्ण), be it a vowel or a consonant, cf, the terms एकाक्षर, सन्ध्यक्षर, समानाक्षर used by Patañjali as also by the earlier writers. For the etymology of the term see Mahābhāṣya अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यात्, अश्नोतेर्वा सरोक्षरम् । वर्णे वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 2 end.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
aṇ(1)token term ( प्रत्याहार ) for all vowels and semivowels which, when prescribed for an operation, include all such of their sub-divisions as are caused by length, protraction accent or nasalization. cf अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.60;(2) token term for the vowels अ, इ and उ in all Pānini's rules except in the rule I.1.69 given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. e.g see ढ्रलोपे पूर्वस्य दीर्घोणः P.VI.3. 111, केऽणः P.VII.4.13. and अणोऽ प्रगृह्यस्य. P.VIII.4.57: (3) tad, affix. a ( अ ) prescribed generally in the various senses such as 'the offspring', 'dyed in,' 'belonging to' et cetera, and others except in cases where other specific affixes are prescribed cf प्राग्दीव्यतोऽण् P. IV.1.83; (4) kṛ. affix a ( अ ), applied, in the sense of an agent, to a root with an antecedent word (उपपद) standing as its object. e. g. कुम्भकारः, see P.III.2.1: काण्डलावः, see P.III.3.12.
atatkālanot taking that much time only which is shown by the letter (vowel) uttered, but twice or thrice, as required by its long or protracted utterance ; the expression is used in connection with vowels in Pāṇini's alphabet, which, when used in Pāṇini's rules, except when prescribed or followed by the letter त्, includes their long, protracted and nasalized utterances: confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः I.1.69.
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
atiśāyanaexcellence, surpassing; the same as अतिशय in Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V. 2 confer, compare अतिशायने तमबिष्ठनौ P. V. 3.55, also confer, compare भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेऽतिशायने । संसर्गेऽ स्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.2.94, where अतिशायन means अतिशाय. Patañjali, commenting on P. V.3.55 clearly remarks that for अतिशय, or for अतिशयन, the old grammarians, out of fancy only, used the term अतिशायन as it was a current term in popular usage; confer, compare देश्याः सूत्रनिबन्धाः क्रियन्ते यावद् ब्रूयात् प्रकर्षे अतिशय इति तावदतिशायन इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on , P. V.3.55.
atyalparather too little, an expression used by Patanjali idiometically confer, compare अत्यल्पमिदमुच्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.69 et cetera, and others
adravyavācinnot expressive of any substance which forms a place of residence (of qualities and actions); confer, compare तथा व्याकरणे विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि ( P. II.4.13 ); इत्यद्रव्यवाचीति गम्यते । M.Bh. on II.1.1.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
anaña word without the negative particle ( नञ् ) before it, e. g. धेनुरनञि कमुत्पादयति, a sūtra in Āpiśali's grammar quoted in Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.45 see also P. II. 1. 60, VII. 1. 37.
anatauncerebralized; not changed into a cerebral ( मूर्धन्य ) letter.confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापात्तिर्नति: Uvaṭa on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV.34.
anavayavaliterally having no parts; impartite; without any concern with the individual component parts; application in totality; confer, compare सिद्धं तु धर्मोपदेशने अनवयवविज्ञानाद्यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु P. VI. 1.84 Vārt 5 and the Bhāṣya thereon; अस्मिञ् शास्त्रे अनवयवेन शास्त्रार्थसंप्रत्ययः स्यात् । a rule in grammar applies to all cases where its application is possible; it cannot be said to have its purpose served by applying to a few cases only.
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
anukarṣaṇadragging (from the preceding rule) to the following rule taking the previous rule or a part of it as understood in the following rule or rules in order; the same as अनुवृत्ति; confer, compare अनुकर्षणार्थश्चकारः Kāś. on II. 4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48: cf also the Paribhāṣā; चानुकृष्टं नोत्तरत्र -that which is attracted from a preceding rule by the particle च is not valid in the rule that follows; Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 78.
anunāsika(a letter)uttered through the nose and mouth both, as different from anusvāra which is uttered only through the nose. confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिकःP.I.1.8, and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon. The anunāsika or nasal letters are the fifth letters of the five classes ( id est, that is ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न्, म् ) as also vowels अ, इ, उ and semivowels when so pronounced, as ordinarily they are uttered through the mouth only; ( exempli gratia, for example अँ, आँ, et cetera, and others or य्यँ, व्वँ, ल्लँ et cetera, and others in सय्यँन्ता, सव्वँत्सरः, सँल्लीनः et cetera, and others) The अनुनासिक or nasalized vowels are named रङ्गवर्ण and they are said to be consisting of three mātras. confer, compare अष्टौ आद्यानवसानेsप्रगृह्यान् आचार्या आहुरनुनासिकान् स्वरान् । तात्रिमात्रे शाकला दर्शयन्ति Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.63.64; confer, compare also अप्रग्रहाः समानाक्षराणि अनुनासिकानि एकेषाम् T. Pr XV.6. Trivikrama, a commentator on the Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Sūtras, explains अनुनासिक as अनु पश्चात् नासिकास्थानं उच्चारणं एषां इत्यनुनासिकाः । पूर्वं मुखस्थानमुच्चारणं पश्चान्नासिकास्थानमुच्चारणमित्यर्थः । अनुग्रहणात्केवलनासिकास्थानोच्चारणस्य अनुस्वारस्य नेयं संज्ञा । and remarks further पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्धसंज्ञेयमन्वर्था । Com. by Tr. on Kat. I 1.13. Vowels which are uttered nasalized by Pāṇini in his works viz. सूत्रपाठ, धातुपाठ, गणपाठ et cetera, and others are silent ones i. e. they are not actually found in use. They are put by him only for the sake of a complete utterance, their nasalized nature being made out only by means of traditional convention. e. g. एध, स्पर्ध et cetera, and others confer, compare उपदेशेSजनुनासिक इत् P.I.3.2; confer, compare also प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः Kāś on I.3.2.
anupapattidiscord, absence of validity, incorrect interpretation; confer, compareप्रथमानुपपत्तिस्तु M.Bh on I.4.9.
anubandhaa letter or letters added to a word before or after it, only to signify some specific purpose such as (a) the addition of an afix (e. g. क्त्रि, अथुच् अङ् et cetera, and others) or (b) the substitution of गुण, वृद्धि or संप्रसारण vowel or (c) sometimes their prevention. These anubandha letters are termed इत् (literally going or disappearing) by Pāṇini (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् et cetera, and others I.3.2 to 9), and they do not form an essential part of the word to which they are attached, the word in usage being always found without the इत् letter. For technical purposes in grammar, however, such as आदित्व or अन्तत्व of affixes which are characterized by इत् letters, they are looked upon as essential factors, confer, compare अनेकान्ता अनुबन्धाः, एकान्ता:, etc, Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 4 to 8. Although पाणिनि has invariably used the term इत् for अनुबन्ध letters in his Sūtras, Patañjali and other reputed writers on Pāṇini's grammar right on upto Nāgeśa of the 18th century have used the term अनुबन्ध of ancient grammarians in their writings in the place of इत्. The term अनुबन्ध was chosen for mute significatory letters by ancient grammarians probably on account of the analogy of the अनुबन्ध्य पशु, tied down at sacrifices to the post and subsequently slaughteredition
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
antaratamavery close or very cognate being characterized (l) by the same place of utterance, or (2) by possessing the same sense, or (3) by possessing the same qualities, or (4) by possessing the same dimension ; cf स्थानेन्तरतमः P.I. I.50 and Kāś. thereon अान्तर्यं स्थानार्थगुणुप्रमाणतः स्थानतः दण्डाग्रम् , अर्थतः वतण्डी चासौ युवतिश्च वातण्ड्ययुवतिः । गुणतः पाकः, त्यागः, रागः । प्रमाणतः अमुष्मै अमूभ्याम् ॥
apakarṣa(1)deterioration of the place or instrument of the production of sound resulting in the fault called निरस्त; confer, compare स्थानकरणयेारपकर्षेण निरस्तं नाम दोष उत्पद्यते, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.2; (2) drawing back a word or words from a succeeding rule of grammar to the preceding one; confer, compare "वक्ष्यति तस्यायं पुरस्तादपकर्षः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.8. (3) inferiority (in the case of qualities) न च द्रव्यस्य प्रकर्षापकर्षौ स्तः ।
apialso in addition to; अपि is used sometimes to mean absolute of or ungualified by any condition; confer, compare अन्येभ्येपि दृश्यते । अपिशब्दः सर्वोपाधिव्यभिचारार्थः । निरुपपदादपि भवति । धीवा पीवा । KS. on P. III. 2.75, III. 2.101, VII. 1.38; confer, compare अपिग्रहणे व्यभिचारार्थम् ) Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.3.64.
aprāpti(i)non-occurrence for nonrealization of a grammatical operation or ruleअप्रतिषेधः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.56 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8; (2) prohibition of the occurrence of a rule or operation, confer, compare अप्राप्तेर्वा । अथवानन्तरा या प्राप्तिः सा प्रतिषिध्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.43, I.1.63.
abhiprāya(1)अभिप्रायसंधि a kind of euphonic combination where the nasal letter न् is dropped and the preceding vowel ( अ ) is nasalised e. g, दधन्याँ यः । स्ववाँ यातु : (2) view, purpose, intention; confer, compare तद् व्यक्तमाचार्यस्याभिप्रायो गम्येत, इदं न भवतीति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.27; confer, compare also स्वरितञितः कर्त्रभिप्राये क्रियाफले P.1.3.72.
abhedānvayarelation of non-difference as stated by the vaiyākaraṇas between an adjective and the substantive qualified by it. e, g. नीलमुत्पलम् is explained as नीलाभिन्नमुत्पलम्.
amaracalled अमरसिंह an ancient grammarian mentioned in the कविकल्पद्रुम by बोपदेव. He is believed to have written some works on grammar such as षट्कारकलक्षण his famous existing work, however, being the Amarakoṣa or Nāmaliṅgānuśāsana.
araktasandhia word, the coalescence of which is not nasalized, as the word आ in मन्द्रमा वरेण्यम् as contrastcd with अभ्र आं अपः confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.18.
avacanasomething which need not be specifically prescribed or stated, being already available or valid; cf तृतीयासमासे अर्थग्रहणमनर्थकं अर्थगतिर्हि अवचनात् P. II.1.30 V.1.
avarṇathe letter अ; the first letter of the Sanskrit alphabet, comprising all its varieties caused by grades, ( ह्रस्व, दीर्घ, प्लुत) or accents of nasalization. The word वर्ण is used in the neuter gender in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare सर्वमुखस्थानमवर्णम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.9, मा कदाचिदवर्णं भूत् M.Bh. I.1.48 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; cf also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.50 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 18 and I.1.51 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2: confer, compare also ह्रस्वमवर्णं प्रयोगे संवृतम् Sīradeva's ParibhāṣāvṛttiPari. 17. 6
aviravikanyāyaa maxim mentioned by Patañjali in connection with the word आविक where the taddhita affix ठक् (इक), although prescribed after the word अवि in the sense of 'flesh of sheep' (अवेः मांसम्), is actually put always after the base अविक and never after अवि. The maxim shows the actual application of an affix to something allied to, or similar to the base, and not to the actual base as is sometimes found in popular use confer, compare द्वयोः शब्दयोः समानार्थयोरेकेन विग्रहोऽपरस्मादुत्पत्तिर्भविष्यति अविरविकन्यायेन । तद्यथा अवेर्मांसमिति विगृह्य अविकशब्दादुत्पत्तिर्भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.88; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.89; IV.2.60; IV.3.131,V.1.7,28; VI.2.11.
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
asiddhatvainvalidity of a rule or operation on account of the various considerations sketched a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See असिद्ध.
asiddhaparibhāṣāthe same as Antaraṅga Paribhāṣā or the doctrine of the invalidity of the bahiraṅga operation. See the word असिद्ध a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see the Paribhāṣā 'asiddham , bahiraṅgam antaraṅge' Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 50 and the discussion thereon. Some grammarians have given the name असिद्धपरिभाषा to the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे as contrasted with अन्तरङ्गं बहुिरङ्कगाद् वलीयः which they have named as बहिरङ्गपरिभाषा.
ām̐indeclinable आ pronounccd nasalized, e. g. अभ्र आँ अपः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.3.2.
akhyātaprakriyāa work dealing with verbs, written by Anubhūtisvarūpācārya on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa.
aākhyātavivekaa work dealing with verbs and their activity by KṛṣṇaShāstrī Āraḍe a great Naiyāyika of the 18th century.
ācāryapreceptor, teacher; a designation usually given to Pāṇini by Patañjali in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare the usual expression तज्ज्ञापयति आचार्यः as also अाचार्यप्रवृत्तिर्ज्ञापयति; also confer, compare नेदानीमाचार्याः सूत्राणि कृत्वा निवर्तयन्ति; confer, compare also the popular definition of अाचार्य given as 'निशम्य यद्गिरं प्राज्ञा अविचार्यैव तत्क्षणम् । संभावयन्ति शिरसा तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते ।"
ācāryasaṃpadnecessary qualification to teach the Veda with all its pāṭhas having the necessary knowledge of accents, matrās and the like. confer, compare पदक्रमविभागज्ञो वर्णक्रमविचक्षणः स्वरमात्राविशेषज्ञो गच्छेदाचार्यसंपदम् R. Prāt.I.8.
ānunāsikyanasalization; utterance through the nose, an additional property possessed by vowels and the fifth letters of the 5 classes (ङ्, ञ्, ण् ,न्, म्) confer, compare आनुनासिक्यं तेषामधिको गुणः M.Bh. on I.1.9.
aāntaryaproximity; close affinity ; close relationship. There are four kinds of such proximity as far as words in grammar are concerned; Re: the organs of speech (स्थानतः)as in दण्डाग्रम्, regarding the meaning(अर्थतः)as in वातण्ड्ययुवतिः, regarding the quality (गुण) as in पाकः रागः, and regarding the prosodial value (प्रमाण) as in अमुष्मै, अमूभ्याम्; confer, compare अनेकविधं अान्तर्यं स्थानार्थगुणप्रमाणकृतम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.13. confer, compare also Kāś. on I.1.50.
aānpadword ending with अान् which has the consonant dropped and the preceding आ nasalized; e. g. सर्गा इव सृजतम् Ṛk.Saṁ. VIII. 35. 20, महा इन्द्रः Ṛk Saṁ VI.19.1; confer, compare दीर्घादटि समानपादे, अातोऽटि नित्यम् P. VIII.3.9, VIII.3.3; confer, compare also हन्त देवो इति चैता अान्-पदाः पदवृत्तयः R.Pr.IV.26,27.
āpiśala(1)a work of अापिशलि, possibly his grammar; confer, compare आपिशलमधीते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.14; (2) a student of Āpiśali's grammar: आपिशलमधीते आपिशला ब्राह्मणी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.14: अापिशलपाणिनीयव्याडीयगौतमीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 2.36.; confer, compare तथा चापिशलाः पाणिनीयाः पठन्ति-आगमोनुपघातेन विकारश्चोपमर्दनात् । आदेशस्तु प्रसङ्गेन लोपः सर्वापकर्षनात्.
āpuṭaugment ( आप् ) suggested in the place of आपुक् by Patañjali to be prefixed to the affix णिच् confer, compare M Bh on III.1.25.
ābhācchāstraa rule given in the section called आभीयप्रकरण extending from P.VI.4.22 to VI.4.175, wherein one rule or operation is looked upon as invalid to another ; confer, compare असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). thereon; confer, compare also यावता अनिदितां हलः इत्यपि आभाच्छास्त्रम् Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.Pari. 38.
ābhīyaprakaraṇaa section of Pāṇini's grammar from VI.4.-2 to VI. 4.129, called अाभीय, as it extends to the rule भस्य VI.4.129, including it but as the governing rule भस्य is valid in every rule upto the end of the Pāda, the आभीयप्रकरण also extends upto the end of the Pāda.See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity or supposed invisibility of one rule with respect to another, in the section called अाभीयप्रकरण. See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
ārṣaderived from the holy sages; founded on sacred tradition, such as the Vedāṅgas;confer, compare कृत्स्नं च वेदाड्गमनिन्द्यमार्षम् R. Prāt. XIV 30. The word is explained as स्वयंपाठ by the commentary on Vāj Prāt. IX.2I, and as Vaidika saṁdhi on X.l3. Patañjali has looked upon the pada-pāṭha or Pada-text of the Saṁhitās of the Vedas, as anārṣa, as contrasted with the Saṁhitā text which is ārṣa; confer, compare आर्ष्याम् in the sense संहितायाम् R. Prāt. II.27; confer, compare also पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
i(1)the vowel इ, representing all its eighteen forms viz. short, long protracted, acute, grave, circumflex, pure and nasalised; exempli gratia, for example इ in यस्येति च P.VI.4.128;(2) Uṅādi affix ई(3)tad-affix इच्(इ)applied to Bahuvrihi compounds in the sense of exchange of action or as seen in words like द्विदण्डि exempli gratia, for example केशाकेशि, दण्डादण्डि, द्विमुसलि et cetera, and others confer, compare इच् कर्मव्यतिहारे P.V.4. 127,also V.4.128; (4) kṛt (affix). affix कि (इ) confer, compare उपसर्गे घोः किः P.III.3.92; (5) augment इट् (इ); see इट् (6) conjugational affix इट् of the 1st person. singular. or Ātmanep. Ātmanepada
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
imanor इमनिच् taddhita affix. affix इमन् applied to the words पृथु, मृदु, महत्, लघु, गुरु, words showing colour and words such as दृढ, परिवृढ, भृश, शीत, उष्ण et cetera, and others in the sense of 'quality' or 'attribute': cf Pāṇ. V. 1.122, 123. For changes in the base before the affix इमन् see P. VI.4.154-163.
iṣṭhathe superlative taddhita affix. affix इष्ठन् in the sense of अतिशायन or अतिशय ( excellence ). The commentators, however, say that the taddhita affixes तम and इष्ठ,like all the taddhita affixes showing case-relations, are applied without any specific sense of themselves, the affixes showing the sense of the base itself ( स्वार्थे ); e. g गुरुतमः, गरिष्ठः; पटुतमः, पठिष्ठः; पचतितमाम्, कर्तृतमः, करिष्ठः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.V.3.55-64 The affixes ईयस् and इष्ठ are applied only to such substantives which denote quality; confer, compare P.V.3.58.
īyastad-affix ईयसुन् , showing superiority or excellence of one individual over another in respect of a quality, added to a substantive expresive of quality; when the substantive ends in the affix तृ, that affix तृ is removed: exempli gratia, for example पटीयान्, लघीयान्, गरीयान्, दोहीयसी (धेनुः) confer, compareP.V.3.57-64.
īṣadasamāptistage of the quality of a thing or of an undertaking which is almost complete,to show which,the tad-affixes कल्प, देश्य and देशीय are applied to a word:exempli gratia, for example पटुकल्पः,पटुदेश्यः; पटुदेशीयः, पचतिकल्पम्, जल्पतिकल्पम्, confer, compare P, V.3.67.
u(1)labial vowel standing for the long ऊ and protracted ऊ3 in Pāṇini's grammar unless the consonant त् is affixed to it, उत् standing for the short उ only: (2) Vikaraṇa affix उ of the 8th conjugation ( तनादिगण ) and the roots धिन्व् and कृण्व्;confer, compareP.III. 1.79-80; (3) substitute (उ) for the vowel अ of कृ,exempli gratia, for example कुरुतः, कृर्वन्ति before weak Sārvadhātuka affixes, confer, compareP.VI 4.110; (4) kṛt (affix). affix उ added to bases ending in सन् and the roots आशंस्, भिक्ष्, विद्, इष् as also to bases ending in क्यच् in the Vedic Literature,exempli gratia, for example चिकीर्षुः भिक्षुः, बिन्दुः,इच्छुः,सुम्नयु; confer, compare P. III. 2.168-170; (5) Uṅādi affix उ ( उण् ) e.g, कारुः, वायुः, साधुः, et cetera, and others; confer, compare Uṅādi I.1; (6) mute vowel उ added to the first letters of a class of consonants in Pāṇini's grammar to show the whole class of the five letters; exempli gratia, for example कु, चु, टु, तु, पु which stand for the Guttural, the palatal the lingual, the dental and the labial classes respectively; confer, compare also ष्टुना ष्टुः P.VIII.4.41(7) उ added to न् showing the consonant न् as nasalized n; cf, नुः V.Pr. III.133.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uccaritapronounced or uttered; the phrase उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः is used in connection with the mute indicatory letters termed इत् in Pāṇini's grammar, as these letters are not actually found in use in the language and are therefore supposed to vanish immediately after their purpose has been servedition The phrase 'उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनोSनुबन्धा:' has been given as a Paribhāṣā by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.(Pari.11), in the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 14), in the Kātantra Vyākaraṇa (Pari.54) and also in the Kalāpa Vyākaraṇa ( Par. 71). Patañjali has used the expression उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः in connection with ordinary letters of a word, which have existence for a moment and which also vanish immediately after they have been uttered; confer, compare उच्चरितप्रध्वंसिनः खल्वपि वर्णा: ...न वर्णो वर्णस्य सहायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4. 109.
ujjvaladattathe famous commentator on the Uṅādi sūtras. His work .is called Uṅādisūtravṛtti, which is a scholarly commentary on the Uṅādisūtrapāṭha, consisting of five Pādas. Ujjvaldatta is belived to have lived in the l5th century A.D. He quotes Vṛttinyāsa, Anunyāsa, Bhāgavṛtti et cetera, and others He is also known by the name Jājali.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uṇādisūtra,uṇādisūtrapāṭhathe text of the Sūtras which begins with the Sūtras prescribing the affix उण् after the roots कृ, वा, पा, जि, स्वद्, साध् and अश्; cf Uṅādi Sūtras 1.1. for the different versions of the text See उणादि. Similar Sūtras in Kātantra, Āpiśali, Sakaṭāyana and other systems of grammar are also called Uṇādi Sūtras.
uṇādisūtradaśapādīthe text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.
utpadto be produced, to be placed after to be annexed; (causal) to produce, to get annexed, to add; confer, compare धेनुरनञि कमुत्पादयति Āpiśali's Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). quoted in M; Bh. on P.IV.2.45.
udāttathe acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.
uddeśadescription; mention of qualities; confer, compare गुणैः प्रापणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on I. 3.2: the word is used in contrast with उपदेश or direct mention; confer, compare कः पुनुरुद्देशोपदेशयोर्विशेषः । प्रत्यक्षमाख्यानमुपदेशो गुणैः प्रापणमुद्देशः । प्रत्यक्षं तावदाख्यानमुपदेशः तद्यथा । अगोज्ञाय कश्चिद्गां सक्थनि कर्णे वा गृहीत्वोपदिशति । अयं गौरिति । स प्रत्यक्षमाख्यातमाह । उपदिष्टो मे गौरिति । गुणैः प्रापणमुद्देशः । तद्यथा । कश्चित्कंचिदाह । देवदत्तं मे भवानुद्दिशतु इति । स इहस्थः पाटलिपुत्रस्थं देवदत्तमुद्दिशति । अङ्गदी कुण्डली किरीटी...ईदृशो देवदत्त इति । स गुणैः प्राप्यमाणमाह । उद्दिष्टो मे दवदत्त इति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.2; (2) spot, place, passage of occurrence: उद्देश उपदेशदेशः; confer, compare यथोद्देशं संज्ञापरिभाषम् Pari.Śek. Pari. 2.
uddeśyareferred to; pointed out, subject, as contrasted with the predicate मानान्तरप्राप्तमुद्देश्यम् ; confer, compare उद्दश्यप्रतिनिर्दिश्यमानयोरैक्यमापद्यत् सर्वनाम पर्यायेण तत्तल्लिङभाक् । तद्यथा | शैत्यं हि यत्सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य, शैत्यं हि य यत्तत्प्रकृतिर्जलस्य वा । उद्देश्य in grammar refers to the subjectpart of a sentence as opposed to the predicate-participle. In the sentence वृद्धिरादैच् the case is strikingly an opposite one and the explanation given by Patañjali is very interesting;confer, compare तदेतदेकं मङ्गलार्थं आचार्यस्य मृष्यताम् । माङ्गलिक अाचार्यः महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थं वृद्धिशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्कते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.1.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upacāra(1)taking a secondary sense; implication; literally moving for a sense which is near about; the same as लक्षणा. The word आचार is explained as उपचार, employment or current usage, by Patañjali; confer, compare आचारात् । आचार्याणामुपचारात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; ( 2 ) substitution of the letter सं for विसर्ग : confer, compare प्रत्ययग्रहणोपचारेषु च, P.IV.1.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upamāa well-known term in Rhetorics meaning the figure of speech ' simile ' or ' comparison '. The word is often found in the Nirukta in the same sense; confer, compare अथात उपमाः | 'यत् अतत् तत्सदृशम्'इति गार्ग्यः । Nir III.13. Generally an inferior thing is compared to another that is superior in quality.
upādhicondition, limitation, determinant, qualification: exempli gratia, for example न हि उपाधेरुपाधिर्भवति, विशेषणस्य वा विशेषणम् M.Bh. on I.3.2 as also on V.1.16; confer, compare also इह यो विशेष उपाधिर्वोपादीयते द्योत्ये तस्मिंस्तेन भवितव्यम् । M.Bh. on III.1.7.
lṛshort vowel लृ taken to be a cognate of ऋ, and described as a vocalic form of the letter ल.
ediphthong vowel ए made up of अ and इ, and hence having कण्ठतालुस्थान as its place of origin. It has no short form according to Pāṇini. In cases where a short vowel as a substitute is prescribed for it in grammar, the vowel इ is looked upon as its short form. Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya has observed that followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāṇāyanīya branches of the Sāmaveda have short ए ( ऍ ) in their Sāmaveda recital and has given सुजाते अश्वसूनृते, अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् as illustrations; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1-48; as also the article on.
ekatiṅpossessed of one verb; given as a definition of a sentence: confer, compare एकतिङ् P.II.1.1 Vārt 10, explained by Patañjali as एकतिङ् वाक्यसंज्ञं भवतीति वक्तव्यम् । ब्रूहि ब्रूहि ।
ekamunipakṣaa view or doctrine propounded by one of the many ancient sages or munis who are believed to be the founders of a Sastra; a view propounded only by Pāṇini, to the exclusion of Kātyāyana and Patañjali; confer, compare एकमुनिपक्षे तु अचो ञ्णितीत्यत्राच इति योगं विभज्य...व्यवस्थितविभाषात्रोक्ता Durghaṭa-Vṛtti I.1.5; see also I.4.24, II.3.18.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ekaśrutithat which has got the same accent or tone; utterance in the same tone; monotone. The word is applied to the utterance of the vocative noun or phrase calling a man from a distance, as also to that of the vowels or syllables following a Svarita vowel in the Saṁhitā id est, that is the continuous utterance of Vedic sentences; confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्वौ and the foll. P.I.2.33-40 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon. In his discussion on I.2.33 Patañjali has given three alternative views about the accent of Ekaśruti syllables : (a) they possess an accent between the उदात्त (acute) and अनुदात्त (grave), (b) they are in the same accent as is possessed by the preceding vowel, (c) Ekaśruti is looked upon as the seventh of the seven accents; confer, compare सैषा ज्ञापकाभ्यामुदात्तानुदात्तयोर्मध्यमेकश्रुतिरन्तरालं ह्रियते। ... सप्त स्वरा भवन्ति | उदात्तः, उदात्ततर:, अनुदात्तः, अनुदात्ततर:, स्वरितः स्वरिते य उदात्तः सोन्येन विशिष्टः, एकश्रुतिः सप्तमः । M.Bh. on P.I.2.33.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
oṃkārathe syllable ओं called by the term प्रणव and generally recited at the beginning of Vedic works. Patañjali has commented upon the word briefly as follows; पादस्य वा अर्धर्चस्य वा अन्त्यमक्षरमुपसंहृत्य तदाद्यक्षरशेषस्य स्थाने त्रिमात्रमोंकारं त्रिमात्रमोंकारं वा विदधति तं प्रणव इत्याचक्षते M.Bh. on VIII.2.89.
yamaa letter called यम which is uttered partly through the nose. A class consonant excepting the fifth, when followed by the fifth viz. ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न or म् , gets doubled in the Vedic recital, when the second of the doubled consonant which is coloured by the following nasal consonant is called यम. This यम letter is not independent. It necessarily depends upon the following nasal consonant and hence it is called अयोगवाह. The nasalization is shown in script as xx followed by the consonant; e. g. पलिक्क्नी, अगूग्रे, et cetera, and others The pronunciation of this yama or twin letter is seen in the Vedic recital only; confer, compare पलिक्कनी ... कखगघेभ्य; परे तत्सदृशा एव यमाः S. K. on P. VIII. 2.1. confer, compare कु खु गु घु इति यमाः विंशतिसंख्याका भवन्ति Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII.24.
kalyāṇasāgaraauthor of the Haimaliṅgānuśāsana-vivaraṇa, a commentary on the Liṅgānuśāsana chapter of| 14
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kārakaliterally doer of an action. The word is used in the technical sense ; 1 of ’instrument of action'; cf कारकशब्दश्च निमित्तपर्यायः । कारकं हेतुरिति नार्थान्तरम् । कस्य हेतुः । क्रियायाः Kāś. on P.I. 4.23: confer, compare also कारक इति संज्ञानिर्देशः । साधकं निर्वर्तकं कारकसंज्ञं भवति । M.Bh. on P. I. 4.28. The word 'kāraka' in short, means 'the capacity in which a thing becomes instrumental in bringing about an action'. This capacity is looked upon as the sense of the case-affixes which express it. There are six kārakas given in all grammar treatises अपादान, संप्रदान, अधिकरण, करण , कर्मन् and कर्तृ to express which the case affixes or Vibhaktis पञ्चमी, चतुर्थी, सप्तमी, तृतीया, द्वितीया and प्रथमा are respectively used which, hence, are called Kārakavibhaktis as contrasted with Upapadavibhaktis, which show a relation between two substantives and hence are looked upon as weaker than the Kārakavibhaktis; confer, compare उपपदविभक्तेः कारकविभक्तिर्बलीयसी Pari. Śek. Pari.94. The topic explaining Kārakavibhaktis is looked upon as a very important and difficult chapter in treatises of grammar and there are several small compendiums written by scholars dealing with kārakas only. For the topic of Kārakas see P. I. 4.23 to 55, Kat, II. 4.8-42, Vyākaraṇa The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pp.262-264 published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
kārakaparicchedaa work dealing with Kārakas ascribed to Rudrabhaṭṭa.
kuṇaravāḍavaname of an ancient granmarian who lived possibly after Pāṇini and before Patañjali and who is referred to in the Mahābhāṣya as giving an alternative forms for the standard form of certain words; confer, compare कुणरवाडवस्त्वाह नैषां शंकरा शंगरैषा M.Bh. on III.2.14; cf also कुणरवस्त्वाह नैष वहीनरः । कस्तर्हि । विहीनर एषः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.3.1.
kṛtliterally activity; a term used in the grammars of Pāṇini and others for affixes applied to roots to form verbal derivatives; confer, compare कृदतिङ् । धातोः ( ३ ।१।९१ ) इत्यधिकारे तिङ्कवर्जितः प्रत्ययः कृत् स्यात् । Kāś. on III.1.93, The kṛt affixes are given exhaustively by Pāṇini in Sūtras III.1.91 to III.4. I17. कृत् and तद्धित appear to be the ancient Pre-Pāṇinian terms used in the Nirukta and the Prātiśākhya works in the respective senses of root-born and noun-born words ( कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त according to Pāṇini's terminology), and not in the sense of mere affixes; confer, compare सन्त्यल्पप्रयोगाः कृतोप्यैकपदिकाः Nirukta of Yāska.I.14: अथापि भाषिकेभ्यो धातुभ्यो नैगमाः कृतो भाष्यन्ते Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; तिङ्कृत्तद्धितसमासा: शब्दमयम् V.Pr. I.27; also confer, compare V.Pr. VI.4. Patañjali and later grammarians have used the word कृत् in the sense of कृदन्त; confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari Śek.Pari.75. The kṛt affixes are given by Pāṇini in the senses of the different Kārakas अपादान, संप्रदान, करण, अाधकरण, कर्म and कर्तृ, stating in general terms that if no other sense is assigned to a kṛt affix it should be understood that कर्ता or the agent of the verbal activity is the sense; confer, compare कर्तरि कृत् । येष्वर्थनिर्देशो नास्ति तत्रेदमुपतिष्ठते Kāś. on III.4.67. The activity element possessed by the root lies generally dormant in the verbal derivative nouns; confer, compare कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति, क्रियावदपि । M.Bh.on V.4.19 and VI. 2.139
kaiyaṭaname of the renowned commentator on the Mahābhāṣya, who lived in the 11th century. He was a resident of Kashmir and his father's name was Jaiyaṭa. The commentary on the Mahābhāṣya was named महाभाष्यप्रदीप by him, which is believed by later grammarians to have really acted as प्रदीप or light, as without it, the Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali would have remained unlit, that is unintelligible, at several places. Later grammarians attached to प्रदीप almost the same importance as they did to the Mahābhāṣya and the expression तदुक्तं भावकैयटयोः has been often used by commentators. Many commentary works were written on the Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.out of which Nageśa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.is the most popular. The word कैयट came to be used for the word महाभाष्यप्रदीप which was the work of Kaiyaṭa. For details see Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona, Vol. VII. pp. 389-390.
kodṇḍarāmaa scholar of Sanskrit Vyākaraṇa who composed शब्दसिद्धान्तमञ्जरी a small treatise dealing with the declension of nouns.
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
khsecond consonant of the guttural class of consonants possessed of श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष and विवार qualities.
gati(1)literally motion; stretching out, lengthening of a syllable. The word is explained in the Prātiśakhya works which define it as the lengthening of a Stobha vowel with the utterance of the vowel इ or उ after it, exempli gratia, for example हाइ or हायि for हा; similarly आ-इ or अा -यि ; (2) a technical term used by Pāṇini in connection with prefixes and certain indeclinables which are called गति, confer, compare P.I.4.60-79. The words called gati can be compounded with the following word provided the latter is not a verb, the compound being named tatpuruṣa e.g, प्रकृतम् , ऊरीकृत्य confer, compare P.II.2.18; the word गति is used by Pāṇini in the masculine gender as seen in the Sūtra गतिरनन्तरः P.VI. 2.49 and hence explained as formed by the addition of the affix क्तिच् to गम्, the word being used as a technical term by the rule क्तिच्क्तौ च संज्ञायाम् P.III.3.174; (3) realization, understanding; confer, compare उभयगतिरिह भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.9; सांप्रतिकाभावे भूतपूर्वगतिः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 76; अगत्या हि परिभाषा अाश्रीयते Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva Pari. Pāṭha 119.
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
guṇavacanaliterally expressing quality; words expressing quality such as शुक्ल, नील, et cetera, and others; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P.V. 1.124. See page 369 Vyākarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D.E. Society edition, Poona.
guṇinpossessed of a quality ; cf इह कदाचिद् गुणो गुणिविशेपको भवति । तद्यथा पट: शुक्ल इति । कदाचिच्च गुणिना गुणो व्यपदिश्यते। पटस्य शुक्ल इति। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.21.
guru(1)possessed of a special effort as opposed to लघु; confer, compare तद् गुरु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1। (2) heavy, a technical term including दीर्घ (long) vowel as also a ह्रस्व (short) vowel when it is followed by a conjunct consonant, (confer, compare संयोगे गुरु । दीर्घ च। P. I. 4.11, 12) or a consonant after which the word terminates or when it (the vowel) is nasalized; confer, compare Tai. Pr. XXII. 14, confer, compare also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 5.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
gopīnāthaa Bengali scholar of Katansutra Grammar who is believed to have written Katantraparisistapraddyota.
cakoraa grammarian who .wrote a commentary on the 'Sabdalingarthacandrika of Sujanapandita. चक्कनशर्मा a grammarian who is said to have written a work named Dhatusamgraha.
caṅgavṛttia short treatise written by वङ्गदास, dealing with the topic of the five compact expressions or Vrttis viz. कृत्, तद्वित, समास, एकशेष, and सनादिधातु.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
cārāyaṇaan ancient grammarian referred to by Patanjali in the Mahabhasya as a scholar who had a line of pupils named after him; confer, compare कम्बलचारायणीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.73
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
jayarāmabhaṭṭācārya(1)a famous Bengalee scholar of Vyakarana and Nyaya who has written a small treatise dealing with syntax. The treatise is named कारकवाद.
jātabahiraṅgāsiddhatvainvalidity of a Bahiranga operation that has already taken place by virtue of the Antaranga-paribhasa-असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्ङ्गेthat which is ' bahiranga' is regarded as not having taken effect when that which is 'antarahga' is to take effect. For details see Par. Sek. Paribhasa 50.
jātābhīyāsiddhatvainvalidity of a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule in the अाभीय section (P. VI. 4.22 upto the end of the fourth pada ) which, although it has taken place, is to be looked upon as not having taken place when any other operation in the same section is to take effect. See आभीयासिद्व.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
jñāpakasādhyarealizable, or possible to be drawn, from a wording in the Sūtra of Pāņini in the manner shown a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See ज्ञापक.
jñāpakasiddharealized from the ज्ञापक wording; the conclusion drawn from an indicatory. word in the form of Paribhāșās and the like. Such conclusions are not said to be universally valid; confer, compare ज्ञापकसिद्धं न सर्वत्र Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari, 110.7.
ṇatvacerebralization; lingualization ; the substitution of ण् for न् under certain conditions; confer, compare P. VIII.4. 1-39. See ण.
tthe first consonant of the dental class of consonants which has got the properties श्वासानुप्रदान, अघोष, विवृतकण्ठत्व and अल्पप्राणत्व. When used as a mute letter by Panini, त् signifies the Svarita accent of the vowel of that affix or so, which is marked with it: e. g. कार्यम्, हार्यम्, पयस्यम् confer, compare P. VI.1.185. When appied to a vowel at its end, त् signifies the vowel of that grade only, possessed by such of its varieties which require the same time for their utterance as the vowel marked with त् , e. g. अात् stands for अा with any of the three accents as also pure or nasalised; अात् does not include अं or अ 3 confer, compare तपरस्तत्कालस्य P. I. 1. 70. The use of the indicatory mute त् for the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. purpose is seen also in the Pratis akhya works; confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 114 Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 234.
tatkālarequiring the same time for utterance as for example one matra for short vowels, two for long ones and three for protracted ones, although those vowels are nasalised or pure, or acute, grave or circumflex. See the word तपर.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tārānāthacalled तर्कवाचस्पति; a Bengali modern Sanskrit scholar and grammarian of the nineteenth century who has written a commentary called Sarala on the Siddhanta Kaumudi. He has edited many important Sanskrit works consisting of many kosas.
tiṅanta(1)a word ending in तिङ्; a Verb; (2) a popular name given to the section which deals with verbs in books on grammar as contrasted with the term सुबन्त which is used for the section dealing with nouns.
tiṅantaśiromaṇia work dealing with verbal forms written by शिरोमणिभट्टाचार्य.
tiltaddhita affix. affix ति added in Vedic Literature to the word वृक when superior quality is meant, exempli gratia, for example वृकतिः confer, compare P. V. 4.41.
tīvrataraextreme sharpness of the nasalization at the time of pronouncing the anusvara and the fifth letters recommended by Saityayana.e. g. अग्नीररप्सुषदः, वञ्चते परिवञ्चते. confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
tṛtīyāthe third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
daśagaṇī(1)a section of grammatical treatises dealing with the ten conjugations of roots. e.g the first section of the second part ( उत्तरार्ध ) of the Siddhanta Kaumudi; (2) name of the dhatupatha of Panini which gives ten classes of roots; confer, compare भूवादयो दशगणीपरिपठिता गृह्यन्ते Nyasa on I.3.1.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
dvitvadoubling, reduplication prescribed for (I) a root in the perfect tense excepting the cases where the affix अाम् is added to the root before the personal ending: exempli gratia, for example बभूव, चकार, ऊर्णुनाव et cetera, and others cf P. VI. 1.1,2; (2) a root before the vikarana affixes सन्, यङ्, श्लु and चङ् e. g. बुभूषति, चेक्रीयते, चर्करीति, जुहोति, अचीकरत् et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VI. 1.9l l ; (3) a word ending in अम् . ( णमुल् ) in the sense of repetition, e. g. स्मारं स्मारं वक्ष्ये, भोजं भोजं व्रजति confer, compare आभीक्ष्ण्ये द्वे भवतः P. VIII. 1.12 Vart. 7; (4) any word (a) in the sense of constant or frequent action, (b) in the sense of repetition, (c) showing reproach, or scorn, or quality in the sense of its incomplete possess-, ion, or (d) in the vocative case at the beginning of a sentence in some specified senses; reduplication is also prescribed for the prepositions परि, प्र, सम्, उप, उद्, उपरि, अधि, अघस् in some specified senses confer, compare P. VIII. 1.1 to 15. A letter excepting हृ and र्, is also repeated, if so desired, when (a) it occurs after the letter ह् or र् , which is preceded by a vowel e g. अर्क्कः अर्द्धम् et cetera, and others cf VIII. 4.46; or when (b) it is preceded by a vowel and followed by a consonant e. g. दद्ध्यत्र, म्द्धवत्र confer, compare P. VIII. 4.47. For details see Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VIII. 4.46-52. The word द्वित्व is sometimes used in the sense of the dual number; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.2.51. The words द्वित्व, द्विर्वचन and द्विरुक्त are generally used as synonymanuscript. Panini generally uses the word द्वे. For द्वित्व in Vedic Literature confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 1.4; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIV. 1-8 V, Pr. IV. 101-118.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
ghātukārikāvalīa grammatical work in verse written by Varadarja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita who lived in the 17th century, Besides Karikvali, Varadarja wrote लघुकौमुदी and मध्यकौमुदी also.
dhātupārāyaṇaa grammatical treatise dealing with roots written as a supplementary work by Jumaranandin to his grammar work called Rasavati,which itself was a thoroughly revised and enlarged edition of the रसवती a commentary written by Kramadisvara on his own grammar named संक्षिप्तसार.Jumaranandin is believed to have been a Jain writer who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.
ghātuprakāśaa work dealing with roots Written as a supplementary work by Balarama-Pancanana to his own grammar named PrabodhaPrakasa.
dhātupratyayapañjikāa work dealing with verbal forms written by Dharmakirti, a Jain grammarian of the eighth century.
dhātupradīpaa work dealing with verbal forms written by Maitreya Raksita, a Buddhist writer and a famous grammarian belonging to the eastern part of India who lived in the middle of the twelfth century. He is believed to have written many scholarly works in connection with Panini's grammar out of which the Tantrapradipa is the most important one. The work Dhatupradipa is quoted by Saranadeva, who was a contemporary of Maitreya Raksita, in his Durghatavrtti on P. II. 4. 52.
dhāturatnamañjarīa treatise dealing with roots believed to have been written by Ramasimhavarman.
dhāturatnākaraa work dealing with roots believed to have been written by Narayana who was given the title वन्द्य. He lived in the seventeenth century; a work named सारावलि व्याक्ररण is also believed to have been written by him.
dhātuvyākaraṇaa grammar dealing with Verbs believed to have been written by Vangasena.
natacerebralized; changed into ण्. The change of the consonant न् into ण् is called नति in the old Pratisakhya works; confer, compare स्पर्शे वोष्मणि चानते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) IV. 11.
natiliterallyinclination, bending down; the word is used generally in the technical sense of 'cerebralization' but applied to the change of न् into ण् as also that of स् into ष्; confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिर्नतिः, V. Pr.I. 42. The root नम् is used in the sense of 'cerebralizing ' or 'being cerebralized' very frequently in the Pratisakhya works; exempli gratia, for example the word नम्यते is used in the sense of 'is cerebralized'; नमयति in the sense of 'cerebralizes' and नामिंन् in the sense of 'causing cerebralization'; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिन: स्वराः, पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27.
nantṛone that causes cerebralization; confer, compare पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् R.Pr.I.27. See नति.
namyacapable of being cerebralizedition See नति.
nalopaelision of न्, which in Panini's grammar is sometimes taken as valid for certain grammatical operations,and otherwise for other operations; confer, compare नलोपः सुप्स्वरसंज्ञातुग्विधिषु कृति P.VIII.2.2.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
nāmin(vowels)which cause cerebralization; the ten vowels ऋ, ॠ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ए, ओ, ऐ, औ; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिनः स्वराः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27, confer, compare also R.T. 94. See the word नति. The word भाविन् is used for नामिन् in the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya; confer, compare अकण्ठ्यो भावी Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 46; confer, compare also नामिपरो रम् Kat. I.5.12.
nārāyaṇavandyaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote a treatise on grammar named Saravali, and a treatise on roots named Dhatuparayana.
nāsikāsthānaa place in the nose where a nasal letter such as ङ्, ञ्, ण्, न् or म् and anusvara get a tinge of nasalization while passing through it. The yama letters e.g the nasal क्, ख् ,ग् , घ् get nasalization in the utterance of the words पलिक्किनः, चख्ख्नतुः, अग्ग्निः, घ्घ्नन्ति; confer, compare यमो नाम वर्णः प्रातिशाख्ये प्रसिद्धः S.K. on P. VIII. 2. 1. confer, compare also यमानुस्वारनासिक्यानां नासिके Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 74, Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 12.
nipātanaa word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.
niranunāsikapure, unnasalized, as opposed to सानुनासिक nasalizedition confer, compare सन्ति हि यणः सानुनासिका निरनुनासिकाश्च । M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika 1.
nirūḍhalakṣaṇāpotentiality of implicaion which gives the meaning of a word which is based upon implication; e. g. रथो गच्छति.
nyāyaratnamañjūṣāa work dealing with Vyākarana Paribhāsas or maxims as found in Hemacandra's system of grammar, written bv Hemahamsaganin, a pupil of Ratnasekhara, in 1451. The author has written a commentary also on the work, named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa..
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
padavāda or padavādipakṣaview that words are real and have an existence and individuality of their own. The view is advocated by the followers of both the Mīmāmsā schools and the logicians who believe that words have a real existence. Grammarians admit the view for practical purposes, while they advocate that the अखण्डवाक्यस्फोट alone is the real sense. confer, compare Vākyapadīya II.90 and the foll.
padādi(1)beginning of a word, the first letter of a word; confer, compare सात्पदाद्योः P. VIII.3.111; confer, compare also स्वरितो वानुदात्ते पदादौ P. VIII.2.6. Patañjali, for the sake of argument has only once explained पदादि as पदादादिः confer, compare M.Bh.on I. 1. 63 Vāŗt. 6; (2) a class of words headed by the word पद् which is substituted for पद in all cases except the nominative case. and the acc. singular and dual; this class, called पदादि, contains the substitutes पद् , दत्, नस् et cetera, and others respectively for पाद दन्त, नासिका et cetera, and others confer, compare Kās on P. VI. 1.63; (3) the words in the class, called पदादि, constiting of the words पद्, दत्, नस्, मस् हृत् and निश् only, which have the case affix after them accented acute; confer, compare P. VI. 1.171.
padāntainal letter of a word; confer, compare P. VI.1.76, 109; VII.3.3, 9; VIII. 4.35,37, 42, 59. At one place, Patañjali for purposes of argument has explained the word as final in a word; confer, compareनैवं विज्ञायते पदस्यान्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति । कथं तर्हि । पदे अन्तः पदान्तः पदान्तादिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII. 4.35.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
paribhāṣāsūcanaan old work on the Paribhasas in the system of Panini's Grammar, believed to have been written by Vyaadi, who lived after Kaatyayana and before Patanjali. The work is written in the old style of the MahabhaSya and consists of a short commentary on 93 Paribhasas.
paribhāṣenduśekharathe reputed authoritative work on the Paribhasas in the system of Paanini's grammar written by Nagesabhatta in the beginning of the 18th century A.D. at Benares. The work is studied very widely and has got more than 25 commentaries written by pupils in the spiritual line of Nagesa. Well-known among these commentaries are those written by Vaidyanatha Payagunde ( called गदा ), by BhairavamiSra ( called मिश्री), by Raghavendraacaarya Gajendragadakara ( called त्रिपथगा ), by Govindacarya Astaputre of Poona in the beginning of the nineteenth century (called भावार्थदीपिका), by BhaskaraSastri Abhyankar of Satara (called भास्करी ), and by M. M. Vaasudevasaastri Abhyankar of Poona (called तत्त्वादर्श ). Besides these, there are commentaries written by Taatya Sastri Patawardhana,Ganapati Sastri Mokaate, Jayadeva Misra, VisnuSastri Bhat, Vishwanatha Dandibhatta, Harinaatha Dwiwedi Gopaalacarya Karhaadkar, Harishastri Bhagawata, Govinda Shastri Bharadwaja, Naarayana Shastri Galagali, Venumaadhava Shukla, Brahmaananda Saraswati, ManisiSeSaSarma,Manyudeva, Samkarabhatta, Indirapati, Bhimacarya Galagali, Madhavacarya Waikaar, Cidrupasraya, Bhimabhatta, LakSminrsimha and a few others. Some of these works are named by their authors as Tikaas, others as Vyaakhyaas and still others as Tippanis or Vivrtis.
parimāṇaa word used by Panini in तदस्य परिमाणम् V.1.19 and explained by Patanjali as सर्वतो मानम् .Samkhya ( number ) is also said to be a parimana. Parimana is of two kindsनियत or definite as in the case of Khaari, drona etc; and अनियत, as in the case of Gana, Samgha, PUga, Sartha, Sena et cetera, and others The term परिमाण, in connection with the utterance of letters, is used in the sense of मात्राकाल or one mora.
paspaśācalled also पस्पशाह्निक; name given to the first or introductory chapter ( अाह्निक ) of the Maahabhaasya of Patanjali. The word occurs first in the SiSupaalavadha of Maagha. The word is derived from पस्पश् , the frequentative base of स्पर्श to touch or to see (ancient use). Possibly it may be explained as derived from स्पश् with अप; cf . शब्दबिद्येव नो भाति राजनीतिरपस्पशा Sis.II.112. Mallinatha has understood the word पस्पश m. and explained it as introduction to a Saastra treatise; confer, compare पस्पशः शास्त्रारम्भसमर्थक उपेद्वातसंदर्भग्रन्थः । Mallinaatha on SiS. II.112.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
puruṣakāraname of a commentary on the Sarasvatikaņthābharaņa of Bhoja by Kŗşņalilāśukamuni.
puṣkaraṇaa popular term used for the treatise on grammar by an ancient grammarian Apisali. confer, compare अापिशलं पुष्करणम् Kas on P. IV. 3. 15. It was called Puskarana probably because it was very extensive and widely read before Panini. For the reading दुष्करण for पुष्करण, and other details see Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 132-133, D. E. Society's edition.
pūrva(l)ancient, old: (2) belonging to the Eastern districts. The word is frequently used as qualifying the word अाचार्य where it means ancient.
pūrvatrāsiddhavacanathe dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.
paurastyavaiyākaraṇaa grammarian of the eastern school which is believed to have been started by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि the writer of the gloss called न्यास on the Kasikavrtti. The school practically terminated with पुरुषोत्तमदेव and सीरदेव at the end of the twelfth century A.D. Such a school existed also at the time of Panini and Patanjali, a reference to which is found made in प्राचां ष्फ ताद्धतः P. IV. 1.17 and प्राचामवृद्धात्फिन् बहुलम् IV.1. 160 and प्राचामुपादेरडज्वुचौ च V.3.80 where the word is explained as प्राचामाचार्याणां by the writer of the Kasika.
prakarṣaeminence: excellence of a particular quality ; confer, compare कथं पुनरन्यस्य प्रकर्षेण अन्यस्य प्रकर्षः स्यात्: confer, compare also यद्यपि द्रव्यस्य स्वतः प्रकर्षो नास्ति तथापि गुणाक्रियास्थ: प्रक्रर्षो द्रव्य उपचर्यते , Kas on P. V. 4.1 1.
prakriyāsaṃgrahaa work on grammar by Abhayacandra in which the Sutras of Sakatayana's Sabdanusasana are arranged in the form of different sections dealing with the different topics of grammar.
pracaya(1)a specific feature or quality ( धर्म ) of the grave (अनुदात्त) accent when a vowel, accented grave, is preceded by a स्वरित (circumflex . vowel) and is followed upon by another grave-accented vowel. These grave vowels in succession, id est, that is the grave vowels which are not followed by an acute or a circumflex vowel are uttered neither distinctly circumflex nor distinctly grave; cf also R. Pr, III.II-14. They are uttered like the acute, but slightly so; e. g. the vowels after मे and before ति in इमं मे गङ्गे' यमुने सरस्वति; confer, compare स्वरितात्संहितायामनुदात्तानां प्रचय उदात्तश्रुतिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXI.10, 11 also confer, compare P.I.2.39, where the term एकश्रुति is used for the word प्रचय; (2) the connection of one word with many words; exempli gratia, for example राज्ञो गोश्चाश्वश्च पुरुषश्च where राज्ञः is connected with गौ, अश्व and पुरुष; confer, compare प्रचये समासप्रतिषेधो: वक्तव्य: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1 Vart, 6.
pratiṣedhaprohibition, negation, prohibition of a rule or operation; generaliy प्रतिषेध or प्रसज्यप्रतिषेध is laid down by the use of the negative particle ( नञ् ) connected with a verbal activity, and not with a noun in a compound in which case the negation is named पर्युदास; confer, compare प्रसज्ज्यप्रतिषेधो यः क्रियया सह यत्र नञ् । पयुदासः स विज्ञेयः थत्रोत्तरपदेन नञ् ।
pratisaṃskaraṇaediting with improvement, with an attempt to restore the correct version or the original text in the place of the corrupt one sometimes suitable additions and improvements are also made; e. g. चरकप्रतिसंस्करण attributed to Patanjali.
pratyayaaffix, suffix, a termination, as contrasted with प्रकृति the base; confer, compare प्रत्याय्यते अर्थः अनेन इति प्रत्ययः; confer, compare also अर्थे संप्रत्याययति स प्रत्ययः M.Bh. on III. 1.l Vart. 8; The word प्रत्यय is used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'following' or 'that which follows', e. g. स्पर्शे चोषः प्रत्यये पूर्वपद्यः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 30 which is explained by Uvvata as उषः इत्ययं ( शब्दः ) पूर्वपदावयवः सन् स्पर्शे प्रत्यये परभूते इति यावत्; रेफिसंज्ञो भवति; Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.30; confer, compare प्रत्येति पश्चादागच्छति इति प्रत्ययः परः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 7; cf also V. Pr, III. 8. Pratyaya or the suffix is generally placed after the base; cf, प्रत्ययः, परश्च P. III. I. 1,2; but sometimes it is placed before the base; e. g. बहुपटुः confer, compare विभाषा सुपो बहुच् पुरस्तात्तु P. V. 3.68. The conjugational signs (शप् , श्यन् et cetera, and others), the signs of tenses and moods ( च्लि, सिच् , स्य, ताम् et cetera, and others) and the compound endings(समासान्त) are all called pratyayas according fo Panini's grammar, as they are all given in the jurisdiction(अधिकार) of the rule प्रत्ययः III.1.1, which extends upto the end of the fifth chapter ( अध्याय ). There are six main kinds of affixes given in grammar सुप्प्रत्यय, तिङ्प्रत्यय, कृत्प्रत्यय , तद्धितप्रत्यय, धातुप्रत्यय (exempli gratia, for example in the roots चिकीर्ष, कण्डूय et cetera, and others) and स्त्रीप्रत्यय. The word प्रत्यय is used in the sense of realization, in which case the root इ in the word त्यय means'knowing' according to the maxim सर्वे गत्यर्था ज्ञानार्थाः; confer, compare मन्त्रार्थप्रत्ययाय Nirukta of Yāska.I.15.
pradīpapopular name of the famous commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Kaiyata in the eleventh century A. D. The cornmentary is a very scholarly and critical one and really does justice to the well-known compliment given to it, viz. that the Pradipa has kept the Mahabhasya alive which otherwise would have remained unintelligible and consequently become lost. The commentary प्रदीप is based on the commentary महाभाष्यदीपिका,or प्रदीपिका written by Bhartrhari, which is available at present only in a fragmentary form. The Pradipa is to this day looked upon as the single commentary on the Mahabhasya in spite of the presence of a few other commentaries on it which are all thrown into the back-ground by it.
prasiddha(1)established in existence: confer, compare क्रमेण नार्थः पदसंहिताविदः पुराsप्रसिद्धा श्रयपूर्वसिद्धिभिः, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI.34 where the Kramapatha is said to be one which was not established before the Samhitapatha; (2) known ; confer, compare अनिटि प्रसिद्धे क्सो भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.45 Vart. 4, लोकत एते शब्दाः प्रसिद्धाः स्त्री पुमान् नपुंसकमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.3: (3) brought about, accomplished, realized; तथास्य छः प्रसिद्धो भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1.89 Vart. 2, सर्वत्रैव जश्त्वेन सिद्धं स्यात् , Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VIII 2.25
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prāṇapaṇāa gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.
prāptijñaa person who knows only the application of a rule and the realization from it of the form that can be arrived at, as opposed to one who knows the form that is desired or current; cf प्राप्तिज्ञो देवानांप्रियः न त्विष्टिज्ञः इष्यते एतदूपमिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4. 56 Vart. l ; confer, compare also किरतिं चर्करीतान्तं पचतीत्यत्र यो नयेत् । प्रातिज्ञं तमहं मन्ये प्रारब्धस्तेन संग्रहः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 4.92.
prāpyaliterally which is arrived at; an object which is to be reached; confer, compare प्राप्यं कर्म; the word प्राप्य is used as a word qualifying the word कर्म, in which case it is called प्राप्यकर्म, as for example ग्रामं in ग्रामं गच्छति देवदत्तः or वेदमधीते माणवकः. The term प्राप्य is defined as क्रियाकृतविशेषानवगतौ कर्तुः क्रियया अनास्थितं अास्थितं वा यदवाप्यते तत् प्राप्यं कर्म । confer, compare कर्तुरीप्सितमं कर्म । ततु त्रिविधं निर्वर्त्ये विकार्यं प्राप्यमिति । यस्य क्रियाकृतानां विशेषाणां सर्वथानुपलब्धिः तत् प्राप्यम्. Srngara Prakasa IV.
phiṭsūtraa small work on accents attributed to Santanava,an ancient Vedic scholar who lived before Patanjali if not before Panini, as the latter has not referred to him. There is an anonymous commentary upon it.
bahiraṅgāsiddhatvainvalidity i. e. nonoccurrence or non-application of a bahiranga rule or operation before the antaranga operation which is looked upon as stronger occurring earlier to the mind, or in the wording, as it does.
bahvarthaliterally the meaning of the word बहु. There are many senses of the word बहु out of which 'plurality' is the sense usually seen. The word also means 'collection;' confer, compare ग्रामशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव शालांसमुदाये वर्तते । तद्यथा । ग्रामो दग्ध इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.8, 21.
bhatvathe nature or quality of being called भ which causes many grammatical operations which are given together by Panini in VI. 4.129 to 179. See the word भ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhāva(1)becoming; existence. The word is used many times in the sense of धात्वर्थthe sense of a root which is 'incomplete activity' or 'process of evolving'; confer, compare तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातु: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 5; confer, compare also षड् भावविकारा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 36; पूर्वापरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेन आचष्टे व्रजतिपचतीत्युपक्रमप्रभृति अपवर्गपर्यन्तम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1 ; (2) activity as opposed to instruments ( साधन or कारक ); confer, compare भावगर्हायाम् । धात्वर्थगर्हायाम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.24; confer, compare also भावः क्रिया, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II. 3.37; (3) completed action which is shown, not by a verb, but by a verbal derivative noun; confer, compare धात्वर्थश्च धातुनैवोच्यते | यस्तस्य सिद्धता नाम धर्मस्तत्र घञादयः प्रत्यया विधीयन्ते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on 'भावे' P. III. 3.18; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.19, III. 1.67, IV. 1.3, V. 4.19; confer, compare also भावस्त्वेक: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.67; (4) the radical factor for the use of a word; प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त; confer, compare भवतोत्मादभिधानप्रत्ययौ इति भावः | शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते | अश्वत्वम् , अश्वता | Kāś, on P. 5.1.119; (5) thing, object cf सिद्धशब्दः कूटस्थेषु भावेष्वविचालिषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhnika l; (6) transformation, substitution; change into the nature of another; confer, compare तत्र प्रथमास्तृतीयभावम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4. confer, compare also the words मूर्धन्यभाव, अभिनिधानभाव et cetera, and others {7) possession of the qualities, nature; तदर्थस्य भाव: तादर्थ्यम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.13; (8) relationship; confer, compare गुणप्रधानभाव, प्रकृतिविकृतिभाव et cetera, and others
bhāvapratyayaan affix in the sense of quality such as त्व, ता et cetera, and others; confer, compare न ह्यन्तरेण भावप्रत्ययं गुणप्रधानो भवति निर्देश: .
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhāṣitapuṃskaa word or a noun-base which has the same sense in the masculine gender as in the neuter gender: generally words of quality or adjectives like शुचि, मधु et cetera, and others fall in this category;cf तृतीयादिषु भाषितपुंस्कं पुंवद्गालवस्य P. VII. 1. 74; confer, compare also भाषितः पुमान् यस्मिन्नर्थे प्रवृत्तिानिमित्ते स भाषितपुंस्कशब्देनोच्यते । तद्योगादभिधेयमपि यन्नपुसकं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | तस्य प्रतिपादकं यच्छब्दरूपं तदपि भाषितपुंस्कम् | Kāś. on VII.1.74.
bhāṣyaa learned commentary on an original work, of recognised merit and scholarship, for which people have got a sense of sanctity in their mind; generally every Sūtra work of a branch of technical learning (or Śāstra) in Sanskrit has got a Bhāṣya written on it by a scholar of recognised merit. Out of the various Bhāṣya works of the kind given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., the Bhāṣya on the Vyākaraṇa sūtras of Pāṇini is called the Mahābhāṣya, on the nature of which possibly the following definition is based "सूत्रार्थो वर्ण्यते यत्र पदैः सूत्रानुकारिभिः| स्वपदानि च वर्ण्यन्ते भाष्यं भाष्यविदो विदुः ।" In books on Sanskrit Grammar the word भाष्य is used always for the Mahābhāṣya. The word भाष्य is sometimes used in the Mahābhāṣya of Patanjali (confer, compare उक्तो भावभेदो भाष्ये III.3.19, IV.4.67) where the word may refer to a work like लघुभाष्य which Patañjali may have written, or may have got available to him as written by somebody else, before he wrote the Mahābhāṣya.
bhāṣyakāraPatañjali, the author of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya; the term, in this sense, frequently occurs in works on Grammar. See भाष्य.
bhāṣyeṣṭithe brief pithy assertions or injunctions of the type of Sūtras given by Patañjali in a way to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Vārttikas thereon. See the word इष्टि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. and the word भाष्यसूत्र also.
bhūmanplurality of the individuals referred to; confer, compare बहोर्नञ्वदुत्तरपदभूम्नि P. VI.2.175.
bhūmādithe limited senses भूमन् (plurality) and others in which भतुप् and other possessive taddhita affixes should take place, and not in the general sense of the 'presence at one place' as also 'the possession by some one individual;' confer, compare भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने । संसर्गेस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V. 2.94.
bhedyathat which is distinguished; the word which is qualified; confer, compare भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II. 1.57.
matublopaelision of the affix मतुप् specially prescribed after words of quality, or words meaning quality, such as शुक्ल, कृष्ण which originally mean the white colour, the black colour et cetera, and others e. g. शुक्लः पट: confer, compare गुणवचनेभ्यो मतुपो लुक् P. V. 2.94 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mādhurīrvṛtia gloss not composed by, but simply explained by an inhabitant of Mathuraa or Madhuraa Such a gloss is referred to in the Mahaabhaasya on P.IV.3.101 Vaart.3, which possibly might be referring to an existing gloss on the SUtras of Paanini, which was being explained at Mathura, at the time of Patanjali. The term मधुरा was used for मथुरा in ancient times and the word माथुरी वृत्ति is also used for माधुरी वृति.
mukhanāsikāvacanadefinition of अनुनासक, a letter which is pronounced through both-the mouth and the nose-as contrasted with नासिक्य a letter which is uttered only through the nose; exempli gratia, for example ड्, ञ् , ण्, न् , म् and the nasalized vowels and nasalized य् , व् and ल्; confer, compare मुखनासिक्रावचनेीSनुनासिकः Paan. I. 1.8: confer, compare also अनुस्वारोत्तम अनुनासिकाः (Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.30), where the fifth letters and the anusvaara are called anunaasika. According to Bhattoji, however, anusvaara cannot be anunaasika as it is pronounced through the nose alone, and not through both-the mouth and the nose. As the anusvaara is pronounced something like a nasalized ग् according to the Taittiriyas it is called a consonant in the Taittiriya Praatisaakhya: confer, compare ' अनुस्वारोप्युत्तमवह्यञ्जनमेव अस्मच्छाखायाम् ! अर्धगकाररूपत्वात् / Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 30.
mukhyamain, , principal, primary substantive as contrasted with a gualifying substantive;confer, compareगौणमुख्ययोमुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्यय: Par. Sek. Pari. 15.
mokṣeśvaraa grammarian of the fourteenth century who has written a commentary on the Katantra Vrtti of Durgasimha. He has written a commentary on the Akhyatavrtti of the Katantra school as also a short treatise dealing with the krt affixes called Krdvrtti.
y(1)the consonant य् with अ added to it merely for the sake of facility in pronunciation; यकार is also used in the same sense: e. g. लिटि वयो यः: P.VI.1.38 confer, compare T.Pr.I: 17,21;(2) krt affix (यत्) prescribed as कृत्य or potential passive participle; exempli gratia, for exampleचेयम्, गेयम्, शाप्यम् , शक्यम् , गद्यम् , अजर्यम् पण्यम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare अचो यत्...अजर्यं संगतम् P.III. 1.97-105; (3) krt. affix क्यप् which is also an affix called krtya; e. gब्रह्मोद्यम् , भाव्यम्, घात्यम् , स्तुत्यम् , कल्प्यम् , खेयम् , भृत्यः:, भिद्यः, पुष्य:, कृत्यम्,also कार्यम् ; confer, compare P. III. 1.106-128:(4) krt affix ण्यत् ( which is also कृत्य ), e. g कार्यम् , हार्यम् , वाक्यम् , लाव्यम्, कुण्डपाय्यम्. et cetera, and others: cf P. III. 1.124-132: (5) taddhita affix. affix य affixed (a) in the sense of collection to पाश, वात et cetera, and others, as also to खल, गो and रथ, e. g. पाद्या, रथ्या et cetera, and others confer, compare P. IV. 2. 49, 50ः (b) in the चातुरर्थिक senses to बल, कुल, तुल et cetera, and others e. g. वल्यः,.कुल्यम् efeminine. P V.2. 80, (c) as a Saisika taddhita affix. affix to ग्राम्यहः' along with the affix खञ्ज e. g. ग्राम्यः, ग्रामीणः: cf P: IV. 2.94 (d) in the sense of 'good therein' ( तत्र साधुः ) and other stated senses affixed to सभा, सोदर पूर्व, and सोम: e. g. सभ्य:, पूर्व्यः; .et cetera, and others. confer, compare P. IV. 4.105, 109, 133, 137, 138: (e) in the sense of 'deserving it' to दण्ड and other words, e. g. दण्ड्य, अर्ध्र्य, मध्य, मेध्य, et cetera, and others: cf P. V. 1.66: ( f ) in the sense of quality or action to सखि e. g. सख्यम् ; cf P. V. 1.126: (6) taddhita affix. affix यत् applied to (a) राजन् श्वशुर, कुल, मनु in the sense of offspring, (b) शूल्, उखा, वायु, ऋतु and others, under certain conditions; confer, compare P. IV. 2.17, 31, 32, 101, (c) to अर्ध, परार्ध, words in the class headed by दि्श, छन्दस and others in specific senses; cf P. IV. 3-46, 54 et cetera, and others and (d) in specific senses to specific words mentioned here and there in a number of sUtras from IV.4, 75 to V.4.25; (e) to शाखा, मुख, जघन and others in the sense of इव (similar to) exempli gratia, for example शाख्यः, मुख्य:, et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. V. 3. 103; (7) case-ending य substituted for ङे of the dative sing; e. g. रामाय confer, compare P. VII. 3.102: (8) verb-affix यक् applied to the nouns कण्डू and others to make them ( denominative ) roots; e. g. कण्डूय,सन्तूय et cetera, and others confer, compare कण्ड्वादिभ्यो यक् P. III. 1.27 (9) | Vikarana य ( यक् ) applied to any root before the Saarvadhaatuka personal endings to form the base for the passive voice as also the base for the 'Karmakartari' voice e g क्रियते, भूयते, confer, compare सार्वधातुके यक् P. III. 1.67 (10) Unaadi affix य ( यक् ) applied to the root हृन् to form the Vedic word अघ्न्य: cf अघ्न्यादयश्च: ( 11 ) augment य ( यक् ) added to the affix क्त्वा in Vedic Literature: e. g. दत्त्वायः confer, compare क्त्वो यक् P. VII.1.47; (12) verb affix यङ् added to a root to form its Intensive base ( which sometimes is dropped ) and the root is doubledition e. g. चेक्रीयते,चर्करीति;. confer, compare P. III. 1.22,24; (13) short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) supposed to be beginning with य in the affix यइ in the sUtra धातेरेकाचो ... यङ् III. 1.22, and ending with ङ् in the sUtra लिड्याशिष्यङ्क III. 1.86, with a view to include the various verb affixes and conjugational signs.
yaḍlugantaśiromaṇia grammar work dealing with the frequentative roots written by Pandita Sesakrsna.
yalopadropping of the consonant य् which prevents the validity of a changed letter ( स्थानिवद्भाव ); confer, compare न पदान्तद्विर्वचनवरेयलोप......विधिषु P.I.1.58.
yuvanliterally young person; masculine; the word is given as a technical term in grammar in the sense of one, who is the son of the grandson or his descendant, provided his father is alive; the term is also applied to a nephew, brother, or a paternal relative of the grandson or his descendant, provided his elderly relative, if not his his father, is alive; it is also applied to the grandson, in case respect is to be shown to him: confer, compare P. IV. 1.163-167. The affixes prescribed in the sense of युवन् are always applied to a word ending with a taddhita affix. affix applied to it in the sense of an offspring (अपत्य) or grandson (गोत्र), in spite of the ruling that in the sense of grandson or his descendant (गोत्र), one affix only इञ् or अण् or the like is added to the base; exempli gratia, for example गार्ग्यस्यापत्यं गार्ग्यायण:, दाक्षेरपत्यं दाक्षाय्ण: गार्ग्ये जीवति तस्य भ्राता सपिण्डो वा गाम्यार्यण: तत्रभवान् गार्ग्यः; गार्ग्यायणो वा.
raktaliterally coloured id est, that iscoloured by nasalization: a term used by ancient grammarians for a nasaIized letter ( अनुनासिक ); cf रक्तसंज्ञो नुनासेकः R.Pr.r.17on which Uvvata comments :-अनुनासिको वणो . रक्त इत्युच्यते; also confer, compare अरक्तसंध्येत्यपवाद्यते पदं R. Pr, XI. 18, where unnasalized अा is stated as अरक्तसंधि and illustrated by the commentator by quoting the passage मन्द्रमावरेण्यम् as contrasted with अभ्र औ अषः ।
raṅganasalisation; colouring of a letter by its nasalisation: confer, compare रङ्गवर्ण प्रयुञ्जीरन् नो ग्रसेत् पूर्वमक्षरम् Pāṇini. Siksa. 27.
rāmabhadra dīkṣitason of यज्ञराम दीक्षित, a grammarian of Tanjore of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva named परिभाषावृत्तिव्याख्या. He has also written the ' life of Patanjali' ( पतञ्जलिचरित ) and many miscellaneous works, such as उणादिमणिदीपिका and others.
l(1)a consonant of the dental class which is a semi-vowel ( यण् ) with liquid contact in the mouth, and which is inaspirate ( अल्पप्राण ),voiced ( घोष ) and both nasalised and unnasalised; (2) name in general ( लकार ) given to the personal endings applied to roots in the ten tenses and moods which take different substitutes ति, त:, अन्ति et cetera, and others and have various modifications and augments in the different tenses and moods; (3) substituted as a semi-vowel ( यण् ) for the vowel ऌ followed by any other vowel in the euphonic combinations; (4)applied at the beginning of nontaddhita affixes as a mute letter indicating the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix; confer, compare लिति; P. VI. 1.193; ( 5 ) substituted for त्, थ्, द्, घ् or न् before ल्, confer, compare P.VIII.4. 60; (6) substituted under certain conditions for the consonant र् (a) of the root कृप्, (b) of prefixes प्र and परा before the root अय्, (c) of the root गॄ in frequentative forms and optionally before affixes beginning with a vowel, and (d ) of the word परि before घ and अङ्क; confer, compare P. VIII. 2. 18 to 22. _ ल (1) consonant ल्; see ल् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.' (2) a general term usually used by ancient grammarians to signifyलोप (elision or disappearance) of a letter or a syllable or a word; confer, compare सर्वसादेर्द्विगोश्च ल: | सवार्तिक:, द्वितन्त्र: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.2.60; (3) taddhita affix. affix ल added to the word क्लिन्न when चिल् and पिल् are substituted for the word क्लिन्न; e.g, चिल्लः, पिल्ल: confer, compare P. V. 2.33 Vārt 2.
lakṣaṇāimplication; potentiality of implication; this potentiality of words viz. लक्षणा is not recognised by grammarians as a potentiality different from the अभिधाशक्ति or the power of denotation. Later grammarians, however, like the Ālamkārikas, have used the word in the sense of potentiality of implication as different from that of denotation; confer, compare अन्त्यशब्द लक्षणा न च Paribhāşenduśekhara.
laghu(1)a term used in the sense of light or short as contrasted with गुरु meaning heavy or long, which is applied to vowels like अ, इ et cetera, and others confer, compare ह्रस्वं लघु P.I. 4. 10; (2) brevity; brief expression;confer, compare लघ्वर्थे हि संज्ञाकरणम् M.Bh. on P.I.2,27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 6 also संज्ञा हि नाम यतो न लघीय:; (3) small, as qualifying an effort in writing or explaining something as also in utterance; confer, compare व्यॊर्लघुप्रयत्नतरः शाकटायनस्य P.VIII.3.18.
laghuparibhāṣāvṛttian independent work on Paribhāşās written by Puruşottamadeva in the twelfth century A. D. called लघुपरिभाषावृत्ति in contrast with the बृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति of सीरदेव. The Vŗtti is named ' Lalitā ' also, by the author.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇikuberanāthaor वर्णिकुवेरानन्द an old writer on grammar who has written a work named शब्दविवरण on the meanings of words. The work forms a part of his bigger work दानभागवत. Both the works are incomplete. The शब्दविवरण is based mostly upon ancient grammar works of Patanjali Vararuci, Varttikakara, Sarvavarman, Bhartrhari and others.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vinatacerebralized, turned into a cerebral letter ण् or षू ; see the word नति meaning cerebralization or Murdhanyabhava.
vināmacerebralization; confer, compare the word नति; the word was used in ancient grammar works in the sense of णत्व ( change of न् into ण् ): confer, compare अग्रहणं चेन्नुङ्विधिलादेशविनामेषु ऋकारग्रहणम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VIII.4.1 Vart. 2.
viśiṣṭ(1)literally specific; qualified by, characterized by; confer, compare क्तेन नञ्विशिष्टेनानञ् ; P.II.1.60: confer, compare also प्रातिपदिकग्रहणे लिङ्गविशिष्टस्यापि ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari.71 ; (2) different: confer, compare विशिष्टलिङ्गानां भिन्नलिङ्गानां शब्दानां Kāś. on P.II. 4.7.
viśeṣaṇaattribute: adjective; any word which qualifies another; hence, subordinate; confer, compare विशेषणानां चाजातेः । जातिर्यद्विशेषणम् , आहोस्वित् जातेर्यानि विशेषणानि । M.Bh. on P.I.2.52.
viśeṣyaubstantive, as opposed to विशेषण adjective or qualifying; confer, compare भेदकं विशेषणम्,भेद्यं विशेष्यम् Kāś. on P. II.1.57: confer, compare also विशेषणविशेष्यभावो विवक्षानिबन्धन: Kāś. on P.II.1.36.
viṣamarāgatāincorrect nasalization, mentioned as a fault of pronunciation: confer, compare संदष्टता विषमरागता च । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV. 4.
visargaaspiration, leaving of the breath generally at the completion of the utterance of a word when there is a pause; the term विसर्जनीय was in use in ancient times. Although not mentioned in his alphabet by Pāṇini, this Phonetic element, visarga, is looked upon as a letter; it is mentioned as one of the letters in the Śikṣā and the Prātiśākhya works and Patañjali has advised its inclusion in the alphabet. As visarga cannot be found in use independently of another letter (which is any vowel after which it occurs) it is called अयोगवाह.
vispaṣṭādia class of words headed by the word विस्पष्ट which retain their own accents in a compound when they are the first members of a compound, provided that any word of quality is the second member e. g. विस्पष्टकटुकम् | व्यक्तलवणम् where the words विस्पष्ट and व्यक्त are used in the sense of clear, referring to the different tastes; confer, compare Kāś. On P. VI. 2.24.
vṛttisūtraa rule forming the basis of a vrtti, i. e. a rule on which glosses are written, as contrasted with वार्तिकसूत्र or वार्तिक a pithy Sutralike statement composed as an addition or a modification of the original Sutra; confer, compare केचित्तावदाहुर्यद् वृत्तिसूत्रे इति | संख्ययाव्ययासन्नादूराधिकसंख्यां: संख्येये ( P. II. 2.25 ) इति | M, Bh. on P. II. 2. 24,
vaidikaprakriyāṭīkā(1)a commentary on the sutras of Panini dealing with the Vedic words and their peculiarities written by a grammarian named Murari; (2) a commentary on the section of Bhattoji's Siddhantakaumudi named वैदिकीप्रक्रिया written by Jayakrsna Maunin and named Subodhini.
vyaktipadārthavādathe same as द्रव्यपदार्थवाद; the view that a word denotes the individual object and not the generic nature. The oldest grammarian referred to as holding this view, is व्याडि who preceded Patanjali.
vyapavarga(1)division of a single thing into its constituent elements; confer, compare स्थानिवद्भावाद् व्यपवर्ग: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 2.36, VII.3.44 Vart. 3; (2) distinct comprehension as possessed of a specific quality: cf न हि गौरित्युक्ते व्यपवर्गौ गम्यते शुक्ला नीला कपिला कपॊतेति। M.Bh, on P. I.2.64 Vart 37 ; (3) separation into parts, confer, compare कश्चिदेकेनैव प्रहारेण व्यपवर्गे करोति, M.Bh.on V.I.119 Vart 5; (4) distinct notion as a separate unit after the things have been combined confer, compare एकादेशे कृते व्यपवर्गाभावः संबुद्धिलोपो न प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.1.69 Vart 3; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.1.80.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpathe original name of the learned commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya by Kaiyatabhatta the well-known grammarian of Kashmir of the eleventh century. See प्रदीप and कैयट.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
vyāghrabhūtiname of an old grammarian later than Patanjali who is quoted by later grammarians; confer, compare व्याघ्रभूत्यादयस्त्वेनं नेह पेठुरिति स्थितम् Siddhantakaumudi on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII. 1. 5.
śaktaendowed with शक्ति i. e. the potentiality to express the sense; potent to show the particular Sense.
śaktipotentiality of expressing the sense which is possessed by words permanently with them: denotative potentiality or denotation; this potentiality shows the senses,which are permanently possessed by the words, to the hearer and is described to be of one kind by ancient grammarian as contrasted with the two (अभिघा and लक्षणा) mentioned by the modern ones. It is described to be of two kinds-(a) स्मारिका शक्ति or recalling capacity which combines चैत्रत्व with पाक, and अनुभाविका शक्ति which is responsible for the actual meaning of a sentence. For details see Vakyapadiya III.
śakyawhich forms the object pointed out by means of the potentiality to the hearer by the word (id est, that is शब्द) which directly communicates the sense, in which case it is termed वाचक as contrasted with भेदक or द्योतक when the sense,which is of the type of संबन्ध is conveyed rather indirectly. This nice division into वाचकता and भेदकता was introduced clearly by भर्तृहरि: confer, compare Vakyapadtya Kanda 2.
śabdadyotyatvathe indicatory power to show the sense; the word is used in connection with the potentiality to convey the sense possessed by the Nipatas.
śabdasaṃcayaan anonymous elementary booklet on declension similar to Sabdarupavali. शब्दसंज्ञा a technical term given to a wording irrespective of the sense element as contrasted with अर्थसंज्ञा. See.exempli gratia, for example घु, भ or the like: confer, compare शब्दसंज्ञायां ह्यर्थासंप्रत्ययो यथान्यत्र P.I. 1.44 Vart. 2.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdārthaśāstraa science fully dealing with the words in a language and their sense; the same as शब्दानुशासन which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
śākaṭāyana(1)name of an ancient reputed scholar of Grammar and Pratisakhyas who is quoted by Panini. He is despisingly referred to by Patanjali as a traitor grammarian sympathizing with the Nairuktas or etymologists in holding the view that all substantives are derivable and can be derived from roots; cf तत्र नामान्याख्यातजानीति शाकटायनो नैरुक्तसमयश्च Nir.I.12: cf also नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् M. Bh on P.III.3.1. Sakatayana is believed to have been the author of the Unadisutrapatha as also of the RkTantra Pratisakhya of the Samaveda ; (2) name of a Jain grammarian named पाल्यकीर्ति शाकटायन who lived in the ninth century during the reign of the Rastrakuta king Amoghavarsa and wrote the Sabdanusana which is much similar to the Sutrapatha of Panini and introduced a new System of Grammar. His work named the Sabdanusasana consists of four chapters which are arranged in the form of topics, which are named सिद्धि. The grammar work is called शब्दानुशासन.
śāstrāsiddhatvathe supposed invalidity of a rule or a set of rules by virtue of the dictum laid down by Panini in पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1: confer, compare शास्त्रासिद्धत्वमनेन क्रियेत | एकादेशशास्त्रं तुक्शास्त्रे असिद्धं भवति | M.Bh. on P.VI.1.86 Vart. 5.
śuddhapure, unmixed; the term is used (1) in connection with a vowel which is not nasalized ( अनुनासिक); confer, compare भाव्यमानेन सवर्णानां ग्रहणं नेतेि शुद्धोयमुच्चार्यते, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VII.1.85; as also, (2) in connection with words which are used in their primary sense and not in any secondary sense: confer, compare शुद्धानां पठितानां संज्ञा कर्तव्या ; संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतानि न सर्वादीनि M.Bh. on P.I.1.27 Vart. 3.
śaityāyanaan ancient Grammarian and Vedic scholar who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya for recommending a sharp and distinct nasalisation of the anusvara and the fifth class-consonants; confer, compare तत्रितरमानुनासिक्यमनुस्वारोत्तमेषु इति शैत्यायन: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
ṣaṭkārakanirūpaṇaa work dealing with the six kinds of instruments of the verbal activity ( karakas ) written by Trilokanatha.
ṣatvachange of the consonant स् into ष् in certain conditions in the formation of a word, or after prepositions in the case of verbs beginning with स्. This cerebralization of स् was a peculiar phonetic change which naturally occurred when स् in utterance came after a vowel excepting अ. Some of the Pratisakhya works have exhaustively treated this change and Panini has also mentioned many rules in connection with it.
ṣṭutvacerebralization of the dental consonants as prescribed by the rule ष्टुना ष्टु: P. VIII. 4. 41; e. g. कोयष्टिकष्टीकते, पेष्टा, उङ्ङीनः etc; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII. 4.41.
ṣyañtaddhita affix. affix (1) in the sense of 'nature ' applied optionally with the affix इमनिच् to words showing colour as also to words headed by दृढ: e. g. शौक्ल्यम् , शुक्लिमा, कार्ष्ण्यम् कृष्णिमा, दार्ढ्यम्, द्रढिमा et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. V. 1.123: (2) in the sense of nature as also in the sense of professional work to words of quality and words headed by ब्राम्हणः e. g. जाड्यम्, ब्राह्मण्यम् cf P.V. 1.124; (3) to the words चतुर्वर्ण, त्रिलोकी and others in the same sense as that of those very words; exempli gratia, for exampleचातुर्वर्ण्यम् त्रैलोक्यम् षाड्गुण्यम् सन्यम् etc, confer, compare P. V. 6.124 Vart, 1.
sakārakaaccompanied by the qualifying words such as the different Karakas or causal agents for the Verbal activity; confer, compare अाख्यातं साव्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यम् । सकारकम् । ओदनं पचति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.1.1. Vart. 9.
sakṛdākhyātanirgrāhyācapable of being understood on being mentioned only once just as the notion of genus or generality which is so understood; the phrase सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या is cited as a definition of जाति; confer, compare सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह, M.Bh. on P.IV.1.63.
sakriyāviśeṣaṇaaccompanied by a word qualifying the verbal activity; sometimes a verb with such a word makes a sentence; confer, compare सक्रियाविशेषणं चेति वक्तव्यम् । सुष्टु पचति । M.Bh. on P. II.1.1 Vart, 9
sakārakaaccompanied by the qualifying words such as the different Karakas or causal agents for the Verbal activity; confer, compare अाख्यातं साव्ययं सकारकं सकारकविशेषणं वाक्यम् । सकारकम् । ओदनं पचति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.1.1. Vart. 9.
sakṛdākhyātanirgrāhyācapable of being understood on being mentioned only once just as the notion of genus or generality which is so understood; the phrase सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या is cited as a definition of जाति; confer, compare सकृदाख्यातनिर्ग्राह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह, M.Bh. on P.IV.1.63.
sakriyāviśeṣaṇaaccompanied by a word qualifying the verbal activity; sometimes a verb with such a word makes a sentence; confer, compare सक्रियाविशेषणं चेति वक्तव्यम् । सुष्टु पचति । M.Bh. on P. II.1.1 Vart, 9
sattvaguṇaqualities of a substantive such as स्त्रीत्व, पुंस्त्व, नपुंसकत्व, or एकत्व, द्वित्व and बहुत्व confer, compare स्त्रीपुंनपुंसकानि सत्त्वगुणाः एकत्वद्वित्वबहुवचनानि च। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.38 Vart. 6, also on P. I. 2.64 Vart, 53.
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
samarthādhikārathe province or the jurisdiction of the rule समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV. 1. 82), all the three words in which continue further on, and become valid in every rule upto the end of the second pada of the fifth adhyaya; confer, compare समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा । त्रयमप्यधिक्रियते समर्थानामिति च प्रथमादिति च वेति च । स्वार्थिकप्रत्ययावधिश्चायमधिकारः । प्राग्दिशो विभक्तिरिति यावत् । स्वार्थिकेषु ह्यस्य उपयोगो नास्ति । विकल्पोपि तत्रानवस्थितः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.82.
samudāyaaggregate, totality, collection of individual members: confer, compare समुदाये प्रवृत्ताः शब्दाः क्वचिदवयवेष्वपि वर्तन्ते also confer, compare समुदाये व्याकरणशब्दः अवयवे नोपपद्यते M.Bh. Ahnika 1 Vart, 14: confer, compare also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः।Par.Sek.Pari.108.
savarṇacognate, homophonic: a letter belonging to the same technical category of letters possessing an identical place of utterance and internal effort confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, 1. 9. For example, the eighteen varieties of अ, due to its short, long and protracted nature as also due to its accents and nasalization, are savarna to each other. The vowels ऋ and लृ are prescribed to be considered as Savarna although their place of utterance differs. The consonants in each class of consonants are savarna to one another, but by the utterance of one, another cannot be taken except when the vowel उ has been applied to the first. Thus कु stands for क्, ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ्. confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, I. 9 and अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P. I. 1. 69.
sāṃgrahasūtrikaa student of संग्रहसूत्र; the word occurs in the Mahabhasya along with वार्तिकसूत्रिक, and it may therefore mean a student of the stupendous work named the Samgraha of व्याडि which is believed to have consisted of small numerous sutralike assertions, with an exhaustive gloss thereon. See संग्रह.
sānunāsikanasalized; uttered partly through the nose: confer, compare सन्ति हि यणः सानुनासिका निरनुनासिकाश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 1. 67.
sāmatantravyākaraṇaan anonymous ancient work of the type of the Pratisakhya works dealing with the euphonic changes and accents in the padapatha of the Samaveda.
sāmanequalization of tones; confer, compare वर्णानां मध्यमवृत्त्योच्चारणम् ।
sāmavedprātiśākhyaname of a Pratisakhya work on Samaveda. It is probable that there were some Pratisakhya works written dealing with the different branches or Sakhas of the Samaveda, as could be inferred from indirect references to such works. For instance in the Mahabhasya there is a passage "ननु च भोश्छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीयाः अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते। ..पार्षदकृतिरेषां तत्रभवताम् " which refers to such works At present, however, one such work common to the several branches of the Samaveda, called Rktantra is available, and it is called Samaveda Pratisakhya. It is believed to have been written by औदव्रजि and revised by शाकटायन.
sāvarṇyathe quality of being cognate or allied; see the word सवर्ण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
siddha(1)established; the term is used in the sense of नित्य or eternal in the Varttika सिद्धे शब्दार्थसंबन्धे where, as Patanjali has observed, the word सिद्ध meaning नित्य has been purposely put in to mark an auspicious beginning of the शब्दानुशासनशास्त्र which commences with that Varttika; confer, compare माङ्गलिक आचार्यो महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थे सिद्धशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्क्ते M.Bh.on Ahnika 1; (2) established, proved, formed; the word is many times used in this sense in the Mahabhasya, as also in the Varttikas especially when a reply is to be given to an objection; confer, compare P.I. 1.3 Vart. 17, I.1. 4. Vart. 6: I. I. 5, Vart.5,I.1.9 Vart. 2 et cetera, and others
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
sūtrakārathe original writer of the sutras; e. g. पाणिनि, शाकटायन, शर्ववर्मन् , हेमचन्द्र and others. In Panini's system, Panini is called Sutrakara, as contrasted with Katyayana,who is called the Varttikakara and Patanjali, who is called the Bhasyakara;confer, compare पाणिने: सूत्रकारस्य M.Bh. on P.II 2.1.1.
sthānivadbhāvabehaviour of the substitute like the original in respect of holding the qualities of the original and causing grammatical operations by virtue of those qualities. By means of स्थानिवद्भाव,the substitute for a root is,for instance, looked upon as a root; similarly, a noun-base or an affix or so, is looked upon like the original and it can cause such operations or be a recipient of such operations as are due to its being a root or a noun or an affix or the like. This स्यानिवद्भाव cannot be, and is not made also, a universally applicable feature; and there are limitations or restrictions put upon it, the chief of them being अल्विधौ or in the matter of such operations as are caused by the 'property of being a single letter' (अल्विधौ). There are two views regarding this 'behaviour like the original' : (l) supposed behaviour which is only instrumental in causing operations or undergoing them which is called शास्त्रातिदेदा and (2) actual restoration to the form of the original under certain conditions only as prescribed which is called रूपातिदेश. The रूपातिदेश is actually resorted to by some grammarians in the case of the reduplication of roots; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on द्विवेचनेचि P.I.1.59 and M.Bh. on P.I.1.59.See the word रूपातिदेश also. For details see Vol. VII p.p. 241243, Vyākarana Mahabhasya D.E. Society's Edition.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svarasahitoccāraṇarecital of the veda Samhita text with intonation or accents, as contrasted with एकश्रुत्युच्चारण which is specially prescribed in a few cases; tonal system showing distinction between words of different senses although pronounced alike, in the Samhita text. exempli gratia, for example नतेन and न तेन.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
huṣkaraṇathe use of the sign-word हुष्, put in the grammar of Apisali according to some grammarians who read हुष्करण for पुष्करण in the Kasikavrtti on P. IV.3.115.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
1765 results
ali and beesSB 10.46.9-13
SB 10.69.1-6
ali beesSB 4.25.17
ali bumblebeesSB 8.8.41-46
ali by the beesSB 10.34.22
SB 4.6.12
ali of beesSB 10.30.7
SB 10.35.8-11
ali of the bumblebeesSB 10.13.5
ali with beesSB 10.15.3
ali with bumblebeesSB 9.18.5
ali-kulaiḥ bumblebeesCC Antya 15.33
ali-kulaiḥ bumblebeesCC Antya 15.33
ali-kulaiḥ by bumblebeesCC Antya 15.51
ali-kulaiḥ by bumblebeesCC Antya 15.51
ali-kulaiḥ by the many beesSB 10.30.12
ali-kulaiḥ by the many beesSB 10.30.12
ali-vat like beesSB 3.15.49
ali-vat like beesSB 3.15.49
alibhiḥ beelikeSB 4.26.23
alibhiḥ by beesCC Antya 18.25
SB 10.33.22
SB 3.28.30
alibhiḥ by the beesSB 3.15.40
alikhat she drewSB 10.62.17
alikulaiḥ by the bumblebeesSB 8.2.23-24
alinaḥ beesCC Madhya 24.177
SB 10.15.6
alinde in the courtyardCC Madhya 19.96
alińgaḥ without a subtle or gross bodySB 7.2.24
alińgam unseen by the eyesSB 1.6.25
alińgatvāt because of being devoid of a material bodySB 1.15.31
alińge in that which does not possess a material bodySB 7.2.25-26
aliṣu beesSB 10.70.2
aliṣu the beesSB 10.15.10-12
abdhi-salile on the waters of the Causal OceanSB 3.20.15
abhrāvalibhiḥ with clouds in the skySB 2.9.13
acalitām unflinchingSB 4.12.8
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
lalitā-ādi sakhī the gopī associates of Śrīmatī RādhārāṇīCC Madhya 8.165
salila-ādibhiḥ by offerings of water and so onSB 11.27.16-17
āge cali' yāna went forwardCC Antya 12.36
madhya-ahne cali left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
cali' āilā arrived by walkingCC Madhya 9.64
cali' āilā wentCC Madhya 16.96
cali' āilā cameCC Madhya 18.218
cali' āilā returnedCC Madhya 25.208
cali āilā came thereCC Antya 1.103-104
cali' āilāńa I walkedCC Madhya 16.267
cali' āise comes backCC Madhya 25.223
akrūra bali' famous as AkrūraCC Adi 10.76
lalita-alańkṛti-yutā possessing the lalita-alańkāraCC Madhya 14.194
calilā ālaya returned to His placeCC Antya 10.52
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
manaḥ-alibhiḥ by the bees of the mindSB 4.4.15
bali-am by forceCC Antya 1.144
utkalita-ānanāḥ whose faces blossomedSB 7.8.35
pāṭalita-añcalā a tinge of redness, mixed with whiteness, on the borders of the eyesCC Madhya 14.180
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
malina-ańgatā an unclean, almost dirty state of the bodyCC Antya 14.53
dhṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ with hands touched to the headSB 4.7.23
añjali with folded handsSB 4.20.35-36
baddha-añjali-puṭāḥ with folded handsSB 7.8.37-39
añjali palmfulSB 8.24.12
añjali-gatām in the water held in the palms of the KingSB 8.24.13
kṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ folding their hands in supplicationSB 10.16.32
kṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ joining their palms in humble supplicationSB 10.23.5
kṛta-añjali-puṭaḥ joining his palms in supplicationSB 10.39.56-57
añjali handfulCC Adi 9.30
añjali handfulCC Adi 9.30
puṣpa-añjali the ceremony of offering flowers to the LordCC Antya 6.214
eka añjali one palmfulCC Antya 16.46
dui añjali two palmfulsCC Antya 16.46
tina añjali three palmfulsCC Antya 16.46
añjali-sampuṭam palms folded in supplicationMM 34
karṇa-añjalibhiḥ by aural receptionSB 3.13.50
añjalibhiḥ with the cupped palmsSB 10.53.36
añjalibhiḥ with joined palmsSB 10.86.23
añjalibhiḥ with folded palmsSB 12.6.71
kṛta-añjali with folded handsBG 11.14
kṛta-añjali with folded handsBG 11.35
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 1.19.31
vihita-añjali in folded handsSB 2.9.39
udyata-añjali with folded handsSB 3.14.1
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 3.21.12
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 3.31.11
añjali folded handsSB 4.1.24
saṃhata-añjali with folded handsSB 4.1.26-27
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 4.7.25
añjali with folded handsSB 4.12.21
racita-añjali with folded handsSB 4.20.21
avahita-añjali with respect and folded handsSB 5.1.9
vidhṛta-añjali folding his handsSB 7.9.4
baddha-añjali with folded handsSB 8.17.6
baddha-añjali with folded handsSB 8.23.1
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 8.23.11-12
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 9.2.10
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 9.16.4
śrotra-añjali in the form of hearing the transcendental messageSB 9.24.62
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 10.3.12
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 10.8.2
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 10.13.64
kṛta-añjali in humble submissionSB 10.16.55
kṛta-añjali joining his palms in supplicationSB 10.27.3
prayata-añjali with palms joined in supplicationSB 10.63.24
sa-añjali with joined palmsSB 10.69.14
kṛta-añjali with joined palmsSB 10.70.23
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 11.17.29
baddha-añjali with hands folded in prayerSB 11.29.35
kṛta-añjali his hands foldedSB 11.29.36
baddha-añjali his arms folded in supplicationSB 12.6.1
añjalim folded handsSB 3.31.18
baddha-añjalim with folded handsSB 4.5.4
kṛta-añjalim situated with folded handsSB 4.9.4
kṛta-añjalim to Dhruva with folded handsSB 4.12.1
baddha-añjalim with folded handsSB 4.12.22
baddha-añjalim having folded handsSB 7.8.3-4
kṛta-añjalim to Ambarīṣa Mahārāja, who stood there with folded handsSB 9.4.43
apaḥ-añjalim a palmful of waterSB 9.9.23-24
baddhvā añjalim with palms joined togetherSB 10.22.19
kṛta-añjalim with joined palmsSB 10.38.19
kṛta-añjalim with palms joined together in supplicationSB 10.38.21
añjalim and joining of palmsSB 10.78.23
añjali in his joined palmsSB 4.13.37
añjali folded palmsSB 5.20.22
añjali with folded handsSB 6.9.6
añjali with folded bandsSB 6.17.17
añjali by joining and cupping the two palmsSB 6.18.49
añjali in her folded palmsSB 10.32.4
añjali with joined handsSB 10.32.5
añjali with joined palmsMM 18
antaḥ-salile in the waterSB 3.33.2
antaḥ-samuttha-kali by creating enmity between the brothers by disagreementSB 9.24.67
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
valita-antarām quite fit although appearing differentlyCC Adi 14.5
salila-ante at the edge of the waterSB 10.15.49-50
salila-antike near the waterSB 10.20.29
kaliḥ anvavartata Kali fully manifestedSB 1.15.36
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 2.1
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 3.1
apaḥ-añjalim a palmful of waterSB 9.9.23-24
kali-kalmaṣa-apaham diminishing the contamination of the Kali-yugaSB 8.4.14
calilā āpane aroused HimselfCC Antya 11.43
aparikalita not experiencedCC Adi 4.146
aparikalita-pūrvaḥ not previously experiencedCC Madhya 8.149
aparikalita not experiencedCC Madhya 20.182
salilaiḥ api even by offering a glass of waterSB 8.16.7
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
salila-āśanaḥ only drinking waterSB 8.24.10
salila-āśaye on the Garbhodaka OceanSB 3.20.17
askhalitā matiḥ uninterrupted attentionSB 1.5.27
askhalita irrevocableSB 4.21.12
askhalita unfailingSB 5.18.34
askhalitam without failureSB 9.20.33
aspṛṣṭa-sali without washingSB 6.18.50
aśru-kalila overflooded with tearsSB 1.8.31
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
kalila-ātmā polluted heartSB 4.7.10
vihvalita-ātmānaḥ overwhelmed bySB 1.11.29
autsukya-āvalibhiḥ with thoughts of curiosityCC Antya 1.164
avagalitaḥ having slipped outSB 5.8.5
avahita-añjali with respect and folded handsSB 5.1.9
āvali rowsCC Adi 2.2
avalibhiḥ assemblageSB 2.9.13
vimāna-āvalibhiḥ in their different airplanesSB 5.1.8
deha-āvalibhiḥ by the series of bodiesSB 5.14.1
vimāna-āvalibhiḥ with different types of airplanesSB 7.8.36
dīpa-āvalibhiḥ and rows of lampsSB 10.41.20-23
āvalibhiḥ with rowsSB 10.53.47-48
avalibhiḥ with rowsSB 10.80.20-22
āvalibhiḥ by great numbersSB 11.31.4
autsukya-āvalibhiḥ with thoughts of curiosityCC Antya 1.164
ghana-āvali a line of cloudsSB 1.9.14
āvali a massSB 3.30.1
janma-āvali string of birthsSB 5.9.3
jalada-āvali cloudsSB 9.18.49
āvalim presentationSB 4.15.18
avalimpamānāḥ smearingSB 5.25.5
avaliptānām who are intoxicatedSB 10.25.6
avigalita completely uncontaminatedSB 5.1.27
nalina-āyata spread like the petals of a lotusSB 2.2.9
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇaḥ having blooming eyes like the petals of a lotusSB 8.18.1
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇam with eyes as broad as the petals of a lotusSB 8.22.13
baddha-añjalim with folded handsSB 4.5.4
baddha-añjalim with folded handsSB 4.12.22
baddha-añjalim having folded handsSB 7.8.3-4
baddha-añjali-puṭāḥ with folded handsSB 7.8.37-39
baddha-añjali with folded handsSB 8.17.6
baddha-añjali with folded handsSB 8.23.1
baddha-añjali with hands folded in prayerSB 11.29.35
baddha-añjali his arms folded in supplicationSB 12.6.1
baddhvā añjalim with palms joined togetherSB 10.22.19
bāhuḍi' cali He turned backCC Antya 13.84
balābali accusing and counteraccusingCC Madhya 12.196
bali-samaḥ like Bali MahārājaSB 1.12.25
bali-bhujām like the crowsSB 1.18.33
bali presentationsSB 6.18.53
bali offerings of foodSB 6.19.19-20
bali-hārāḥ who are obedient to the worshipSB 7.3.7
bali BaliSB 8.5.2
bali BaliSB 8.7.14
bali-sutaiḥ with the sons of BaliSB 8.10.30-31
bali-sakhaḥ a very intimate friend of Bali MahārājaSB 8.11.13
bali of tributeSB 10.60.37
bali-bhujām for the great enjoyers of tributeSB 10.60.37
bali-nandanaḥ the son of Bali (Bāṇāsura)SB 10.62.33
bali-vidhānam making offeringsSB 11.11.34-41
bali by token offerings of foodSB 11.17.50
bali' asCC Adi 2.9
hari bali' chanting the holy nameCC Adi 3.62
bali I sayCC Adi 4.165
bali if I sayCC Adi 4.255
bali' sayingCC Adi 5.167
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.171
bali' sayingCC Adi 5.183
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.196
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 6.87
bhakta bali' as a devoteeCC Adi 6.89
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.33
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.75
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.93
bali' accusing himCC Adi 7.121
bali' sayingCC Adi 9.53
bali' so calledCC Adi 10.27
bali' calling himCC Adi 10.66
akrūra bali' famous as AkrūraCC Adi 10.76
bali' addressing Him thusCC Adi 13.25
eta bali' after this conversationCC Adi 13.86
bali' sayingCC Adi 13.95
hari bali' by saying the word HariCC Adi 13.96
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.25
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.35
bali I sayCC Adi 16.94
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.54
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.98
eta bali' thus sayingCC Adi 17.129
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.187
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Adi 17.194
bali' chantingCC Adi 17.223
bali' sayingCC Adi 17.232
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.272
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.287
eta bali saying thisCC Adi 17.289
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.70
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 1.216
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.226
bali' sayingCC Madhya 1.231
bali' loudly cryingCC Madhya 1.272
bali' acceptingCC Madhya 1.277
eta bali' thus sayingCC Madhya 1.282
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 2.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.10
hari hari bali' vibrating the sounds 'Hari Hari'CC Madhya 3.13
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.26
eta bali' after saying thisCC Madhya 3.27
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.29
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.40
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.69
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.78
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.94
vipra bali' considering as a brāhmaṇaCC Madhya 3.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.102
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.118
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.149
bali' sayingCC Madhya 3.156
bali' sayingCC Madhya 3.178
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.192
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.215
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.32
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.44
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.45
bali' asCC Madhya 4.118
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.191
eta bali' speaking thisCC Madhya 5.34
bali' known asCC Madhya 5.118
hari hari bali' chanting Hari, HariCC Madhya 6.38
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 6.46
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.48
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.48
bali sayingCC Madhya 6.91
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.172
bali' sayingCC Madhya 6.238
bali' saying thisCC Madhya 6.250
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 7.70
bali' chantingCC Madhya 7.87
kṛṣṇa bali' saying the holy name of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.100
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.193
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.242
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.299
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting the holy name of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 9.62
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.103
bali' asCC Madhya 9.130
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.173
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.217
bali' sayingCC Madhya 9.288
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.290
bali' sayingCC Madhya 9.350
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.60
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.153
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.183
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.73
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.123
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.158
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 11.193
eta bali' deciding like thisCC Madhya 12.16
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.62
bali' sayingCC Madhya 12.96
bali' sayingCC Madhya 12.148
hari bali' chanting the holy name of HariCC Madhya 12.149
haridāsa bali' calling HaridāsaCC Madhya 12.160
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.175
hari hari bali' chanting the holy names Hari, HariCC Madhya 13.51
bali' sayingCC Madhya 14.9
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.12
bali' cryingCC Madhya 14.14
hari-bola bali' chanting 'Haribol'CC Madhya 14.45
hari-bola bali' by chanting 'Haribol'CC Madhya 14.46
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.209
bali' sayingCC Madhya 14.231
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.250
bali hari hari chanting 'Hari, Hari.'CC Madhya 15.18
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.84
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.92
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.258
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.268
bali' speakingCC Madhya 15.278
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.285
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.295
bali' utteringCC Madhya 16.125
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.136
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.142
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.176
bali' sayingCC Madhya 16.203
bali' sayingCC Madhya 16.233
bali' sayingCC Madhya 16.275
bali' sayingCC Madhya 17.31
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting the holy name of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 17.44
bali' chantingCC Madhya 17.45
bali' chantingCC Madhya 17.48-49
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 17.146
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.137
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.157
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.204
rāmadāsa bali' of the name RāmadāsaCC Madhya 18.207
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting the holy name of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 18.209
pāṭhāna-vaiṣṇava bali' known as Pāṭhāna VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 18.211
bali' because of thisCC Madhya 19.27
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Madhya 19.39
bali' sayingCC Madhya 19.93
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.105
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.237
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.21
bali sayingCC Madhya 20.65
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.88
bali' callingCC Madhya 20.139
bali' callingCC Madhya 22.109
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 24.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.108
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.184
bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.96
bali-am by forceCC Antya 1.144
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.174
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.220
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting KṛṣṇaCC Antya 2.11
śivānanda bali calling loudly the name of ŚivānandaCC Antya 2.28
bali' sayingCC Antya 2.63
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.137
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 2.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.18
bali' sayingCC Antya 3.53
bali sayingCC Antya 3.57
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.138
bali' chantingCC Antya 3.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.156
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 3.222
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.238
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.243
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.259
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.50
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.133
eta bali' talking like thisCC Antya 4.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.201
bali' sayingCC Antya 5.67
bali' asCC Antya 6.11
hari bali' saying 'Hari'CC Antya 6.86
hari hari bali' chanting 'Hari, Hari'CC Antya 6.87
bali' asCC Antya 6.142
eta bali' after saying thisCC Antya 6.209
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.287
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.322
bali' sayingCC Antya 6.323
hari-bola bali' uttering 'Haribol'CC Antya 7.73-74
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 7.159
bali' asCC Antya 7.164
bali' sayingCC Antya 8.19
bali' sayingCC Antya 8.22
bali Bali MahārājaCC Antya 9.10
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.21
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.80
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.104
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.107
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.144
bali' becauseCC Antya 10.17
bali' asCC Antya 10.39
bali' sayingCC Antya 10.110
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.117
bali' sayingCC Antya 10.127
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.151
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.20
bali' sayingCC Antya 11.21
bali' sayingCC Antya 11.88
bali' sayingCC Antya 11.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.24
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.36
bali' asCC Antya 12.46-47
bali' sayingCC Antya 12.57
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.119
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.123
bali sayingCC Antya 13.28
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.41
bali' because ofCC Antya 13.74
bali' sayingCC Antya 13.83
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.99
bali' sayingCC Antya 13.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.114
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.122
hari-bola bali' saying 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.70
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.76
hari-bola bali' uttering 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.101
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 15.55
bali' utteringCC Antya 15.90
bali' sayingCC Antya 16.67
bali' sayingCC Antya 16.81
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.83
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.101
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 18.37
bali' thinking to beCC Antya 18.48
bali' sayingCC Antya 18.62
bali' sayingCC Antya 19.23
bali' calling as suchCC Antya 19.69
bali' taking asCC Antya 20.100
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
ki baliba what will I sayCC Adi 5.226
balibāre to speakCC Madhya 13.96
balibe will utterCC Adi 17.27
kichu nā balibe he will not say anythingCC Madhya 7.40
balibhiḥ along with articles for worshipSB 1.11.15
balibhiḥ paraphernaliaSB 3.8.5
balibhiḥ auspicious presentationsSB 4.9.57
dīpa-balibhiḥ with lampsSB 4.21.4
balibhiḥ by the powerful demigods and demonsSB 8.7.6
balibhiḥ by different types of worship through sacrificeSB 10.2.10
upāhṛta-uru-balibhiḥ who brought all kinds of presentations to herSB 10.4.9
balibhiḥ with presentations in their handsSB 10.5.10
balibhiḥ all of whom were very strong and stout and who could therefore assemble the parts without difficultySB 10.7.12
balibhiḥ with giftsSB 10.22.2-3
balibhiḥ and presentation of giftsSB 10.35.20-21
balibhiḥ with those who are strongSB 10.43.40
balibhiḥ and presentsSB 10.53.42-43
balibhiḥ and giftsSB 10.53.47-48
balibhiḥ and offerings of tributeSB 10.71.31-32
balibhiḥ powerfulMM 36
balibhujaḥ crowsSB 9.18.16
bali BaliSB 2.7.43-45
bali Bali MahārājaSB 5.24.18
bali Bali MahārājaSB 6.3.20-21
bali BaliSB 6.18.10
bali BaliSB 6.18.16
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.8.3
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.10.16-18
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.10.28
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.10.41
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.11.7
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.11.48
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.13.12
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.15.3
bali Bali MahārājaSB 8.15.33
bali Bali MahārājaSB 8.18.27
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.18.29
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.19.18
bali Bali MahārājaSB 8.20.1
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.20.2
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.20.22
bali Bali MahārājaSB 8.21.18
bali Mahārāja BaliSB 8.22.1
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.22.2
bali Bali MahārājaSB 8.22.14
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.23.2
bali Bali MahārājaSB 8.23.3
bali BaliSB 9.23.2
bali offering of tributeSB 10.17.2-3
bali respectful offeringsSB 10.24.28
bali Bali MahārājaSB 10.38.17
bali King BaliSB 10.41.14
śibiḥ bali Śibi and BaliSB 10.72.21
baliḥ uvāca Bali saidSB 10.85.39
bali Bali MahārājaSB 11.12.3-6
bali Bali Mahārāja, the son of VirocanaSB 11.16.35
bali Mahārāja BaliCC Madhya 22.136
nā baliha do not sayCC Antya 12.38
bali saidCC Adi 7.82
bali saidCC Adi 7.102
balila saidCC Adi 10.132
balila repliedCC Adi 14.30
bali repliedCC Adi 14.33
balila saidCC Madhya 1.217
bali saidCC Madhya 3.173
bali saidCC Madhya 3.188
balila saidCC Madhya 4.24
bali saidCC Madhya 4.126
bali saidCC Madhya 6.68
balila saidCC Madhya 6.92
bali spokeCC Madhya 9.48
balilā vacana began to speakCC Madhya 9.288
balila calledCC Madhya 12.162
balila utteredCC Madhya 17.40
balilā vacana said these wordsCC Madhya 17.176
balila saidCC Madhya 18.27
bali He saidCC Madhya 19.48
nā bali did not sayCC Antya 12.59
balile if one chantsCC Adi 8.24
balile on sayingCC Adi 17.249
balim means of worshipSB 1.13.41
balim ordersSB 1.13.42
balim presentationsSB 1.15.8
balim taxesSB 1.15.9
balim strengthSB 1.16.12
balim worshiping paraphernaliaSB 3.2.21
balim offeringsSB 3.5.49
balim offeringsSB 3.5.49
balim ingredients of offeringsSB 3.11.15
balim presentation, ingredients for worshipSB 3.15.8
balim presentationsSB 3.18.5
balim oblationsSB 3.21.16
balim offeringsSB 4.11.27
balim taxesSB 4.14.17
balim paraphernalia for worshipSB 4.14.20
balim paraphernalia for worshipSB 4.14.28
balim presentationsSB 4.16.21
balim taxesSB 4.23.36
balim taxesSB 4.27.18
balim orders to please HimSB 5.1.14
balim presentationSB 5.15.11
balim a small presentation of taxesSB 6.3.13
balim presentationsSB 6.4.53
balim presentationSB 6.9.21
bhūta-balim a presentation for all living entitiesSB 6.11.18
balim contributionSB 6.14.20
balim presentation sSB 6.19.7
balim King BaliSB 8.6.27
balim Mahārāja BaliSB 8.11.46
balim Bali MahārājaSB 8.15.29
balim Bali MahārājaSB 8.18.20
balim different paraphernalia of worshipSB 8.21.5
balim BaliSB 8.21.26
balim Bali MahārājaSB 8.23.5
balim the offeringSB 10.17.4
balim the offeringsSB 10.24.35
balim tributeSB 10.45.14
balim King BaliSB 10.47.17
balim his tributeSB 10.47.17
balim the tributeSB 10.52.39
balim tributeSB 10.60.37
balim tributeSB 10.60.40
balim shareSB 10.83.12
balim tributeSB 10.87.28
balim these giftsSB 11.4.8
balim offeringsSB 11.27.42
balim a presentation or taxationCC Madhya 21.33
balim King BaliCC Antya 1.164
bali by whose subsistenceSB 3.1.15
bali with a powerful enemySB 3.18.11
balinā saha accompanied by Bali MahārājaSB 8.23.11-12
bali the powerfulSB 10.44.24-25
bali strongSB 12.2.1
balinaḥ the strongerSB 1.15.25-26
balinaḥ less strongSB 1.15.25-26
balinaḥ powerfulSB 3.30.1
balinaḥ very powerfulSB 4.10.7
balinaḥ very powerful soldiersSB 4.27.13
balinaḥ very powerfulSB 8.2.33
balinaḥ (or does it belong) to the person who takes this body away by forceSB 10.10.11
balinaḥ very strongSB 11.9.2
balinām very powerfulSB 1.16.24
balinām of the strongSB 7.8.7
balinām of the strongSB 10.25.30
balinām of the strongSB 10.43.39
balinām than the powerfulSB 10.51.19
balinām of the strongSB 10.56.21
balinām among powerful menSB 10.71.5
mahā-mahā-baliṣṭha who are very strongCC Madhya 4.53
baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa very strong dayitās, or carriers of JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.8
baliṣṭha more powerfulCC Antya 6.193
baliṣṭha jāniyā knowing it to be more prominentCC Antya 8.79
baliṣṭhaiḥ by the strongestSB 1.15.25-26
baliṣṭhām very powerfulSB 3.5.47
nityānanda balite while talking of Nityānanda PrabhuCC Adi 8.23
balite to speakCC Adi 10.163
balite to sayCC Adi 14.29
balite to sayCC Adi 17.107
balite to sayCC Adi 17.248
balite to speakCC Madhya 9.47
balite to speakCC Madhya 21.144
ki balite pāre can speakCC Antya 2.135
balite nā pāre could not say anythingCC Antya 3.8
ke pāre balite who can talkCC Antya 3.14
balite lāgilā began to speakCC Antya 3.239
balite lāgila began to sayCC Antya 6.277
ki balite pāri what can I sayCC Antya 9.53
balite pāre can estimateCC Antya 9.108
balite lāgilā began to speakCC Antya 9.129
pāri balite can I sayCC Antya 12.69
balite nārena could not sayCC Antya 12.138
balite lāgilā began to speakCC Antya 13.55
balite to speakCC Antya 17.54
bali consideringCC Adi 2.117
bali sayingCC Adi 5.189
bali informingCC Madhya 1.93
bali asCC Madhya 7.66
bali taking asCC Madhya 8.129
bali asCC Madhya 8.246
mahā-prasāda bali calling it mahā-prasādamCC Madhya 9.53
vyāsa bhrānta bali accusing Vyāsadeva of being mistakenCC Madhya 25.41
nā bali not sayingCC Antya 2.146
baliyāchi I have saidCC Madhya 5.57
bāṣkali Bāṣkali, the son of BāṣkalaSB 12.6.59
bhakta bali' as a devoteeCC Adi 6.89
calilā bhavane returned to His residenceCC Madhya 15.258
vyāsa bhrānta bali accusing Vyāsadeva of being mistakenCC Madhya 25.41
bali-bhujām like the crowsSB 1.18.33
bali-bhujām for the great enjoyers of tributeSB 10.60.37
lalita-bhūṣita decorated with lalita-alańkāraCC Madhya 14.193
bhūta-balim a presentation for all living entitiesSB 6.11.18
hari-bola bali' chanting 'Haribol'CC Madhya 14.45
hari-bola bali' by chanting 'Haribol'CC Madhya 14.46
hari-bola bali' uttering 'Haribol'CC Antya 7.73-74
hari-bola bali' saying 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.70
hari-bola bali' uttering 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.101
śauklāyaniḥ brahmabali Śauklāyani and BrahmabaliSB 12.7.2
cali' walkingCC Adi 17.224
cali walkingCC Madhya 1.166
cali' departingCC Madhya 1.227
cali' cali' walkingCC Madhya 1.232
cali' cali' walkingCC Madhya 1.232
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 4.143
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 4.143
cali' walkingCC Madhya 5.103
cali' goingCC Madhya 9.39
cali' āilā arrived by walkingCC Madhya 9.64
cali' walkingCC Madhya 9.166
cali cali walkingCC Madhya 9.174
cali cali walkingCC Madhya 9.174
cali' walkingCC Madhya 9.234
cali walkingCC Madhya 9.278
cali' gela leftCC Madhya 10.66
cali' travelingCC Madhya 10.98
cali' walkingCC Madhya 10.153
cali' goingCC Madhya 11.238
cali' yāya walkCC Madhya 12.209
cali' gela have returnedCC Madhya 15.187
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 16.35
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 16.35
cali' goingCC Madhya 16.40
cali' āilā wentCC Madhya 16.96
cali' walkingCC Madhya 16.99
cali' walkingCC Madhya 16.122
cali' walkingCC Madhya 16.153
cali' travelingCC Madhya 16.156
cali' movingCC Madhya 16.195
cali' āilāńa I walkedCC Madhya 16.267
cali' gelā advancedCC Madhya 17.43
cali' yāya goes forwardCC Madhya 17.224
cali' travelingCC Madhya 18.15
cali' proceedingCC Madhya 18.17
cali' walkingCC Madhya 18.40
cali' āilā cameCC Madhya 18.218
cali' walkingCC Madhya 18.222
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 19.244
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 19.244
cali' walkingCC Madhya 20.16
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 20.37
cali' cali' walking and walkingCC Madhya 20.37
cali' āilā returnedCC Madhya 25.208
cali' āise comes backCC Madhya 25.223
cali' walkingCC Antya 1.25
pathe cali' walking on the roadCC Antya 1.36
cali āilā came thereCC Antya 1.103-104
cali walkingCC Antya 2.127
cali' walkingCC Antya 3.42
cali' walkingCC Antya 3.165
cali' yāya passed throughCC Antya 4.211
patha cali' walking on the pathCC Antya 6.174
cali' travelingCC Antya 6.188
āge cali' yāna went forwardCC Antya 12.36
vana-pathe cali' cali' traversing the forest pathCC Antya 13.42
vana-pathe cali' cali' traversing the forest pathCC Antya 13.42
cali' goingCC Antya 13.71
caliba shall goCC Madhya 7.45
caliba I shall goCC Madhya 16.89
cali You will goCC Madhya 16.93
caliba I shall goCC Madhya 20.43
calibāra tare for the sake of leavingCC Madhya 1.174
calibāra lāgi' for startingCC Madhya 7.54
calibāra to goCC Madhya 9.331
calibāra pathe on the route of walkingCC Madhya 16.118
calibāra to travelCC Madhya 16.158
calibāre for goingCC Madhya 16.157
calibāre to goCC Madhya 19.237
calibāre to goCC Antya 6.16
calibe prabhu the Lord will startCC Madhya 16.117
cali went backCC Adi 10.117
cali wentCC Adi 14.77
cali wentCC Madhya 1.91
cali proceededCC Madhya 1.163
cali startedCC Madhya 1.231
cali startedCC Madhya 1.237
cali startedCC Madhya 1.237
cali proceededCC Madhya 3.4
cali wentCC Madhya 3.212
cali wentCC Madhya 3.212
cali proceededCC Madhya 3.216
cali proceededCC Madhya 4.10
cali wentCC Madhya 4.50
cali startedCC Madhya 4.111
cali leftCC Madhya 4.142
calila proceededCC Madhya 4.154
cali departedCC Madhya 4.209
cali wentCC Madhya 5.34
cali startedCC Madhya 5.101
cali departedCC Madhya 5.139
cali began to goCC Madhya 5.156
cali wentCC Madhya 6.3
cali wentCC Madhya 6.4
cali went onCC Madhya 7.93
cali wentCC Madhya 7.97
cali again startedCC Madhya 7.134
cali wentCC Madhya 8.9
cali departedCC Madhya 8.53
cali departedCC Madhya 8.261
cali departedCC Madhya 9.20
cali traveledCC Madhya 9.38
cali proceededCC Madhya 9.163
cali began to goCC Madhya 9.164
dakṣiṇe cali departed for southern IndiaCC Madhya 9.173
calilā nīlācale departed for Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 9.174
cali wentCC Madhya 9.286
cali startedCC Madhya 9.302
vaikuṇṭhe calila returned to VaikuṇṭhalokaCC Madhya 9.313
cali departedCC Madhya 9.335
cali departedCC Madhya 9.336
uṭhiyā cali got up and startedCC Madhya 9.339
cali departedCC Madhya 9.340
cali departedCC Madhya 9.341
cali wentCC Madhya 9.343
cali departedCC Madhya 10.3
cali departedCC Madhya 10.31
calila departedCC Madhya 10.88
cali departedCC Madhya 11.14
cali departedCC Madhya 11.40
cali they wentCC Madhya 11.105
vāsāte cali departed for their residential quartersCC Madhya 11.184
calila began to proceedCC Madhya 11.218
cali wentCC Madhya 12.80
cali movedCC Madhya 13.178
calila departedCC Madhya 13.190
cali departedCC Madhya 14.22
calila began to moveCC Madhya 14.55
calila movedCC Madhya 14.56
vahiyā calila began to floodCC Madhya 15.208
calilā bhavane returned to His residenceCC Madhya 15.258
cali departedCC Madhya 16.13
cali departedCC Madhya 16.14-15
cali wentCC Madhya 16.21
cali wentCC Madhya 16.22
calila started forCC Madhya 16.50
gauḍe cali returned to BengalCC Madhya 16.76
gauḍere cali returned to BengalCC Madhya 16.86
cali departedCC Madhya 16.96
calilā prabhu the Lord departedCC Madhya 16.118
cali startedCC Madhya 16.125
cali started to goCC Madhya 16.130
pṛthak cali proceeded separatelyCC Madhya 16.136
calila went alongCC Madhya 16.198
cali departedCC Madhya 16.250
cali startedCC Madhya 17.21
cali began to walkCC Madhya 17.24
mathurā cali started for MathurāCC Madhya 17.146
cali departedCC Madhya 18.33
cali wentCC Madhya 18.157
cali departedCC Madhya 18.210
calilā vṛndāvana departed for VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 19.30
vṛndāvana calilā prabhu Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has departed for VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 19.31
cali has goneCC Madhya 19.32
cali departedCC Madhya 19.77
cali departedCC Madhya 19.243
calilā ekalā began to travel aloneCC Madhya 20.36
gosāñi calila Sanātana Gosvāmī departedCC Madhya 20.44
calila wentCC Madhya 24.236
cali began to walkCC Madhya 25.164
cali departedCC Madhya 25.177
cali began to proceedCC Madhya 25.184
vṛndāvanere cali proceeded toward VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 25.185
vṛndāvanere cali went toward VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 25.201
se pathe cali traveled on that pathCC Madhya 25.209
nīlādri cali went back to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 25.222
gosāñi cali Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu left the placeCC Antya 1.53
madhya-ahne cali left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
cali returnedCC Antya 1.93
uṭhiyā cali got up and began to go awayCC Antya 2.133
madhyāhne cali went to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 3.20
uṭhiyā cali stood up and leftCC Antya 3.117
cali leftCC Antya 3.138
uṭhiyā cali got up and leftCC Antya 3.156
uṭhiyā cali got up and began to go awayCC Antya 3.203
uṭhiyā calila got up and leftCC Antya 3.244
cali leftCC Antya 3.260
uṭhiyā cali got up and leftCC Antya 4.50
mathurā cali started for MathurāCC Antya 4.232
cali wentCC Antya 5.54
cali leftCC Antya 6.36
cali wentCC Antya 6.42
cali he went outCC Antya 6.166
nā cali did not become agitatedCC Antya 7.161
nā cali did not become disturbedCC Antya 7.162
cali wentCC Antya 10.5
cali wentCC Antya 10.9-11
cali wentCC Antya 10.12
calilā ālaya returned to His placeCC Antya 10.52
calilā āpane aroused HimselfCC Antya 11.43
cali they proceededCC Antya 12.14
cali proceededCC Antya 13.41
cali proceededCC Antya 13.68
cali He went onCC Antya 13.81
bāhuḍi' cali He turned backCC Antya 13.84
cali proceededCC Antya 13.89
cali proceededCC Antya 13.90
cali wentCC Antya 13.93
vahiyā cali carriedCC Antya 13.94
dhāñā cali began to runCC Antya 14.85
cali proceededCC Antya 14.90
cali wentCC Antya 14.91
cali wentCC Antya 17.24
calilā dhāñā began to runCC Antya 17.61
dhāñā cali began to run very swiftlyCC Antya 18.28
cali wentCC Antya 19.78
dhāñā cali began to run very swiftlyCC Antya 19.86
calilāma I startedCC Madhya 3.174
calilāń wentCC Madhya 7.19
calilāńa I wentCC Madhya 16.272
calilāńa rańge I started with great pleasureCC Madhya 17.73
calilāńa have goneCC Madhya 19.33
calimu will goCC Antya 6.261
caliñā walkingCC Madhya 5.110
calita deviatedBG 6.37
calitaḥ who movedSB 8.20.16
calite to leaveCC Adi 7.160
calite while goingCC Adi 14.78
calite while walkingCC Madhya 1.165
calite to goCC Madhya 1.226
calite to goCC Madhya 3.193
calite calite walking on and onCC Madhya 5.3
calite calite walking on and onCC Madhya 5.3
calite calite walking in this wayCC Madhya 5.147
calite calite walking in this wayCC Madhya 5.147
calite to goCC Madhya 16.12
calite to goCC Madhya 16.85
calite nāribā You will not be able to goCC Madhya 16.93
calite to pass throughCC Madhya 16.258
calite to travelCC Madhya 17.3
calite goingCC Madhya 17.152
calite nā pāra you cannot walkCC Antya 4.124
calite to go awayCC Antya 11.95
keha calite nārila no one could moveCC Antya 12.77
nā pāre calite he could not goCC Antya 13.21
calite to moveCC Antya 14.91
calite to walkCC Antya 20.94
calitechilā was ready to goCC Antya 2.45
calitum to moveSB 10.30.37
calitum to walkCC Madhya 19.207-209
cali movingCC Madhya 13.193
cali walkingCC Antya 4.4
caliyāche was goingCC Madhya 16.23
caliyāchena was goingCC Madhya 19.38
dekhite caliyāchena was going to seeCC Madhya 25.60
caliyāchi I am goingCC Madhya 16.274
caraṇa-nalina-yugalam two lotus feetSB 12.6.72
dakṣiṇe cali departed for southern IndiaCC Madhya 9.173
nava-nalina-dalāyamāna appearing like the petals of a new lotus flowerSB 5.5.31
dalita conqueredCC Madhya 14.194
dalita powderedCC Antya 15.64
dalite to trampleCC Adi 3.73
baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa very strong dayitās, or carriers of JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.8
deha-āvalibhiḥ by the series of bodiesSB 5.14.1
dekhilā sakali participated in all of themCC Madhya 15.36
dekhite caliyāchena was going to seeCC Madhya 25.60
dhāñā cali began to runCC Antya 14.85
calilā dhāñā began to runCC Antya 17.61
dhāñā cali began to run very swiftlyCC Antya 18.28
dhāñā cali began to run very swiftlyCC Antya 19.86
kali-yugera dharma the occupational duty in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.339
dhīra-lalita a person who can keep his girlfriend always in subjugation by different qualitiesCC Madhya 8.187
dhīra-lalitaḥ a hero in loving affairsCC Madhya 8.188
dhṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ with hands touched to the headSB 4.7.23
dīpa-balibhiḥ with lampsSB 4.21.4
dīpa-āvalibhiḥ and rows of lampsSB 10.41.20-23
kali-doṣataḥ by the contamination of the age of KaliSB 12.2.12-16
dui añjali two palmfulsCC Antya 16.46
satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugera of Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yugaCC Madhya 20.329
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
ei kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 9.362
eka añjali one palmfulCC Antya 16.46
calilā ekalā began to travel aloneCC Madhya 20.36
ekali onlyCC Adi 4.139
ekali onlyCC Adi 4.241
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.171
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 5.196
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 6.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.33
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.75
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 7.93
eta bali' after this conversationCC Adi 13.86
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.25
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 14.35
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.54
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.98
eta bali' thus sayingCC Adi 17.129
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.187
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.272
eta bali' saying thisCC Adi 17.287
eta bali saying thisCC Adi 17.289
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.70
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 1.216
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 1.226
eta bali' thus sayingCC Madhya 1.282
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 2.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.10
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.26
eta bali' after saying thisCC Madhya 3.27
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.29
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.40
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.69
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.78
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.94
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.102
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.118
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.149
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.192
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 3.215
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.32
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.44
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.45
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 4.191
eta bali' speaking thisCC Madhya 5.34
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 6.46
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 7.70
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.193
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.242
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 8.299
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.103
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.162
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.173
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.217
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 9.290
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.60
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.153
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 10.183
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.73
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.123
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 11.158
eta bali saying thisCC Madhya 11.193
eta bali' deciding like thisCC Madhya 12.16
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.62
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 12.175
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.12
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.209
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 14.250
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.84
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.92
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.258
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.268
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.285
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 15.295
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.136
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.142
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 16.176
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 17.146
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.137
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.157
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 18.204
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.105
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 19.237
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.21
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 20.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 24.281
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.87
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.108
eta bali' saying thisCC Madhya 25.184
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.174
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 1.220
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.133
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 2.137
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 2.141
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.18
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.138
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.156
eta bali saying thisCC Antya 3.222
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.238
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.243
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 3.259
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.50
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.133
eta bali' talking like thisCC Antya 4.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 4.201
eta bali' after saying thisCC Antya 6.209
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.287
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 6.322
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 7.159
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.21
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.80
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.104
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.107
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 9.144
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.117
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.145
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 10.151
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.20
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 11.98
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.24
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.36
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.119
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 12.123
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.41
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.88
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.99
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.114
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 13.122
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.76
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 14.112
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 15.55
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.83
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 16.101
eta bali' saying thisCC Antya 18.37
galāgali embracing one anotherCC Madhya 7.149
galāgali embracing shoulder to shoulderCC Madhya 8.233
galāgali shoulder to shoulderCC Madhya 9.290
galāgali shoulder to shoulderCC Madhya 20.53
gela gali' melted awayCC Antya 3.210
galita acuteCC Madhya 7.136
galitam fully maturedSB 1.1.3
galitam completely ripenedCC Madhya 25.151
gali meltingCC Antya 3.209
baliṣṭha dayitā' gaṇa very strong dayitās, or carriers of JagannāthaCC Madhya 13.8
su-gandhi-salile with scented waterCC Madhya 15.8
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
añjali-gatām in the water held in the palms of the KingSB 8.24.13
gauḍe cali returned to BengalCC Madhya 16.76
gauḍere cali returned to BengalCC Madhya 16.86
cali' gela leftCC Madhya 10.66
cali' gela have returnedCC Madhya 15.187
cali' gelā advancedCC Madhya 17.43
gela gali' melted awayCC Antya 3.210
ghana-āvali a line of cloudsSB 1.9.14
kali-kalmaṣa-ghnam which diminish the troubles of this age of KaliSB 10.1.14
gosāñi calila Sanātana Gosvāmī departedCC Madhya 20.44
gosāñi cali Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu left the placeCC Antya 1.53
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
bali-hārāḥ who are obedient to the worshipSB 7.3.7
hari bali' chanting the holy nameCC Adi 3.62
hari bali' by saying the word HariCC Adi 13.96
hari hari bali' vibrating the sounds 'Hari Hari'CC Madhya 3.13
hari hari bali' vibrating the sounds 'Hari Hari'CC Madhya 3.13
hari hari bali' chanting Hari, HariCC Madhya 6.38
hari hari bali' chanting Hari, HariCC Madhya 6.38
hari bali' chanting the holy name of HariCC Madhya 12.149
hari hari bali' chanting the holy names Hari, HariCC Madhya 13.51
hari hari bali' chanting the holy names Hari, HariCC Madhya 13.51
hari-bola bali' chanting 'Haribol'CC Madhya 14.45
hari-bola bali' by chanting 'Haribol'CC Madhya 14.46
bali hari hari chanting 'Hari, Hari.'CC Madhya 15.18
bali hari hari chanting 'Hari, Hari.'CC Madhya 15.18
hari bali' saying 'Hari'CC Antya 6.86
hari hari bali' chanting 'Hari, Hari'CC Antya 6.87
hari hari bali' chanting 'Hari, Hari'CC Antya 6.87
hari-bola bali' uttering 'Haribol'CC Antya 7.73-74
hari-bola bali' saying 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.70
hari-bola bali' uttering 'Haribol'CC Antya 14.101
haridāsa bali' calling HaridāsaCC Madhya 12.160
kali-hata-jana victims of this Age of KaliCC Madhya 11.99
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇaḥ having blooming eyes like the petals of a lotusSB 8.18.1
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇam with eyes as broad as the petals of a lotusSB 8.22.13
nalina-īkṣaṇāya unto Him whose opening eyes are like lotusesSB 3.9.21
jājali the great sage JājaliSB 4.31.2
jājali JājaliSB 12.7.2
jalada-āvali cloudsSB 9.18.49
jalājali throwing water upon one anotherCC Antya 18.87
kali-hata-jana victims of this Age of KaliCC Madhya 11.99
baliṣṭha jāniyā knowing it to be more prominentCC Antya 8.79
janma-āvali string of birthsSB 5.9.3
jvali' burnedCC Adi 17.36
jvalita blazingSB 7.2.15
jvalita blazingCC Adi 7.116
jvalite being ignitedSB 1.14.17
sakali kahila explained everythingCC Antya 1.141
malina kaila makes impureCC Madhya 12.54
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.29
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.37
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.100
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.100
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Adi 7.74
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Adi 17.22
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 17.163
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.94
ei kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 9.362
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 11.98
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 18.101
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.365
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 25.28
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 25.30
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Antya 3.50
kali-kālera of this age of KaliCC Antya 7.11
kali of the age of quarrelSB 1.1.16
kali of the age of KaliSB 4.23.35
kali-kalmaṣa-apaham diminishing the contamination of the Kali-yugaSB 8.4.14
kali-kalmaṣa-ghnam which diminish the troubles of this age of KaliSB 10.1.14
kali-yugam the age of KaliSB 10.52.2
kali of the age of quarrelSB 10.68.14-15
kali of the current, degraded ageSB 11.1.11-12
kali-doṣataḥ by the contamination of the age of KaliSB 12.2.12-16
kali-yugam the age of KaliSB 12.2.33
kali-kṛtān created by the influence of KaliSB 12.3.45
kali-mala the contamination of the present age of KaliSB 12.8.6
kali of the age of quarrelSB 12.12.66
kali KaliCC Adi 3.7
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.29
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.37
kali-yuge in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.40
kali-yuge in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.50
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.100
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.100
kali-yuga of the Age of KaliCC Adi 4.226
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Adi 7.74
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Adi 17.22
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Adi 17.163
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.94
kali-yuge in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.95
kali-yuge in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.99
ei kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 9.362
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 11.98
kali-hata-jana victims of this Age of KaliCC Madhya 11.99
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 18.101
satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugera of Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yugaCC Madhya 20.329
kali-yugera dharma the occupational duty in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.339
kali-yuge in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.343
kali-kāle in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.365
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 25.28
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 25.30
kali-kāle in this Age of KaliCC Antya 3.50
kali budsCC Antya 3.210
kali-kālera of this age of KaliCC Antya 7.11
kali dissensionSB 1.8.28
kaliḥ anvavartata Kali fully manifestedSB 1.15.36
kali quarrel personifiedSB 1.17.25
kali the personality of KaliSB 1.17.35
kaliḥ uvāca the personality of Kali saidSB 1.17.36
kali the age of KaliSB 1.17.40
kali the personality of KaliSB 1.18.5
kali the personality of quarrelSB 1.18.6
kali the age of KaliSB 3.11.18
kali KaliSB 4.8.3
kali KaliSB 4.8.4
kali quarrelSB 4.20.27
kali quarrels between two personsSB 5.10.10
kali quarrelSB 6.11.22
kali disagreement and quarrelSB 8.8.38
kali disagreement and quarrelSB 9.6.44
kali KaliSB 11.5.20
kali quarrelSB 11.21.19
kali quarrelSB 11.25.2-5
kali the age of KaliSB 12.2.29
kali the age of KaliSB 12.2.30
kali the age of KaliSB 12.2.31
kali age of KaliSB 12.2.32
kali Kali-yugaSB 12.2.39
kali the age of KaliSB 12.3.30
aśru-kalila overflooded with tearsSB 1.8.31
kalila-ātmā polluted heartSB 4.7.10
kalila impuritiesSB 4.22.38
kalila bornSB 5.17.13
kalila agitatedSB 6.9.36
kalila affectedSB 10.8.44
kalilam dense forestBG 2.52
kalilam contaminatedSB 6.2.46
kalilatām discomfortSB 10.31.11
kalim the age of Kali (iron age of quarrel)SB 1.1.21
kalim the age of KaliSB 1.1.22
kalim unto Kali, the master of the ageSB 1.16.4
kalim the master of the age of KaliSB 1.16.5
kalim the symptoms of the age of KaliSB 1.16.10
kalim unto the personality of KaliSB 1.18.7
kalim a fightSB 10.55.17
kalim a quarrelSB 10.68.14-15
kalim the empowered expansion of the age of KaliSB 10.74.53
kalim a state of quarrelSB 11.1.1
kalim a quarrelSB 11.1.4
kalim the age of KaliSB 11.5.36
kalim Kali-yugaCC Madhya 20.347
kali by the age of KaliSB 1.15.45
kali by the influence of the age of KaliSB 1.16.22
kali by KaliSB 1.16.26-30
kali by the personality of KaliSB 1.18.8
kali by the age of KaliSB 5.6.10
antaḥ-samuttha-kali by creating enmity between the brothers by disagreementSB 9.24.67
kali due to KaliSB 11.7.4
kalinda-nandinī of the river YamunāCC Madhya 8.107
kalińga KalińgaSB 9.23.5
kalińga-rājam the King of KalińgaSB 10.61.37
kalita who has absorbed the minds ofCC Madhya 8.142
kalitaḥ bittenCC Antya 5.1
kalitāḥ availableMM 51
kalite in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.98
kalite in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.98
kalite in this ageCC Madhya 20.351
kalite in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.352
kali-kalmaṣa-apaham diminishing the contamination of the Kali-yugaSB 8.4.14
kali-kalmaṣa-ghnam which diminish the troubles of this age of KaliSB 10.1.14
salilatvāya kalpate becomes waterSB 11.3.13
kamali a lotus flowerCC Antya 18.89
uchalita kare risesCC Madhya 14.85
karṇa-añjalibhiḥ by aural receptionSB 3.13.50
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
malina-kāya dirty bodyCC Antya 14.45
ke pāre balite who can talkCC Antya 3.14
keha calite nārila no one could moveCC Antya 12.77
kevalinā mṛṣā possessing knowledge falselySB 6.5.40
kevalinaḥ the transcendentalistsSB 4.25.39
sakali khāila ate everythingCC Antya 3.34
khali oil cakesCC Madhya 14.87
sakali khaṇḍila refuted everythingCC Madhya 18.188
ki baliba what will I sayCC Adi 5.226
ki balite pāre can speakCC Antya 2.135
ki balite pāri what can I sayCC Antya 9.53
kichu nā balibe he will not say anythingCC Madhya 7.40
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Adi 17.194
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Adi 17.194
kṛṣṇa bali' saying the holy name of Lord KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 7.100
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting the holy name of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 9.62
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting the holy name of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 17.44
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting the holy name of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 18.209
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Madhya 19.39
kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali' saying 'Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa'CC Madhya 19.39
kṛṣṇa bali' chanting KṛṣṇaCC Antya 2.11
kṛta-añjali with folded handsBG 11.14
kṛta-añjali with folded handsBG 11.35
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 1.19.31
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 3.21.12
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 3.31.11
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 4.7.25
kṛta-añjalim situated with folded handsSB 4.9.4
kṛta-añjalim to Dhruva with folded handsSB 4.12.1
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 8.23.11-12
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 9.2.10
kṛta-añjalim to Ambarīṣa Mahārāja, who stood there with folded handsSB 9.4.43
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 9.16.4
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 10.3.12
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 10.8.2
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 10.13.64
kṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ folding their hands in supplicationSB 10.16.32
kṛta-añjali in humble submissionSB 10.16.55
kṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ joining their palms in humble supplicationSB 10.23.5
kṛta-añjali joining his palms in supplicationSB 10.27.3
kṛta-añjalim with joined palmsSB 10.38.19
kṛta-añjalim with palms joined together in supplicationSB 10.38.21
kṛta-añjali-puṭaḥ joining his palms in supplicationSB 10.39.56-57
kṛta-añjali with joined palmsSB 10.70.23
kṛta-añjali with folded handsSB 11.17.29
kṛta-añjali his hands foldedSB 11.29.36
kali-kṛtān created by the influence of KaliSB 12.3.45
salila-kukkuṭa water fowlSB 5.2.4
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
laugākṣiḥ māńgaliḥ kulyaḥ Laugākṣi, Māńgali and KulyaSB 12.6.79
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
kuṇḍalinaḥ with earringsSB 6.1.34-36
kuṇḍalinaḥ with earringsSB 9.3.15
kuṇḍalinaḥ wearing earringsSB 10.13.47-48
kuṇḍalinam with earringsSB 2.9.16
kuṇḍalinam wearing earringsSB 3.21.10
kuṇḍalinam with pearl earringsSB 4.8.48
kuśalinaḥ in full auspiciousnessSB 8.16.10
kuśalinaḥ being happily aliveSB 9.16.8
kuśalinaḥ doing wellSB 10.68.20
kuṭmalite shut like a flower budCC Antya 1.166
calibāra lāgi' for startingCC Madhya 7.54
balite lāgilā began to speakCC Antya 3.239
balite lāgila began to sayCC Antya 6.277
balite lāgilā began to speakCC Antya 9.129
balite lāgilā began to speakCC Antya 13.55
lalita attractiveSB 1.9.40
su-lalita attractiveSB 5.17.13
su-lalita beautifulSB 5.18.16
lalita delicateSB 5.25.5
su-lalita excellently composedSB 5.25.7
lalita charmingSB 10.39.29
lali Her personal associate named LalitāCC Adi 5.213
lali and Her associate LalitāCC Adi 5.215
lalita-mādhava the Lalita-mādhavaCC Madhya 1.38
lalitā-ādi sakhī the gopī associates of Śrīmatī RādhārāṇīCC Madhya 8.165
dhīra-lalita a person who can keep his girlfriend always in subjugation by different qualitiesCC Madhya 8.187
lalita the symptom explained in verse 192CC Madhya 14.168
lalita of lalitaCC Madhya 14.191
lalita-bhūṣita decorated with lalita-alańkāraCC Madhya 14.193
lalita by the mood known as lalitaCC Madhya 14.194
lalita-alańkṛti-yutā possessing the lalita-alańkāraCC Madhya 14.194
lalita delicateCC Madhya 21.105
lalita-mādhava named Lalita-mādhavaCC Antya 1.126
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 2.1
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 3.1
lalita-mādhava Lalita-mādhavaCC Antya 4.225
lali Her companion named LalitāCC Antya 6.10
su-lalita very beautifulCC Antya 15.75
lalita-lavańga-latā beginning with the words lalita-lavańga-latāCC Antya 19.84
lalitāḥ charmingSB 10.80.27
lalitaḥ and the gopī named LalitāCC Madhya 8.142
dhīra-lalitaḥ a hero in loving affairsCC Madhya 8.188
lalitām charmingSB 3.23.50
lalitam very gentlySB 4.25.25
lalitam very nicelySB 4.25.44
lalitam very sweetlySB 6.7.2-8
lalitām gracefulSB 10.30.19
lalitam charminglySB 10.34.21
su-lalitām very charmingSB 10.39.17-18
su-lalitam very sweetSB 10.67.8
lalitam lalitaCC Madhya 14.192
lalitam gracefulBs 5.31
lalitayā charmingSB 10.47.51
lalita-lavańga-latā beginning with the words lalita-lavańga-latāCC Antya 19.84
laugākṣiḥ māńgaliḥ kulyaḥ Laugākṣi, Māńgali and KulyaSB 12.6.79
lalita-lavańga-latā beginning with the words lalita-lavańga-latāCC Antya 19.84
lalita-mādhava the Lalita-mādhavaCC Madhya 1.38
lalita-mādhava named Lalita-mādhavaCC Antya 1.126
lalita-mādhava Lalita-mādhavaCC Antya 4.225
madhya-ahne cali left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
madhyāhne cali went to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 3.20
mahā-mahā-baliṣṭha who are very strongCC Madhya 4.53
mahā-mahā-baliṣṭha who are very strongCC Madhya 4.53
mahā-prasāda bali calling it mahā-prasādamCC Madhya 9.53
kali-mala the contamination of the present age of KaliSB 12.8.6
malina dirtySB 5.5.31
malina kaila makes impureCC Madhya 12.54
malina-vadana with a morose faceCC Madhya 14.137
malina dirtyCC Madhya 20.42
malina contaminatedCC Antya 6.278
malina contaminatedCC Antya 6.278
malina contaminatedCC Antya 6.279
malina-kāya dirty bodyCC Antya 14.45
malina-ańgatā an unclean, almost dirty state of the bodyCC Antya 14.53
malināḥ dirtySB 10.73.1-6
malinam soiledSB 3.21.45-47
malinam uncleanSB 4.26.25
malinam dirtySB 10.80.23
manaḥ-alibhiḥ by the bees of the mindSB 4.4.15
laugākṣiḥ māńgaliḥ kulyaḥ Laugākṣi, Māńgali and KulyaSB 12.6.79
mātali the charioteer MātaliSB 8.11.18
mātalim unto the chariot driver MātaliSB 8.11.22
mātali by his chariot driver named MātaliSB 8.11.16
mātali by Mātali, the chariot driver of IndraSB 9.10.21
mathurā cali started for MathurāCC Madhya 17.146
mathurā cali started for MathurāCC Antya 4.232
askhalitā matiḥ uninterrupted attentionSB 1.5.27
kevalinā mṛṣā possessing knowledge falselySB 6.5.40
sakhi murali O dear friend the fluteCC Antya 1.163
muralike O good fluteCC Antya 1.162
kichu nā balibe he will not say anythingCC Madhya 7.40
nā ṭalila did not budgeCC Madhya 15.153
nā bali not sayingCC Antya 2.146
balite nā pāre could not say anythingCC Antya 3.8
calite nā pāra you cannot walkCC Antya 4.124
nā cali did not become agitatedCC Antya 7.161
nā cali did not become disturbedCC Antya 7.162
nā baliha do not sayCC Antya 12.38
nā bali did not sayCC Antya 12.59
nā pāre calite he could not goCC Antya 13.21
nalina-nabha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerSB 10.82.48
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 1.81
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 13.136
nalina-āyata spread like the petals of a lotusSB 2.2.9
nalina-īkṣaṇāya unto Him whose opening eyes are like lotusesSB 3.9.21
nalina lotusSB 4.7.33
nalina of lotusSB 5.2.5
nava-nalina-dalāyamāna appearing like the petals of a new lotus flowerSB 5.5.31
nalina-yugala like two blue lotus flowersSB 6.9.41
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇaḥ having blooming eyes like the petals of a lotusSB 8.18.1
nalina-āyata-īkṣaṇam with eyes as broad as the petals of a lotusSB 8.22.13
nalina than a lotus flowerSB 10.31.11
nalina of the lotus flowerSB 10.47.60
nalina-nabha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerSB 10.82.48
nalina (like) a lotusSB 10.90.15
caraṇa-nalina-yugalam two lotus feetSB 12.6.72
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 1.81
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 8.80
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 8.232
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Madhya 9.121
nalina-nābha O Lord, whose navel is just like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 13.136
nalina-nayana of the lotus-eyed LordCC Madhya 23.65
nalina of the lotus flowerCC Antya 7.29
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
nalināt from the lotus flowerSB 2.6.23
nali of small lakes filled with lotus flowersSB 4.6.21
nalinī-taṭa on the bank of the lake with lotus flowersSB 4.25.18
nali of the name NalinīSB 4.25.48
nali named NalinīSB 4.29.11
nali with lotusesSB 9.18.5
nalinīḥ lotus flowersSB 1.6.12
sthala-nalinīkam compared to a red lotus flowerSB 5.8.25
nalinīm a lotus flowerSB 10.54.35
nalinīṣu in the lakesSB 4.6.19-20
nalinyaḥ lotus flowersSB 8.15.13
nalinyām through NalinīSB 9.21.30
bali-nandanaḥ the son of Bali (Bāṇāsura)SB 10.62.33
kalinda-nandinī of the river YamunāCC Madhya 8.107
balite nārena could not sayCC Antya 12.138
calite nāribā You will not be able to goCC Madhya 16.93
keha calite nārila no one could moveCC Antya 12.77
nava-nalina-dalāyamāna appearing like the petals of a new lotus flowerSB 5.5.31
nalina-nayana of the lotus-eyed LordCC Madhya 23.65
nija-vadana-salila the water from its mouthSB 5.8.25
calilā nīlācale departed for Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 9.174
nīlādri cali went back to Jagannātha PurīCC Madhya 25.222
nityānanda balite while talking of Nityānanda PrabhuCC Adi 8.23
salila-okasaḥ because I am a big aquaticSB 8.24.22
tat-pāda-salilam yathā exactly as the entire world is purified by the Ganges water emanating from the toe of Lord ViṣṇuSB 10.1.16
palita grey hairSB 5.16.25
palita grey hairSB 5.24.13
valī-palita-vigrahaḥ whose body had loose skin and white hairSB 9.3.14
palitaḥ grey-hairedSB 9.6.41-42
palitān grayedSB 6.13.12-13
calite nā pāra you cannot walkCC Antya 4.124
ki balite pāre can speakCC Antya 2.135
balite nā pāre could not say anythingCC Antya 3.8
ke pāre balite who can talkCC Antya 3.14
balite pāre can estimateCC Antya 9.108
nā pāre calite he could not goCC Antya 13.21
ki balite pāri what can I sayCC Antya 9.53
pāri balite can I sayCC Antya 12.69
pāṭalita-añcalā a tinge of redness, mixed with whiteness, on the borders of the eyesCC Madhya 14.180
sa-patañjali with Patañjali ṛṣiSB 6.15.12-15
patha cali' walking on the pathCC Antya 6.174
pāṭhāna-vaiṣṇava bali' known as Pāṭhāna VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 18.211
calibāra pathe on the route of walkingCC Madhya 16.118
se pathe cali traveled on that pathCC Madhya 25.209
pathe cali' walking on the roadCC Antya 1.36
vana-pathe cali' cali' traversing the forest pathCC Antya 13.42
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
phalila fructifiedCC Antya 3.144
phali almost fruitfulCC Antya 1.151
phalita fully grown with fruitsCC Adi 17.81
calibe prabhu the Lord will startCC Madhya 16.117
calilā prabhu the Lord departedCC Madhya 16.118
vṛndāvana calilā prabhu Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has departed for VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 19.31
pracalita agitatedSB 3.18.14
pracalita disturbedSB 10.36.18
pracalitam movingSB 5.22.1
pralimpantyaḥ smearing them in turnSB 10.75.15
prāñjali with folded handsSB 3.4.14
prāñjali with folded handsSB 3.13.6
prāñjali with folded handsSB 4.17.28
prāñjali with folded handsSB 4.24.78
prāñjali with folded handsSB 7.3.25
prāñjali with folded handsSB 8.22.19
prāñjali with folded handsSB 9.8.20
prāñjali with folded handsSB 9.10.39-40
prāñjali with palms joined in reverenceSB 10.53.5
prāñjali folding her palmsSB 10.59.24
prāñjali with hands folded in submissionSB 11.6.40-41
prāñjali with folded handsSB 12.8.37
prāñjali with joined palmsMM 26
mahā-prasāda bali calling it mahā-prasādamCC Madhya 9.53
prasanna-salilāḥ the waters became clearSB summary
prayata-añjali with palms joined in supplicationSB 10.63.24
prema-vihvalitaḥ bewildered by love and affectionSB 4.7.12
pṛthak cali proceeded separatelyCC Madhya 16.136
aparikalita-pūrvaḥ not previously experiencedCC Madhya 8.149
puṣpa-añjali the ceremony of offering flowers to the LordCC Antya 6.214
puṣpāñjali offering flowers to the Lord Jagannātha DeityCC Madhya 11.238
puṣpāñjali the puṣpāñjali performanceCC Antya 6.255
dhṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ with hands touched to the headSB 4.7.23
baddha-añjali-puṭāḥ with folded handsSB 7.8.37-39
kṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ folding their hands in supplicationSB 10.16.32
kṛta-añjali-puṭāḥ joining their palms in humble supplicationSB 10.23.5
kṛta-añjali-puṭaḥ joining his palms in supplicationSB 10.39.56-57
racita-añjali with folded handsSB 4.20.21
kalińga-rājam the King of KalińgaSB 10.61.37
rāmadāsa bali' of the name RāmadāsaCC Madhya 18.207
calilāńa rańge I started with great pleasureCC Madhya 17.73
sa-patañjali with Patañjali ṛṣiSB 6.15.12-15
sa-añjali with joined palmsSB 10.69.14
śādvalitam the greennessSB 10.18.6
balinā saha accompanied by Bali MahārājaSB 8.23.11-12
sakali allCC Adi 4.139
sakali allCC Adi 6.33
dekhilā sakali participated in all of themCC Madhya 15.36
sakali khaṇḍila refuted everythingCC Madhya 18.188
sakali all of themCC Madhya 19.149
sakali everythingCC Madhya 20.41
sakali allCC Madhya 22.75
sakali allCC Madhya 23.115
sakali everythingCC Madhya 25.211
sakali kahila explained everythingCC Antya 1.141
sakali khāila ate everythingCC Antya 3.34
bali-sakhaḥ a very intimate friend of Bali MahārājaSB 8.11.13
lalitā-ādi sakhī the gopī associates of Śrīmatī RādhārāṇīCC Madhya 8.165
sakhi murali O dear friend the fluteCC Antya 1.163
salila waterSB 3.8.30
salila-āśaye on the Garbhodaka OceanSB 3.20.17
salila in the waterSB 4.14.36
salila-srāvam dropping particles of waterSB 4.15.14
salila waterSB 4.24.20
salila-kukkuṭa water fowlSB 5.2.4
salila waterSB 5.3.6
nija-vadana-salila the water from its mouthSB 5.8.25
aspṛṣṭa-sali without washingSB 6.18.50
salila filled with tearsSB 7.4.41
salila of waterSB 8.18.4
salila-āśanaḥ only drinking waterSB 8.24.10
salila-okasaḥ because I am a big aquaticSB 8.24.22
salila-ante at the edge of the waterSB 10.15.49-50
salila-antike near the waterSB 10.20.29
salila in the water of the Causal OceanSB 11.24.10
salila-ādibhiḥ by offerings of water and so onSB 11.27.16-17
prasanna-salilāḥ the waters became clearSB summary
saṃspṛṣṭa-salilāḥ touching a cup of water and drinkingSB 10.6.21
salilaiḥ by use of waterSB 4.8.55
salilaiḥ by tearsSB 4.9.50
salilaiḥ waterSB 4.22.5
salilaiḥ with the watersSB 4.28.35-36
salilaiḥ and waterSB 7.5.43-44
salilaiḥ api even by offering a glass of waterSB 8.16.7
salilaiḥ by different kinds of waterSB 11.27.30-31
salilam waterSB 1.7.20
salilam water of devastationSB 3.8.14
salilam waterSB 3.14.32
salilam waterSB 8.22.23
tat-pāda-salilam yathā exactly as the entire world is purified by the Ganges water emanating from the toe of Lord ViṣṇuSB 10.1.16
salilam the water (of the river Ganges)SB 10.48.25
salilam waterSB 10.77.1
salilam waterSB 10.89.52
salilam waterSB 11.2.41
salilam waterSB 11.3.13
salilam the waterSB 12.9.34
salilasya of the reservoir of watersSB 2.8.5
salilasya of the waterSB 3.18.8
salilāt from the waterSB 3.8.17
salilāt from the waterSB 3.18.7
salilāt from the waterSB 3.26.70
salilāt from the waterSB 4.30.44
salilāt from the waterSB 10.65.31
salilatvāya kalpate becomes waterSB 11.3.13
salile while in the waterSB 1.15.11
salile in the waterSB 2.7.12
salile in the waterSB 3.8.11
salile in the waterSB 3.9.37
salile waterSB 3.11.32
salile on the waterSB 3.13.46
abdhi-salile on the waters of the Causal OceanSB 3.20.15
salile on the waterSB 3.26.53
antaḥ-salile in the waterSB 3.33.2
salile waterSB 4.7.42
salile in the waterSB 4.8.43
salile in the waterSB 9.4.37
salile in the waterSB 10.22.7
salile waterSB 10.39.41
salile in the waterSB 10.39.42-43
salile in waterSB 10.84.13
salile in the waterSB 11.1.21
salile in the waterSB 11.3.11
salile for the waterSB 11.27.16-17
su-gandhi-salile with scented waterCC Madhya 15.8
salile in the waterCC Antya 10.47
śālmali ŚālmaliSB 5.1.32
bali-samaḥ like Bali MahārājaSB 1.12.25
saṃhata-añjali with folded handsSB 4.1.26-27
añjali-sampuṭam palms folded in supplicationMM 34
saṃspṛṣṭa-salilāḥ touching a cup of water and drinkingSB 10.6.21
antaḥ-samuttha-kali by creating enmity between the brothers by disagreementSB 9.24.67
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugera of Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yugaCC Madhya 20.329
śauklāyaniḥ brahmabali Śauklāyani and BrahmabaliSB 12.7.2
se pathe cali traveled on that pathCC Madhya 25.209
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
śibiḥ bali Śibi and BaliSB 10.72.21
śivānanda bali calling loudly the name of ŚivānandaCC Antya 2.28
skhalita slackenedSB 3.4.14
skhalitaḥ slippedSB 6.2.15
skhalitaḥ trippingSB 12.12.47
salila-srāvam dropping particles of waterSB 4.15.14
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.11.7
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.18.29
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.19.18
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.20.2
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.22.2
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.23.2
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 2.1
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 3.1
śrotra-añjali in the form of hearing the transcendental messageSB 9.24.62
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
dvija-ali-kula-sannāda-stavakāḥ the birds, especially the cuckoos, and swarms of bees began to chant in sweet voices, as if praying to the Supreme Personality of GodheadSB summary
sthala-nalinīkam compared to a red lotus flowerSB 5.8.25
su-lalita attractiveSB 5.17.13
su-lalita beautifulSB 5.18.16
su-lalita excellently composedSB 5.25.7
su-lalitām very charmingSB 10.39.17-18
su-lalitam very sweetSB 10.67.8
su-valitam who is adorned withCC Adi 1.5
su-gandhi-salile with scented waterCC Madhya 15.8
su-lalita very beautifulCC Antya 15.75
subalita very strongly builtCC Madhya 8.18
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
sulalita in a very beautifulSB 5.2.5
bali-sutaiḥ with the sons of BaliSB 8.10.30-31
suvalita well-formedCC Adi 5.185
suvalitam who is adorned withCC Adi 4.55
svaka-ańga-nalina-aṣṭake on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet)CC Antya 19.91
nā ṭalila did not budgeCC Madhya 15.153
calibāra tare for the sake of leavingCC Madhya 1.174
tat-pāda-salilam yathā exactly as the entire world is purified by the Ganges water emanating from the toe of Lord ViṣṇuSB 10.1.16
nalinī-taṭa on the bank of the lake with lotus flowersSB 4.25.18
tina añjali three palmfulsCC Antya 16.46
satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugera of Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yugaCC Madhya 20.329
uchalila became agitatedCC Adi 7.25
uchalila infatuatedCC Madhya 13.176
uchalita kare risesCC Madhya 14.85
uchalita swollen highCC Antya 18.27
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
udyata-añjali with folded handsSB 3.14.1
ujjvali set ablazeSB 10.56.28
upāhṛta-uru-balibhiḥ who brought all kinds of presentations to herSB 10.4.9
upalipyate mixesBG 13.33
upalipyate mixesBG 13.33
upāhṛta-uru-balibhiḥ who brought all kinds of presentations to herSB 10.4.9
uthali' overpoweringCC Madhya 11.218
uthalila welled upCC Madhya 4.175
uthalila aroseCC Madhya 9.292
uthalila aroseCC Madhya 13.170
uthalila floodedCC Madhya 14.64
uthalila awakenedCC Madhya 14.232
uthalila aroseCC Madhya 19.63
uthali became agitatedCC Antya 5.63
uthalila overflowedCC Antya 10.76
uthalila were manifestCC Antya 15.86
uṭhiyā cali got up and startedCC Madhya 9.339
uṭhiyā cali got up and began to go awayCC Antya 2.133
uṭhiyā cali stood up and leftCC Antya 3.117
uṭhiyā cali got up and leftCC Antya 3.156
uṭhiyā cali got up and began to go awayCC Antya 3.203
uṭhiyā calila got up and leftCC Antya 3.244
uṭhiyā cali got up and leftCC Antya 4.50
utkalita developedSB 1.10.23
utkalita-ānanāḥ whose faces blossomedSB 7.8.35
utkalita uprootedSB 10.10.27
utkalita expandedSB 10.39.23
utkalita made to expand widelySB 10.43.20
utkalita opened wideSB 10.50.39
utkalita manifestedSB 10.56.28
utkalita very eagerCC Adi 4.260
utkalitaḥ slippedSB 7.8.26
uttaralitam greatly excitedCC Madhya 20.180
kaliḥ uvāca the personality of Kali saidSB 1.17.36
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.11.7
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.18.29
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.19.18
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.20.2
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.22.2
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
śrī-baliḥ uvāca Bali Mahārāja saidSB 8.23.2
baliḥ uvāca Bali saidSB 10.85.39
balilā vacana began to speakCC Madhya 9.288
balilā vacana said these wordsCC Madhya 17.176
nija-vadana-salila the water from its mouthSB 5.8.25
malina-vadana with a morose faceCC Madhya 14.137
vahiyā calila began to floodCC Madhya 15.208
vahiyā cali carriedCC Antya 13.94
vaikuṇṭhe calila returned to VaikuṇṭhalokaCC Madhya 9.313
pāṭhāna-vaiṣṇava bali' known as Pāṭhāna VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 18.211
vali-valgu stripedSB 1.19.27
vali-valgu stripedSB 1.19.27
vali wrinklesSB 4.21.16
vali the wrinkles on the abdomenSB 4.24.50
valī-palita-vigrahaḥ whose body had loose skin and white hairSB 9.3.14
vali linesSB 10.39.46-48
vali by the linesSB 12.9.22-25
valita-antarām quite fit although appearing differentlyCC Adi 14.5
valita decoratedCC Madhya 14.189
su-valitam who is adorned withCC Adi 1.5
vana-pathe cali' cali' traversing the forest pathCC Antya 13.42
vāsāte cali departed for their residential quartersCC Madhya 11.184
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
bali-vidhānam making offeringsSB 11.11.34-41
vidhṛta-añjali folding his handsSB 7.9.4
vigalita pouring outSB 5.2.6
vigalita emanatingSB 5.17.2
vigalita melted with compassionSB 6.9.41
vigalita-stana-paṭṭika-antām the border of the sari on the breasts moved slightlySB 8.9.18
vigalitaḥ slipping awaySB 10.43.6
valī-palita-vigrahaḥ whose body had loose skin and white hairSB 9.3.14
vihita-añjali in folded handsSB 2.9.39
vihvalita-ātmānaḥ overwhelmed bySB 1.11.29
prema-vihvalitaḥ bewildered by love and affectionSB 4.7.12
vihvalitaḥ upsetSB 8.11.15
vihvalitāḥ overwhelmedSB 11.1.18
vimāna-āvalibhiḥ in their different airplanesSB 5.1.8
vimāna-āvalibhiḥ with different types of airplanesSB 7.8.36
vindhyāvali VindhyāvaliSB 8.20.17
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
vipra bali' considering as a brāhmaṇaCC Madhya 3.98
vipralipsā cheatingCC Adi 2.86
vipralipsā cheating purposesCC Adi 7.107
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 2.1
lalitā-śrī-viśākhā-anvitān accompanied by Lalitā and Śrī ViśākhāCC Antya 3.1
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
calilā vṛndāvana departed for VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 19.30
vṛndāvana calilā prabhu Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has departed for VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 19.31
vṛndāvanere cali proceeded toward VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 25.185
vṛndāvanere cali went toward VṛndāvanaCC Madhya 25.201
vyalikhat drewSB 10.62.18-19
vyalimpat He anointed himSB 10.80.20-22
vyāsa bhrānta bali accusing Vyāsadeva of being mistakenCC Madhya 25.41
kumāra-vyāsa-śuka-śāṇḍilya-garga-viṣṇu-kauṇḍilya-śeṣa-uddhava-aruṇi-bali-hanūmat-vibhīṣaṇa-ādayaḥ the Kumāras, Vyāsa, Śuka, Śāṇḍilya, Garga, Viṣṇu, Kauṇḍilya, Śeṣa, Uddhava, Aruṇi, Bali, Hanumān, Vibhīṣaṇa, and othersNBS 83
āge cali' yāna went forwardCC Antya 12.36
tat-pāda-salilam yathā exactly as the entire world is purified by the Ganges water emanating from the toe of Lord ViṣṇuSB 10.1.16
cali' yāya walkCC Madhya 12.209
cali' yāya goes forwardCC Madhya 17.224
cali' yāya passed throughCC Antya 4.211
kali-yuga of the Age of KaliCC Adi 4.226
nalina-yugala like two blue lotus flowersSB 6.9.41
caraṇa-nalina-yugalam two lotus feetSB 12.6.72
kali-yugam the age of KaliSB 10.52.2
kali-yugam the age of KaliSB 12.2.33
kali-yuge in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.40
kali-yuge in the Age of KaliCC Adi 3.50
kali-yuge in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.95
kali-yuge in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 6.99
kali-yuge in this Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.343
satya-tretā-dvāpara-kali-yugera of Satya-yuga, Tretā-yuga, Dvāpara-yuga and Kali-yugaCC Madhya 20.329
kali-yugera dharma the occupational duty in the Age of KaliCC Madhya 20.339
lalita-alańkṛti-yutā possessing the lalita-alańkāraCC Madhya 14.194
395 results
ali noun (masculine) a (large black) bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a scorpion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spirituous liquor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Indian cuckoo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6972/72933
alidroṇa noun (masculine) a kind of caterpillar a scorpion
Frequency rank 45034/72933
alidūrvā noun (feminine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45035/72933
alika noun (masculine) alīka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Prākrit poet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the forehead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26666/72933
alikeśvara noun (neuter) another name of Alikātīrtha
Frequency rank 45031/72933
alikeśvaratīrthamāhātmyavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 225
Frequency rank 45032/72933
alikhita adjective
Frequency rank 32595/72933
alikulasaṅkula noun (masculine) Rosa Moschata
Frequency rank 45030/72933
ali noun (feminine) name of a Gandharvī
Frequency rank 23206/72933
alikātīrtha noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 45029/72933
alimohinī noun (feminine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45038/72933
alin noun (masculine) a bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a scorpion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Scorpion (in the zodiac) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32577/72933
alinda noun (masculine) a terrace before a house-door (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26668/72933
alindaka noun (masculine) a terrace before a house-door (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26669/72933
aliparṇī noun (feminine) the plant Tragia Involacrata Lin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45037/72933
alipattrikā noun (feminine) name of a shrub (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45036/72933
alipsamāna adjective not desiring
Frequency rank 32597/72933
alita noun (neuter) (a mantra?)
Frequency rank 45033/72933
alivallabhā noun (feminine) Bignonia suaveolens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45039/72933
aliñjara noun (masculine) a small earthen water-jar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32596/72933
aliṅga adjective (in Gr.) having no gender (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having no marks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6973/72933
aliṅga noun (neuter) absence of marks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26667/72933
aliṅgin adjective a pretended ascetic or student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17590/72933
akalita adjective
Frequency rank 41526/72933
akuṇḍalin adjective
Frequency rank 41546/72933
agalita adjective
Frequency rank 41644/72933
acalita adjective
Frequency rank 22835/72933
ajñalika noun (masculine) a kind of arrow (?)
Frequency rank 41919/72933
añjali noun (masculine) a libation to the Manes (two hands full of water) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a measure of corn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
benediction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reverence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
salutation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the open hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed (as if by a beggar to receive food) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1623/72933
añjali noun (feminine) a young mouse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41941/72933
añjalika noun (masculine neuter) a kind of arrow name of one of Arjuna's arrows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[zool.] a kind of bird (?)
Frequency rank 20460/72933
añjalikāra noun (masculine) a kind of animal (???)
Frequency rank 41942/72933
añjalikārikā noun (feminine) an earthen figure (with the hands joined for salutation) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Mimosa Natans (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26161/72933
añjalipuṭa noun (masculine neuter) cavity produced in making the añjali salutation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31487/72933
atikuṇḍalin adjective
Frequency rank 42008/72933
atimalina adjective
Frequency rank 42161/72933
atilalita adjective
Frequency rank 42202/72933
anali noun (masculine) the tree Sesbana Grandiflora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42751/72933
anavalipta adjective
Frequency rank 42785/72933
anyaliṅga adjective an adjective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the gender of another (word) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43521/72933
anyaliṅgaka adjective an adjective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the gender of another (word) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 43522/72933
abaliman noun (masculine) weakness
Frequency rank 44036/72933
abaliṣṭha adjective
Frequency rank 44037/72933
amalina adjective clean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
free from dirt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stainless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32438/72933
avalikh verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to graze (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to scratch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13998/72933
avalip verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to smear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to smear one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7161/72933
avalipta adjective arrogant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
blind (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
furred (as the tongue) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
smeared (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13347/72933
avalih verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to lap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lick (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9771/72933
avicalita adjective not deviating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not deviating from (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
steadily fixed (as the mind) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45342/72933
asalila adjective dried-up waterless
Frequency rank 32836/72933
asalila noun (neuter) [Sāṃkhya] a kind of buddhivadha
Frequency rank 45802/72933
askhalita adjective firm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not stumbling or slipping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undeviating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undisturbed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unimpeded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
uninterrupted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unshaken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unyielding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18955/72933
ākāśasalila noun (neuter) rain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46174/72933
āpiśali noun (masculine) name of an ancient grammarian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46463/72933
ābaddhāñjali adjective joining the palms of the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33103/72933
āvali noun (feminine) (rhet.) a kind of yamaka a continuous line (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a necklace a row (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a series (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dynasty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lineage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
range (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4563/72933
āvali noun (feminine) coriander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46702/72933
indukali noun (feminine) the plant Pandanus Odoratissimus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46892/72933
īśvaraliṅgī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 27068/72933
utkali noun (feminine) a bud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wave (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dalliance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
missing any person or thing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regretting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unblown flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wanton sportfulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19025/72933
utkalita adjective appearing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
becoming visible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
blossoming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bright (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
brilliant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
coming forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
increasing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loosened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
opened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prosperous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
regretting (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rising (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unbound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23455/72933
utpali noun (feminine) a lotus (Nymphaea) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assemblage of lotus-flowers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a dictionary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20917/72933
udañjali adjective hollowing the palms and then raising them (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23470/72933
upalip verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to anoint (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to besmear (esp. with cow-dung) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cover (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to defile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to overlay (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to smear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6863/72933
upalipsu adjective wishing to learn or hear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47622/72933
upodbalita adjective asserted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confirmed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47765/72933
ulūkhalin adjective
Frequency rank 47819/72933
kajjali noun (masculine) a kind of rasabandha
Frequency rank 48277/72933
kajjali noun (feminine) powder (esp. made of mercury) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8757/72933
kaṇṭakaśālmali noun (masculine) name of a hell
Frequency rank 48375/72933
kadalin noun (masculine) a kind of antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33777/72933
kapiñjali noun (masculine) name of a teacher
Frequency rank 48543/72933
kamali noun (feminine) a lotus plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a number of lotus plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a pool or place abounding with lotus plants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14799/72933
kambali noun (masculine) name of a teacher
Frequency rank 48609/72933
kambali noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 48611/72933
karṇāñjali noun (masculine) the ears pricked up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48745/72933
kali noun (masculine) age of vice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
contention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
discord (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of one of Yama's attendants name of the die or side of a die marked with one dot (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the last and worst of the four Yugas or ages (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva quarrel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strife (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
symbolical expression for the number 1 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Terminalia Bellerica (the nuts of which in older times were used as dice) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the losing die (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the present age (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of iron
Frequency rank 1352/72933
kali noun (feminine) a division of time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of artificial verse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an unblown flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a work on medicine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several metres (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the bottom or peg of the Indian lute (made of cane) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sixteenth part of the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11218/72933
kalika noun (masculine) a curlew (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48859/72933
kalikaṭu noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 48860/72933
kalikāntakara noun (masculine) mercury
Frequency rank 48861/72933
kalikārī noun (feminine) Methonica superba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23655/72933
kaliṅga noun (masculine neuter) Acacia Sirissa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an inhabitant of Kaliṅga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Caesalpina Bonducella (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Ficus infectoria (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a being attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king of Kaliṅga (from whom the Kaliṅga people are said to have originated) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people and their country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of several authors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fork-tailed shrike (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Wrightia Antidysenterica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indrayava, seed of Wrightia antidysenterica a kind of iron
Frequency rank 2948/72933
kaliṅgaka noun (masculine neuter) the country of the Kaliṅgas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the seed of Wrightia Antidysenterica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Wrightia Antidysenterica
Frequency rank 11997/72933
kaliṅgabīja noun (neuter) the seed of Wrightia Antidysenterica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48862/72933
kaliṅgasenā noun (feminine) name of a woman
Frequency rank 19130/72933
kalidruma noun (masculine) Terminalia Bellerica (supposed to be the haunt of imps) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16664/72933
kalināśana noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 48863/72933
kalinda noun (masculine) name of a being attending on Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mountain on which the river Yamunā rises (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Terminalia Bellerica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33895/72933
kalindakanyā noun (feminine) name of the river Yamunā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48864/72933
kalindavarman noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 48865/72933
kalipriyā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 48866/72933
kalipriya noun (masculine) an ape (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Nārada (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48867/72933
kalimāraka noun (masculine) Caesalpina Bonducella (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48868/72933
kalimāla noun (masculine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 48869/72933
kaliyugālaya noun (masculine) Terminalia Bellerica
Frequency rank 48870/72933
kalila noun (neuter) a large heap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confusion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thicket (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19131/72933
kalila adjective covered with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
full of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impenetrable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impervious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mixed with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9151/72933
kalilībhū verb (class 1 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 48871/72933
kalivāsa noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 48872/72933
kalistara noun (masculine) ??
Frequency rank 48873/72933
kalihārī noun (feminine) Methonica Superba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lāṅgalī
Frequency rank 21040/72933
kalihārikā noun (feminine) a kind of plant; kalihārī
Frequency rank 48874/72933
kavalin noun (masculine) a buffalo
Frequency rank 48915/72933
kavali noun (feminine) a bandage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a piece of cloth over a sore or wound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19134/72933
kavalita adjective devoured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eaten (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
swallowed by the mouthful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15606/72933
kāpilabali noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49113/72933
kāmalin noun (masculine) name of a Siddha
Frequency rank 49151/72933
kāmalin adjective suffering from jaundice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the school of Kamala (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33978/72933
kāmali noun (feminine) [medic.] a kind of disease
Frequency rank 49155/72933
kāmalika adjective customary in (or symptomatic of) jaundice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49156/72933
kāmbalika noun (masculine) barley-water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gruel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sour milk-mixed with whey and vinegar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15613/72933
kuḍmalita adjective filled with buds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shut like a bud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49601/72933
kuṇḍalin adjective annulate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
decorated with ear-rings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7938/72933
kuṇḍalin noun (masculine) a peacock (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a bird name of Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the spotted or painted deer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the tree Bauhinia variegata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 17798/72933
kuṇḍali noun (feminine) name of a metre in Prākṛt poetry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 34111/72933
kuṇḍali noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular dish (curds boiled with ghee and rice) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Cocculus cordifolius (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 8433/72933
kutūhalin adjective curious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eager (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
highly interested in anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impatient (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17799/72933
kunalin noun (masculine) the plant Agati grandiflora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49660/72933
kuntalin adjective wearing the kuntala hairdress
Frequency rank 27576/72933
kuntali noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
butter knife or scoop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34128/72933
kuberanali noun (feminine) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49687/72933
kuśalin adjective auspicious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
favourable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
healthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prosperous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
virtuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
well (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4673/72933
kusalila noun (neuter) bad water
Frequency rank 49873/72933
kṛtāñjali adjective one who joins the hollowed palms in reverence or to solicit a favour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing in a reverent or respectful posture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2578/72933
kṛtāñjali noun (masculine) a shrub used in medicine and in magical potions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mimosa pudica Linn.
Frequency rank 34198/72933
kevalin adjective alone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
only (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27655/72933
kautūhalika adjective
Frequency rank 50254/72933
kūṭaśālmali noun (masculine feminine) Andersonia Rohitaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fabulous cotton plant with sharp thorns (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a hell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19210/72933
kṣīrasalila noun (masculine) one of the oceans surrounding the earth
Frequency rank 50616/72933
kṣudrakārali noun (feminine) a kind of Cucurbitaceous plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50639/72933
khali noun (feminine) Anethum graveolens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a multitude of threshing-floors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Curculigo orchioides (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50870/72933
gajapippali noun (feminine) gajapippalī Scindapsus officinalis Schott a kind of siddhauṣadhī
Frequency rank 27778/72933
gandhaphali noun (feminine) small cardamoms
Frequency rank 51077/72933
girijālalita noun (neuter) orpiment
Frequency rank 51303/72933
gṛhabali noun (masculine) a domestic oblation (offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51479/72933
gaurīlalita noun (neuter) orpiment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
haritāla
Frequency rank 51670/72933
ghaṇṭāpāṭali noun (masculine) Bignonia suaveolens Roxb. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Elaeodendron glaucum Pers. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 552) Schreberia Swietenoides Roxb. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34791/72933
ghṛtamaṇḍali noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 51856/72933
candrasalila noun (neuter) candratoya (?)
Frequency rank 52072/72933
calita noun (neuter) unsteady motion (of eyes) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34929/72933
calitaka noun (neuter) a kind of kiss
Frequency rank 52181/72933
calitukāma adjective wishing to move
Frequency rank 52182/72933
cikitsākali noun (feminine) name of two med. treatises (of about 400 verses each) by Tisaṭa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52260/72933
citralikhita adjective painted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52333/72933
chalita noun (neuter) a kind of dance performed by men (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52536/72933
chalitakayoga noun (masculine) name of a Kalā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52537/72933
chāgaliṅga noun (neuter) name of a Liṅga
Frequency rank 52546/72933
jalapippali noun (feminine) a kind of rasaudhī
Frequency rank 35139/72933
jalāñjali noun (masculine) the hollowed palms filled with water offered to ancestors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52814/72933
jājali noun (masculine) name of a teacher (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6506/72933
jaivali noun (masculine) patr. from jīvū (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24040/72933
jvalita noun (neuter) blazing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
radiance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53112/72933
jvaliti noun (masculine) [gramm.] root jval
Frequency rank 53113/72933
ḍoṃgali noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 53195/72933
taralita adjective dangling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tremulous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
undulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21368/72933
talin adjective
Frequency rank 35331/72933
tāmraliptī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 12967/72933
tāmralipta noun (masculine) name of a people (living near the western mouth of the Ganges) and its country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53436/72933
tāmraliptaka noun (masculine) the Tāmralipta people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28186/72933
tāmraliptika noun (masculine) an inhabitant of Tāmraliptī
Frequency rank 53437/72933
taulvali noun (masculine) name of a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53861/72933
trivali noun (feminine) the 3 folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a beauty) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35516/72933
trihalikāgrāma noun (masculine) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54027/72933
dantolūkhalin adjective eating unground grain (an ascetic) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21429/72933
dantolūkhalika adjective eating unground grain (an ascetic) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19419/72933
daśapaippalika adjective
Frequency rank 21437/72933
durgājapapūjābalimantranirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.38
Frequency rank 54661/72933
durlalita noun (neuter) naughty or roguish tricks (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
way wardness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54733/72933
devaliṅga noun (neuter) the image or statue of a deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54955/72933
dvijaliṅgin adjective a Kṣatriya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a pretended Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an impostor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wearing the insignia of a Brāhman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55208/72933
nalin adjective equipped with lotuses
Frequency rank 36117/72933
nalika noun (neuter) a glass bottle
Frequency rank 36119/72933
nali noun (feminine) a kind of fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a quiver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a tube or tubular organ of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Daemia Extensa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Dolichos Lablab (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Polianthes Tuberosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of crucible a kind of kaṅkuṣṭha
Frequency rank 5442/72933
nalikāmūṣā noun (feminine) a kind of crucible
Frequency rank 55731/72933
nalina noun (neuter) a lotus flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a water-lily Nelumbium Speciosum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the indigo plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8626/72933
nali noun (feminine) a kind of fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a myst. name of one of the nostrils (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular class of women (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an assemblage of lotus flowers or a lotus pond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having king Nala (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or its stalk) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of 2 rivers (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the wife of Ajamīḍha and mother of Nīla (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the fermented and intoxicating juice of the cocoa-nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Ganges of heaven or rather an arm of it (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4187/72933
nalināsana noun (masculine) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55732/72933
nalinikā noun (feminine) a tube name of a woman
Frequency rank 14973/72933
nalinīkā noun (feminine) a kind of vegetable
Frequency rank 55733/72933
nalinīruha noun (neuter) the fibres of a lotus-stalk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55734/72933
nāmaliṅgānuśāsana noun (neuter) name of a work
Frequency rank 36195/72933
nirvalin adjective smooth unwrinkled
Frequency rank 56308/72933
nirvalīpalita adjective
Frequency rank 28709/72933
niḥsalila adjective waterless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36449/72933
nīrapippali noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 56618/72933
nīlotpali noun (feminine) a blue lotus
Frequency rank 56692/72933
paṭali noun (feminine) heap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
multitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56968/72933
patañjali noun (masculine) name of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a physician (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24487/72933
pali noun (feminine) disapperance of golden color induced by pataṃgikalka
Frequency rank 24564/72933
palika adjective weighing a Pala (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
weighing so many Pala (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7103/72933
palita noun (neuter) a tuft of hair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
benzoin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
burning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grey hair (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
heat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1829/72933
palitin adjective grey-haired (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36760/72933
palita noun (masculine) a kind of mouse; a venomous animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mud name of a mouse name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11339/72933
palita adjective pālayitṛ (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
aged (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hoary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
old (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11340/72933
paśupāśavimocanaliṅgapūjādikathana noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.81
Frequency rank 57610/72933
pāṭali noun (masculine feminine) a species of rice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Bignonia Suaveolens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13623/72933
pāṭalika adjective knowing the secrets of others (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who knows time and place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36786/72933
pāṭalita adjective made red (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reddened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57656/72933
pāṭaliputraka adjective coming from Pāṭaliputra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57657/72933
pāṭaliputra noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 24575/72933
piṅgali noun (feminine) a kind of bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of crane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a variety of the owl (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24601/72933
pippali noun (feminine) long pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58030/72933
pippali noun (feminine) pippalī long pepper the holy fig-tree
Frequency rank 16981/72933
putrāñjali noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 58167/72933
pudgalin adjective
Frequency rank 58170/72933
puṣpalih noun (masculine) a large black bee (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58308/72933
puṣpaśakalin noun (masculine) a kind of serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58312/72933
puṣpāñjali noun (masculine) name of several works (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58324/72933
paippalika adjective
Frequency rank 58438/72933
poṭali noun (feminine) poṭalī
Frequency rank 13637/72933
poṭṭali noun (masculine feminine) poṭalī an alchemical medicine
Frequency rank 14294/72933
pūpali noun (feminine) a kind of sweet cake fried with ghee or oil (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13066/72933
pracalita adjective bewildered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circulating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
confused (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
current (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
customary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
departed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has set out (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perplexed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
prevailing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proceeded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
received (as authority or law) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
recognized (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rolling (as the eye) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
set in motion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shaken (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tremulous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58640/72933
pratyākalita noun (neuter) (defendant's) supplement to the written deposition of two litigants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
judicial decision as to which of the litigants is to prove his case after the defendant has pleaded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37264/72933
pratyākalita adjective enumerated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
held forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interposed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
introduced (as a step in legal process) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reproached (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59098/72933
pralikh verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to comb one's head (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to draw lines (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to draw lines in (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to scrape together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to scratch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to write (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37362/72933
pralip verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to besmear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to smear (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to stain (Ā. to smear etc. one's self) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5449/72933
pralih verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to cause to melt on the tongue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to lick up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19687/72933
praliha noun (masculine) name of a demon
Frequency rank 59353/72933
prāñjali adjective joining and holding out the hollowed open hands (as a mark of respect and humility or to receive alms) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1709/72933
prāsādaliṅgamaṇḍapādilakṣaṇanirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.47
Frequency rank 59698/72933
pūrṇaliṅga noun (neuter) a kind of liṅga (???)
Frequency rank 37524/72933
phalin adjective bearing or yielding fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fruitful (met. productive of results or consequences) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having an iron point (as an arrow) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reaping advantage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
successful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14331/72933
phalin noun (masculine) a fruit tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59869/72933
phali noun (feminine) phala fruit Dolichos Lablab (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Thespesia Populneoides
Frequency rank 21897/72933
phalika adjective enjoying the reward for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59904/72933
phalita noun (masculine) a tree (esp. a fruit tree) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59905/72933
phalita adjective accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bearing or yielding fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
developed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fruitful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fulfilled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
producing consequences (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resulting as a consequence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
successful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12145/72933
phali noun (feminine) Aglaia odorata Lour. Aglaia roxburghiana Miq. a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Setaria italica Beauv. (Surapāla (1988), 128) the vagina injured by too violent sexual intercourse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7214/72933
phalina adjective bearing fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29345/72933
phalina noun (masculine) the bread-fruit tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59906/72933
baddhāñjali adjective one who has joined the hollowed palms of the hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10437/72933
balin noun (masculine) a hog bull (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a lion a soldier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of jasmine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wild boar buffalo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
camel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
kind of sheep (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Balarāma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Vatsapril (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Phaseolus Radiatus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
serpent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sheep the phlegmatic humour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bali (m) sulfur
Frequency rank 11371/72933
balin adjective mighty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
powerful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
robust (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stout (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 871/72933
bali noun (masculine) a victim (often a goat or buffalo) offered to Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any offering or propitiatory oblation (esp. an offering of portions of food) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fragments of food at a meal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gift (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Daitya (son of Virocana) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Siddha name of a son of Sutapas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Indra in the 8th Manvantara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oblation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
offering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
royal revenue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sulfur (Vāgbhaṭa (1952), 32) tax (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the handle of a chowrie or fly-flapper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tribute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sulfur (?!? a substance?)
Frequency rank 822/72933
bali noun (feminine) Sida Cordifolia and Rhombifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60052/72933
balitīrtha noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 60053/72933
balidāna noun (neuter) presentation of grain etc. to all creatures (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the presentation of an offering to a deity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37593/72933
balidhvaṃsin noun (masculine) Viṣṇu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60054/72933
balipuṣṭa noun (masculine) a crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37594/72933
balibhuj noun (masculine) a crane (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a form of Bhairava a sparrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21909/72933
balibhoja noun (masculine) a crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60055/72933
balibhojana noun (masculine) a crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37595/72933
balivatsā noun (feminine) sulfur
Frequency rank 60056/72933
balivasā noun (masculine feminine) a kind of sulfur
Frequency rank 10439/72933
baliṣṭha adjective most powerful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stronger or mightier than (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very mighty very strong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18235/72933
baliṣṭha noun (masculine) a camel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60057/72933
baliṣṭhatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 60058/72933
balisadman noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 60059/72933
bahuphali noun (feminine) a species of jujube
Frequency rank 60122/72933
bāṇaliṅga noun (neuter) a white stone found in the Narmadā river and worshipped as the Liṅga of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29378/72933
bāṣkali noun (masculine) patr. of a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60206/72933
bṛhatpāṭali noun (masculine) the thorn-apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60345/72933
brahmaproktaliṅgārcanavidhi noun (masculine) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.73
Frequency rank 60428/72933
brahmāñjali noun (masculine) joining the hollowed hands while repeating the Veda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24874/72933
bhinnaliṅga noun (neuter) incongruity of gender in a comparison (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60754/72933
bhūtali noun (feminine) Trigonella Corniculata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60938/72933
maṇḍalin noun (masculine) a cat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a chameleon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a class of snakes a dog (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a polecat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a snake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva the Indian fig-tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the ruler of a province (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7852/72933
maṇḍalin adjective enclosing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
forming a circle or ring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
possesing a country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surrounding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17077/72933
maṇḍalika noun (neuter) a vessel (?)
Frequency rank 61213/72933
maṇḍali noun (feminine) a group (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
band (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
crowd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
troop (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37970/72933
maṇḍalita adjective made round or circular (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37971/72933
madavihvalita adjective excited by passion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lustful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wanton (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61293/72933
madhuphali noun (feminine) a kind of date (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61341/72933
malina adjective black (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dark gray (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dirty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
filthy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gray (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of a dark colour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
soiled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tarnished (lit. and fig.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3273/72933
malina noun (masculine) a Pāśupata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a religious mendicant wearing dirty clothes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
borax name of a son of Taṃsu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38084/72933
malina noun (neuter) a vile or bad action (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
borax (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
buttermilk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38085/72933
mali noun (feminine) a woman during menstruation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 24992/72933
malinatama adjective very dirty
Frequency rank 61601/72933
malinatara adjective rather dirty
Frequency rank 61602/72933
malinatva noun (neuter) blackness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moral blackness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wickedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61603/72933
malināṅgī noun (feminine) kāsaghnī
Frequency rank 61604/72933
malinīkaraṇa noun (neuter) an action which defiles (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
staining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of soiling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38086/72933
malinīkṛ verb (class 8 parasmaipada) to make dirty
Frequency rank 24993/72933
māṅgalika adjective auspicious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desirous of success (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indicating good fortune (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61977/72933
māṅgali noun (feminine) name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61978/72933
māṇḍalika noun (masculine) the governor of a province (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61994/72933
mātali noun (masculine) name of Indra's charioteer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3488/72933
mānakali noun (masculine) mutual disdain or ill-will (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62057/72933
mārjāralalitaka noun (neuter) [erotics] a kind of coitus
Frequency rank 62117/72933
mārjāraliṅgin adjective having the nature or character of a cat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38242/72933
mukhebalin noun (masculine) a rhinoceros (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62317/72933
muñjamekhalin noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu or Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38315/72933
musalin adjective armed with a club (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38342/72933
musalin noun (masculine) name of Baladeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62394/72933
mṛgaliṇḍikā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 62421/72933
mṛdaṅgaphali noun (feminine) kośātakī
Frequency rank 62480/72933
mṛdaṅgaphali noun (feminine) Name einer Pflanze
Frequency rank 62481/72933
mekhalin adjective wearing a girdle
Frequency rank 19867/72933
mūṣali noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 62760/72933
yajñaliṅga noun (masculine) name of Vishnu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62804/72933
yathābali indeclinable
Frequency rank 62866/72933
rasaliṅga noun (masculine neuter) a liṅga made of mercury
Frequency rank 9919/72933
rasasaṃketakali noun (feminine) name of an alchemical text
Frequency rank 25186/72933
rāmaśītali noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 63642/72933
rāsasthali noun (feminine) ?
Frequency rank 63669/72933
ūrdhvaliṅga adjective having the membrum above (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22151/72933
ūrdhvaliṅgin noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38838/72933
lalita adjective amorous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
artless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
charming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desired (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gentle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
innocent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lovely (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
played (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
playing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quivering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
soft (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sported (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tremulous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
voluptuous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wanton (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wished for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12196/72933
lalita noun (masculine) (in music) a particular Rāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular position of the hands in dancing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 64093/72933
lali noun (feminine) (in music) a particular Mūrchanā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Rāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wanton woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
musk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Durgā or a particular form of her (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Gopī (identified with Durgā and Rādhikā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a gram. wk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an attendant of Devī (K.R. von Kooji (1972), 50) name of the wife of a Śatāyudha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various metres (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 7863/72933
lalita noun (neuter) a kind of necklace (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
artlessness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
charm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dalliance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
languid gestures in a woman (expressive of amorous feelings) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of 2 metres (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a town (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sport (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13732/72933
lalitikā noun (feminine) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 64094/72933
lalittha noun (masculine) name of a people (a prince of this people) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25234/72933
lavaṃgakali noun (feminine) cloves (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38892/72933
lāṅgalin noun (masculine) a form of Śiva in the 21st parivarta name of a preceptor (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Baladeva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the cocoanut tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17172/72933
lāṅgalin adjective furnished with or possessing a plough (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64133/72933
lāṅgali noun (feminine) Jussiaea Repens Methonica superba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14409/72933
lāṅgali noun (feminine) Methonia Superba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22159/72933
lāṅgali noun (feminine) Methonica Superba (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64136/72933
vakranali noun (feminine) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 38983/72933
vanapippali noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 64565/72933
vali noun (masculine feminine) a fold of the skin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a line or stroke made with fragrant unguents on the person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular musical instrument (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sulphur (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the edge of a roof (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wrinkle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5285/72933
valita adjective appeared (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bent round (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
broken forth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
connected with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surrounded or accompanied by (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turned (n. impers.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turned back again (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wrinkled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39103/72933
valita noun (neuter) a fold of the skin black pepper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22194/72933
valina adjective flaccid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shrivelled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wrinkled (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64806/72933
valibha adjective flaccid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64807/72933
valkalin adjective clothed in a bark-dress (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
yielding bark (as a branch) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39104/72933
vaṃśanalikāyantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 64973/72933
vācyaliṅga adjective adjectival (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
following or having the gender of the substantive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65039/72933
vāḍvali noun (masculine) (said to be) patr. from vāg-vāda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65067/72933
vātakuṇḍali noun (feminine) scanty and painful flow of urine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18419/72933
vivalita adjective averted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
turned away (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66052/72933
viśālaphali noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 66100/72933
vṛṣalin adjective having contact with Śūdras
Frequency rank 66506/72933
vaidalika adjective belonging to leguminous vegetables (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66684/72933
vyomaliṅga noun (masculine neuter) name of a Tīrtha at Śrīśaila
Frequency rank 66995/72933
śakalin noun (masculine) a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of fish
Frequency rank 30419/72933
śaṅkuphali noun (feminine) Prosopis Spicigera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67110/72933
śaṅkhalikhita noun (masculine) a Just king (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a king who practises justice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67131/72933
śaṅkhalikhita adjective faultless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfect in its kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30428/72933
śatabali noun (masculine) a kind of fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a monkey (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16171/72933
śatahali noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 39897/72933
śabalita adjective variegated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67207/72933
śalin noun (masculine) a kind of porcupine
Frequency rank 67309/72933
śalalita adjective furnished with quills (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30465/72933
śalmali noun (masculine) Salmalia Malabarica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the silk-cotton tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9485/72933
śākuntali noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 67399/72933
śāḍvali noun (masculine) name of a teacher
Frequency rank 67421/72933
śādvalin adjective covered with grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
grassy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
green (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67436/72933
śālmali noun (masculine feminine) a patronymic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Bombax Heptaphyllum or Salmalia Malabarica (a lofty and thorny tree with red flowers) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Avikṣit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of another man descended from Agasti (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one of the 7 Dvīpas or great divisions of the known continent (so called from the above tree said to grow there) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Seemul or silk-cotton tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5874/72933
śālmali noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 67515/72933
śālmalika noun (masculine) the tree Andersonia Rohitaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39991/72933
śālmalipattraka noun (masculine) Alstonia scholaris (Linn.) R.Br. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30501/72933
śālmaliveṣṭa noun (masculine) the resin of Gossampinus Rumphii
Frequency rank 67516/72933
śitikuṇḍali noun (masculine) name of a Nāga
Frequency rank 67586/72933
śivaliṅga noun (neuter) any temple or spot dedicated to the worship of Śiva's Liṅga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the city Benares (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Śiva's genital organ or Śiva worshipped in the form of the Liṅga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25599/72933
śivaliṅgabhedasaṃsthāpanādivarṇana noun (neuter) name of Liṅgapurāṇa, 1.74
Frequency rank 67693/72933
śunakaśālmali noun (masculine) a kind of tree
Frequency rank 40101/72933
śṛṅkhali noun (feminine) Asteracantha Longifolia Name einer Pflanze img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 13203/72933
śaivali noun (feminine) a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40142/72933
śyāmali noun (feminine) the indigo plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40171/72933
śrīphali noun (feminine) a kind of gourd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of indigo (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30613/72933
saptali noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68822/72933
samudrasalileśaya adjective lying in sea-water (a kind of penance) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40467/72933
sarvaliṅga adjective having all genders (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
used as an adjective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69484/72933
saliṅgin noun (masculine) a religious impostor (applied to the 7 schisms) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69531/72933
saliṅga adjective corresponding i.e. directed to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having the same marks or attributes (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69532/72933
salila noun (neuter) a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of wind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular high number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eye-water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
flood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
rainwater (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tears (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waves (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[Sāṃkhya] one of the nine tuṣṭis
Frequency rank 836/72933
salila adjective flowing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fluctuating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
surging (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unsteady (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40552/72933
salilakriyā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 40553/72933
salilaja noun (masculine) a shell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an aquatic animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69533/72933
salilaja noun (neuter) a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69534/72933
salilajanman noun (neuter) a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69535/72933
saliladhara noun (masculine) cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69536/72933
salilanidhi noun (masculine) a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69537/72933
salilapati noun (masculine) name of Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 69538/72933
salilayoni noun (masculine) name of Brahma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69539/72933
salilarāja noun (masculine) [rel.] name of Yama
Frequency rank 22552/72933
salilavant adjective provided with water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69540/72933
salilāśaya noun (masculine) a pond (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13227/72933
salilecara adjective moving about in water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69541/72933
salilendra noun (masculine) name of Varuṇa
Frequency rank 69542/72933
salileśaya adjective resting or lying in water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69543/72933
salileśvara noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 69544/72933
salilodbhava noun (neuter) a lotus-flower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69545/72933
salilaukas adjective dwelling or living in water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69546/72933
saṃkali noun (feminine) a collection a combination melāpaka
Frequency rank 6373/72933
saṃketakali noun (feminine) name of a text
Frequency rank 69741/72933
saṃdhyābali noun (masculine) a bull (or its image) in a temple of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the evening or twilight oblation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69902/72933
sāñjali adjective with hands hollowed and joined (in supplication) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40768/72933
sitapāṭali noun (feminine) a white Bignonia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40856/72933
sīmaliṅga noun (neuter) a boundary-mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
land-mark (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70668/72933
supralipta adjective
Frequency rank 70986/72933
sulalita adjective greatly pleased or happy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
very playful or wanton or charming (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25911/72933
sevāñjali noun (masculine) a servant's reverential salutation with hollowed hands (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71436/72933
skhalita noun (neuter) blunder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
blundering in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
circumvention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deprivation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
error (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
failure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
loss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mistake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
staggering (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stratagem (in war) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stumbling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the act of tripping (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17418/72933
svāṅgaśītalita adjective svāṅgaśītala
Frequency rank 72226/72933
halin adjective armed with a plough having a plough
Frequency rank 72400/72933
halin noun (masculine) a ploughman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
agriculturist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of aṚṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Balarāma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 16317/72933
hali noun (masculine) a furrow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a large plough (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
agriculture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72404/72933
halika noun (masculine) a ploughman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
husbandman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people name of a serpent-demon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41396/72933
hali noun (feminine) a number of ploughs (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Gloriosa superba Linn. Methonica superba Lamk. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14590/72933
hali noun (feminine) name of one of the seven mothers of Skanda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72411/72933
 

adhijihvika

ranula or cystic swelling of connective tissue consisting of collected mucin from a ruptured salivary gland duct caused by local trauma.

advaita

non-duality; a philosophical idea that there is only one reality; the feeling of jīva and īśvara as separate entities is rejected.

āmalaki

Plant emblic myrobalan, Emblica officinalis

ambaṣṭhā

Plant herbs pāṭhā, mayūraśikha, jasmine, creeping woodsorrel, Oxalis corniculata.

amlaloṅi

Plant wood sorrel, Oxalis corniculata.

amṛtā

1. elixir of immortality; 2. Plant Tinospora cordifolia, guḍūci; 3. quicksilver; 4. water; 5.nectar.

añjali

palmful, a measure.

aṇutalia

penetrating oil; a medicinal preparation applied into nostrils to improve the perception of senses and in several diseases that affect the head including grey hair, facial paralysis.

arjuna

1. Plant stem bark of Terminalia arjuna; T. tomentosa; 2. an eye disease on the sclera, subconjuctival heamorrhage.

aśvagandha

Plant winter cherry; Withania somnifera, syn. Physalis flexuosa.

avasādi

quality of semen that dips in water.

āyu,āyuṣ

vitality; life-span.

bala

physical strength; vigour; force; vitality.

bālatantra

peadiatrics; a branch dealing with medical care of infants and children.

bali

1. offering to gods. 2. sulphur or sulfur.

bhaiṣajyaratnāvali

a compilation of pharmaceutical preparations authored by Govindadās (18th Century ).

bhūriphali

Go to pānḍuraphali

bījaka

Plant 1. Indian kino tree, Pterocarpus marsupium; 2. Indian laurel, Terminalia tomentosa, T. ellipta.

brahmakāya

divine body; a person with godly traits like adhering to cleanliness and good conduct, belief in existence of god, reverence of elders and preceptors, hospitality and celebration of religious sacrifices and reader of vedas.

candanāditaila

medicated oil made from sandalwood and other herbs as coolant and to restore vitality to skin.

cāngeri

Plant Indian sorrel; wood sorrel; Oxalis corniculata; procumbent yellow sorrel.

capala

Go to pippali

cikitsākalika

the bud of medicine, a medical textbook authored by Triśaṭācārya of 14th Century

daivavyapāśraya

one of the three modes of treatment, belief in supernatural healing.

danti

1. Plant wild croton, Baliospermum montanum, syn. Croton polyandrus.

daśamūla

Plant ten roots (śāliparṇi, pṛsniparṇi, bṛhati, kanṭakāri, gokṣūra, bilva, agnimantha, śyonāka, pāṭali, gambhāri)

deśa

environment, locality, habitat.

dhāra

stream, current; one of the Keraliya therapies; medicalted liquid is dropped over forehead drop by drop.

duṣṭa

tainted, duṣṭavraṇa non-healing ulcer.

gajapippali

Plant dried and transversely cut pieces of female spidax of Scindapsus officinalis. The inflorescence of Balanophora fungosa, a root parasite plant, that resembles Scindapsus officinalis, is marketed as gajapippali.

gandharvakāya

connoisseur body; a person with the traits of celestial personalities like love for garlands, perfumes, fondness of songs and music and love making.

garbhapātini

Go to lāngali.

gardabhika

parotitis, inflammation of one or both parotid (salivary) glands.

giriśālmalika

Plant yellow-flowered cotton tree, Cochlospermum religiosum.

gokṣūra

Plant dried fruit of Tribulus terrestris; devil’s weed; Pedalium murex is bigger variety of gokṣūra.

govindadas

author of Bhaiṣajyaratnāvali (19th Century ).

gudavali

anal folds, folds of rectum.

gundra

Plant kind of cyperus; lesser Indian reed, grass used for making mats, Typha australis; T. angustata.

hamsagati

the quality of pulse (radial artery) linked to the movement of swan.

harītaki

inknut; pericarp of mature fruits of Terminalia chebula; myrobalan.

hastipippali

Go to gajapippali.

hemagarbhapoṭaliras

(hema.garbha.poṭali.ras) a herbo-mineral medicine to treat chronic diseases and used as rejuvenator.

hintāla

Plant mangrove date palm; marshy date tree; Phoenix or Elate paludosa; queen sago, Cycas circinalis.

ikṣumeha

alimentary glycosuria; increase of glucose due to consumption of more food.

indravalli

Plant baloon vine; Cardiospermum halicacabum.

indriyasthāna

part of Caraka’s compendium dealing with diagnosis and prognosis of diseases and signs of life and death.

inguḍi

Plant 1. delil fruit, Balanites agialida, B. roxburghii; 2. tropical almond, Terminalia catappa.

jalapippali

1. purple lappia; Phyla nodiflora; 2. asiatic day flower, Commelina salicifolia.

jalavetasa

Plant Indian willow, Salix tetrasperma.

jātyādighrita

medicated ghee with jasmine as main ingredient for wound healing.

kadali

Plant banana; fresh rhizome of Musa paradisiaca, M. sapientum.

kāhali

young women.

kajjali

black mercurial; black sulphide of mercury; sulphur added to mercury and triturated without adding any liquid till it becomes fine black powder.

kākanaja

Plant winter cherry, bladder cherry, Physalis alkekengi.

kalihāri

Go to lāngali

kālinda,kalindaka

Plant water melon, Citrulus vulgaris.

kaliṅga

Plant 1. water melon; 2. tree Albizia lebbeck.

kaliṅga

Odissi region of India; cunning or clever.

kalingamāna

scale used in Kalinga region and adopted by Suśrutasamhita.

kāmbalika

1. barley-water, 2. gruel, sour milk mixed with whey and vinegar.

kāñcana

Plant forest pepper, wild orange tree, orange climber, Toddalia asiatica, T. aculeata.

kangu

Plant foxtail millet, Setaria italica.

karṇa

ear, karṇanāda tinnitus, karṇapāka otitis externa diffusa, karṇapippali cysts, polyps in the ear; karṇapūrana fill medicated oil in the ear, karṇarog ear disease, karṇaśodha edema; sūla earache, otalgia, karṇavedhi, karṇavyadha ear-boring.

karṇasphoṭa

Plant ballon vine, Cardiospermum halicacabum.

kasamarda

Plant Cassia occidentalis; negro coffee, stinking weed.

kaṭabhī

Plant balloon plant, Cardiospermum halicacabum

khalivardhani

wisdom tooth.

kośa

sheaths inside the body, namely the sheath of knowledge (jnānamaya), the sheath of bliss (ānadamaya), the sheath of vitality (prāṇamaya), the sheath of mind (manomaya) and the sheath of food (annamaya) explained in the Taittareya upaniṣad.

kṛṣnamusali

Plant golden eye-grass, Curculigo orchioides.

kṣāra

1. a corrosive alkaline medicinal preparation obtained from the ash produced by burning plant-parts; 2. a kind of medicine form converted to alkali, caustic soda.

kṣāra

alkali preparation.

kṣāradvaya

natron, a kind of soda ash (sarjika) and alkali prepared from the ashes of burnt green barley (yava).

kṣārapañcaka

Plant alkalis obtained from natron (svarjikṣāra), flame of the forest (palāṣakṣāra), barley (yavakṣāra), sesamum (tilakṣāra), weaver’s beam tree (muṣkakakṣāra).

kṣārasūtra

alkali thread; treatment procedures for anorectal disorders.

kṣāratraya

alkalis of sarja, yava and ṭankaṇa.

kucandana

Plant 1. sappanwood, Caesalpinia sappan; 2 coralwood tree, Adenathera pavonia. 3. redsander tree, Pterocarpus santalinus.

kumuda

Plant Indian blue water lily, esculent white water lily, dried flowers of Nymphaea alba, N. stellata, N. nauchali.

kunḍalini

dormant energy located near anal region.

kuntali

Go to parpoṭi

kūṭaśālmali

Go to śvetaśālmali

lālameha

saliva-like urine.

lālāpraseka

excess salivation.

lālāsrāva

saliva.

lāṅgali

Plant glory lily, Gloriosa superba.

lasīka

lymph, watery humor in the body, plasma, saliva et Century

lavaṇa

1. salt, salty, saline; 2. Plant balloon plant, Cardiospermum helicacabum.

lavaṇakṣāra

alkaline substance obtained from the ash of the drugs, ex: arkalavaṇa, yavakṣāra

mahārasa

primary alchemical substances, mercury (pādarasa), vermillion (hingulīka), mica (abhraka), loadstone (kāntaloha), iron pyrites (vimala), pyrites (mākṣika), tourmaline (vaikrānta), conch (śankha).

māṃsārbuda

malignant growth, cancer.

maṇḍali

snakes with patches.

maṇḍalin

1. encircling; 2.a kind of snake; 3. chameleon; 4. Indian fig-tree.

markaṭapippali

Go to apāmārga.

māṣaparṇi

Plant green gram, Vogel-tephrosis, Terambus labialus. syn. Glycine labialis.

meghanātha

Jain āyurveda physician specialized in paediatrics, mentioned in Kalyāṇakāraka.

mocarasa

Go to śālmali.

mukha

mouth, oral, mukhapāka stomatitis, mukhasrāva excess salivary secretion, mukhavairasya distaste or loss of taste.

musali

Plant 1. small water fern; 2. musli, Chlorophytum tuberosum, C. borivillianum; 3. Curculigo orchioides.

nābhi

umbilicus, navel, nābhipāka omphalitis, inflammation of the umbilicus.

nāgārjuna

alchemist, surgeon, logician and philosopher. Apparently there were more than one Nāgārjuna in the history of ayurveda and Buddhism. Andhra Nāgārjuna was born in Vedali village near Śrīparvatam and famed as ayurveda Nāgārjuna.

nakulī

Plant 1. cotton tree, Salmalia malabarica; 2. muskroot plant or spikenard, Nardostachys jatamamsi; 3. saffron.

nali

Plant pergularia plant; Polianthus tuberosa; Daemia extensa; Onasoma echioides.

nindita

despicable, low, abnormal ninditapuruṣa person with anatomical abnormalities.

niṣṭīvana

spitting, salivation.

pālitya,palita

graying of scalp hair.

pañcakola

combination of pippali (Piper longum), pippalimūla, cavya (Piper chaba), citraka (Plumbago resea), śunṭhi (Zingiber officinale).

pānḍuraphali

Plant spinous fluggea, Secuinega leucopyrus.

parāśara

one of the six desciples of Ātreya, authored a treatise not available now; specialized in pancakarma.

parpaṭa

Plant Indian fumitory, Fumaria parviflora, F. officinalis

parpaṭi

crust, hardened exterior, black sulfide of mercury prepared into a thick film (kajjali) and adding different ingredients one after the other in triturition in a khalva, ex: pancāmṛta parpati.

patanjali

compiler of Yogasūtras (–2nd Century ), author of Mahābhāṣya commentary (on Kātyāyana vārtīka) and on Pāṇiṇi’s Aṣṭādhyāyi.

pippali

long pepper, Piper longum, pippalimūla piper root.

pizhichil

oil fomentation; one of the Kerala specialities of pancakarma.

poṭali

bundle, sack.

prakṛti

1. nature, creation; 2. personality and temperament, constitution of the body, 3. natural form.

prasārini

Plant 1. marsh mallow, khatmi, Althaea officinalis; 2. touch-me-not plant, Mimosa pudica 3. stinkvine, Paederia foetida is used in south India and arrow-leaf morning glory, Merremia tridentata is used in north India.

praseka,lālāpraseka

salivation; excessive salivation

priyaka

deer with soft skin; a chameleon; trees Nauclea cadamba, Terminalia tomentosa.

priyaṅgu

Plant 1. beauty berry, dried inflorescence of Callicarpa macrophylla; 2. Prunus mahaleb; 3. Aglalia roxburghiana.

pūti

foul smelling, pūtimāruta foulsmelling flatus; pūtimukhatva halitosis, pūtikīṭa foul smelling insect.

pūtimukhatva

halitosis, foul smell from mouth.

rājayoga

the royal yoga, an eight step technique of yoga proponded by Patanjali in Yogasūtra.

raktacandana

Plant redsanders; heartwood of Pterocarpus santalinus.

rāmaśītalika

Plant Amaranthus tricolor, A. gangeticus. amaranth or elephant head amaranth.

rambha

Go to kadali

rasabandha

immobalizing mercury, a process in medicinal alchemy.

rasapaṅka

mercurial mud; black sulfide of mercury or kajjali ground with liquids.

ropaṇa

wound healing.

ṣaḍguṇabalijārsindhūra

rasasindhūra (a mercurial preparation) prepared from six parts sulfur and one part mercury.

sādhana

realization, practice.

śākali

fish; a fishing region in Nepal.

śakra

Plant arjun tree, Terminalia arjuna.

sāligrāmanighaṇṭu

glossary compiled by Lala Saligram in the 19th century.

salila

water, tears, waves, rain.

śālmali

Plant silk-cotton tree, stem bark of Salmalia malabarica, Bombax malabaricum, B. ceiba

sandhānīya

healing, causing to grow together, drug promoting union of fractured bone fragments.

sandhyārāga

Plant four o’ clock flower, Mirbalis jalapa.

śarīrasthāna

chapter on embodied person; part of ayurveda treatises dealing with human body and its physical and psychological disposition.

sarpa

snake, serpent. sarpakāya serpitine body; a person with serpent traits like irritability, laborious, cowardly, angry, double-dealing and hasty in eating and sexual intercourse.

sarvāngaśotha

anasarca; an extreme generalized edema.

śataghni

1. a deadly disease of throat, malignant tumor/cancer; 2. female scorpion; 3. cannon.

siddhaprānesvararas

herbo-mineral preparation used in the diseases of alimentary tract.

snuhi

Plant milkhedge, stem of Euphorbia neriifolia , snuhikshāra alkali preparation from snuhi.

sodhana

1. purification, removal of harmful metabolic substances from the body; cleansing measures; 2. purification of metalic substances, ores by boiling, triturating in various herbal juices, and grinding.

sthūlagokṣūra

Plant devil’s thorn plant, Pedalium murex.

śukrala

prurient or lascivious; food or medicine that increases the quantity and quality of semen.

śvetaśālmali

Plant white silk cotton tree, Ceiba pentandra.

tatva

reality, truth.

tatvasmṛti

mindfulness of reality.

tejohva

Plant balloon plant, Cardiospermum halicacabum.

tiśaṭa

author of Cikitsākalika (14th Century )

trāyamāna

Plant Gentiana kurroo; Delphinium zalil; pakhur fig tree, Ficus heterophylla.

trikaṭu

three pungents ṣunṭhi, pippali, marīca; trikaṭucūrna powder-mix of three pungents: dry ginger, long pepper and pepper.

triphala

three myrobalans (Terminalia chebula, Terminalia bellerica and Embelia ribes).

turuṣka

1. Turkish or belonging to Turkey; 2. Plant oriental sweet gum, Liquidambar orientalis.

upakrama

expedient, means of healing.

ūṣaka

alkaline earth.

utsādana

anointing, rubbing, healing sore.

vaikrānta

tourmaline; fluorspar, feldspar & quartz too are used as vaikrānta.

valaya

sore throat, benign or malignant tumour in throat

valīpalita

winkles and grey hair.

vardhamāna

growing, increasing; vardhamānapippali rejuvenating therapy with long peppers.

vātakunḍalika

incoordination between bladder constriction and sphincter relaxation; cystitis.

veśavāra

1.ginger (sunṭhi), pepper (marīca), long pepper (pippali), coriander (dhānyaka),black cumin (ajāji), pomegranate (dāḍima), piper chaba (pippalimūlam) together are known as veśavāra; 2. boneless meat minced, steamed and added with spices, ghee et Century

vibhītaka

Plant myrobalan tree,Terminalia belerica.

vidalita

wound filled with blood.

vikāra

abnormality, change, transformation.

viṣalya

Go to lāngali

viśva

universe; every; whole; viśvakarma accomplish everything; a quality of mind.

vraṇa

ulcer, wound; vraṇaropaṇa wound healing.

vyanga

localized hyperpigmentation usually on the face; chloasma or melasma.

yavākṣāra

(yava.kṣāra) alkali extraced from burnt barley, corbonate of potash, used in urinary problems.

Wordnet Search
"ali" has 394 results.

ali

apracalita, avyavahṛta, aprayukta   

yaḥ pracalitaḥ nāsti।

apracalitā veśabhūṣā kiṃmarthaṃ karoṣi।

ali

nipuṇa, pravīṇa, abhijña, vijña, niṣṇāta, śikṣita, vaijñānika, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kuśala, saṅkhyāvat, matimat, kuśagrīyamati, kṛṣṭi, vidura, budha, dakṣa, nediṣṭha, kṛtadhī, sudhin, vidvas, kṛtakarman, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, catura, prauḍha, boddhṛ, viśārada, sumedhas, sumati, tīkṣṇa, prekṣāvat, vibudha, vidan, vijñānika, kuśalin   

yaḥ prakarṣeṇa kāryakṣamaḥ asti।

arjunaḥ dhanurvidyāyāṃ nipuṇaḥ āsīt।

ali

avyavasthita, anavasthita, astavyasta, asaṃsthita, bhagnakrama, kramahīna, vikṣipta, saṅkarīkṛta, saṅkula, saṅkīrṇa, vyapanna, vigalita   

yaḥ vyavasthitaḥ nāsti।

śyāmaḥ avyavasthitāṃ kakṣāṃ vinyasyati।

ali

citralipiḥ   

sā lipi yasyāṃ kimapi vastu bhāvo vā citrarūpeṇa sūcayati।

cīnadeśasya prācīnā lipayaḥ citralipeḥ udāharaṇam asti।

ali

vyavakalanam, vyavakalitam, antaram, varjanam   

kasyāḥ api saṅkhyāyāḥ anyasyāḥ saṅkhyāyāḥ nyūnīkaraṇam।

vyavakalanād anantaraṃ catvāraḥ iti uttaraṃ prāptam।

ali

kharali   

mṛduṅgādiṣu carmaṇi piṣṭantalepayukto golākārabhāgaḥ yatra cipīṭakaṃ deyam।

mṛduṅgādiṣu kharaliḥ nādamādhuryārtham asti

ali

śivaliṅgam   

śivasya liṅgaṃ yad pūjyate।

bhāratadeśe śivaliṅgasya arcanāyāḥ paramparā prācīnā vartate।

ali

mūrtiḥ, pratimā, puttalī, puttali   

mṛcchilādinirmitaṃ pratirūpakam।

saḥ yāṃ kāmapi mūrtiṃ nirmāti।

ali

prapatitam, skhalita, avakṣipta, avagata   

yad adhodeśe patitam।

prapatite gṛhe nivasanam iti tasya kṛte anivāryam।

ali

dhvajaḥ, patākā, dhvajapaṭaḥ, dhvajāṃśukaḥ, ketanam, ketuḥ, ketuvasanaḥ, vaijayantikā, vaijayantī, jayantaḥ, kadalī, kadalikā, ucchalaḥ   

daṇḍasya ādhāreṇa samutthitā nānāvarṇīyā viśiṣṭavarṇīyā vā paṭṭikā yayā kasyāpi sattā ko'pi utsavaḥ saṅketaḥ vā sūcyate।

bhāratadeśasya dhvajaḥ cakrāṅkitaḥ asti।

ali

ekāvali   

ekayā mālayā yuktaḥ।

tena śvā ekāvalyāṃ śṛṅkhalāyāṃ baddhaḥ।

ali

puttalī, dāruputrikā, pāñcālikā, pāñcalikā, pāñcālī, puttalikā, śālāṅkī, śālabhañjī, śālabhañjikā, dārustrī, dārugarbhā, kuruṇṭī, añjalikārikā, yāṣā   

kāṣṭhasya putrikā।

saḥ puttalīṃ nartayati।

ali

saṃgrahita, saṃcita, saṃgṛhīta, saṃkalita, saṃhṛta, upacita, avakalita, avacita, saṃsṛṣṭa   

yasya saṅgrahaḥ kṛtaḥ।

asmin saṃgrahālaye naikāni saṅgrahitāni prācīnavastuni santi।

ali

sammilita, sañcita, upacita, samupacita, samūḍha, saṅgūḍha, sambhṛta, sambhūta, ekīkṛta, ekastha, sannipatita, saṃhata, samaveta, saṅkalita   

itastata ākṛṣya ekatra kṛtam nibandhanam ।

aiṣamaḥ kumbhamahāsammelane sammilitānāṃ janānāṃ dhāvaṃ dhāvaṃ jātam।

ali

garvita, garvin, sagarva, garvara, garvavat, garvitacitta, sadarpa, darpavān, darpī, mānī, ahaṅkārī, ahaṃyu, sāhaṅkāra, ahamānī, pragalbha, uddhata, uddhatacitta, uddhatamanas, samuddhata, prauḍha, unnaddha, samunnaddha, sāṭopa, āṭopī, utsikta, unnataśiraska, unnatamanaska, samunnatacitta, ūrdhvadṛṣṭi, avalipta, darpaghmāta, sāvahela, pradhṛṣṭa   

yaḥ garvaṃ karoti।

rājeśaḥ garvitaḥ।

ali

pātālam, adhobhuvanam, nāgalokaḥ, balisadma, rasātalam, ardhaḥ, uragasthānam   

purāṇānusāreṇa pṛthvyāḥ adhastāt vartamāneṣu saptalokeṣu saptamaḥ lokaḥ।

nāgānāṃ nivāsaḥ pātāle asti iti manyate।

ali

niścala, dṛḍha, sthira, acala, avicalita, dhīra, dhṛtimat, dhairyavat, stheyas, stheṣṭha, akampita, akṣubdha, askhalita, avyabhicārin, vyavasthita, sthita, sthitimat, gāḍha, pragāḍha   

yaḥ na vicalati।

niścalaḥ puruṣaḥ svadhyeyaṃ prāpnoti। / samādhau acalā buddhiḥ।

ali

bhraṣṭa, cyuta, vicalita, skhalita, vikṛṣṭa, mohita, vimohita, vyagra, vyākula, khaṇḍita, vyastacitta   

sthānasiddhāntādibhyaḥ dūre gataḥ।

saḥ mārgāt bhraṣṭaḥasti। / vivekād bhraṣṭānām puruṣāṇāṃ bhavati vinipātaḥ śatamukhaḥ।

ali

lābhadāyaka, lābhaprada, lābhakara, labhanīya, lābhada, phalada, phalin, saphala, arthaśīla, arthayukta, arthakara   

yasmāt lābhaḥ bhavati।

kāle kṛtaṃ bhojanaṃ svāsthyārthe lābhadāyakaṃ bhavati।

ali

cālita, calita, cārita, sañacārita, sārita, pracalita, prerita, praṇodita, praṇunna, pracodita   

yaḥ cālyate।

adhunā asya cālitasya yantrasya rodhanam āvaśyakam।

ali

vṛddhā, jīrṇā, sthavirā, gatāyūḥ, vayogatā, jaraṇā, jaraṭhā, jarāturā, jarāpariṇatā, jaraṇḍā, jīrṇavatī, vayaskā, pravayāḥ, vayodhikā, jīnā, jaratī, palitā, paliknī   

yā gatavayaskā asti।

divākaraḥ vṛddhāṃ mārgapāraṃ kṛtvā dadāti।

ali

mauktikamālā, mauktikāvali   

mālāviśeṣaḥ, mauktikanāṃ mālā।

tasyāḥ kaṇṭhe śubhrā mauktikamālā rājate।

ali

buddhakālīnaḥ hastalekhaḥ, buddhakālīnaḥ hastalikhitaḥ   

buddhakāle likhitāni bastalikhitāni।

sāranāthanagaryāṃ buddhakālīnāni hastalekhāni upalabdhāni।

ali

paṭṭaḥ, bandhanam, paṭṭakaḥ, āveṣṭanam, kavali   

vraṇādīnāṃ bandhanam।

saḥ rujāṃ paṭṭena veṣṭayituṃ śalyacikitsakam agamat। /tadasmāt putra niṣkṛṣya maddattādaṅgulīyakāt vācyante śāsanaṃ paṭṭe sūkṣmākṣaraniveśitam।

ali

kalahakārin, kalahakāra, kalahapriya, kalikārī, kalikāraka, kalipriya, vivādārthin, vivādin, vivādaśīla, vivādapriya, yuyutsu   

yaḥ kalahaṃ karoti।

manoharaḥ kalahapriyām bhāryām upāyaṃsta।

ali

nistejas, mandaprabha, hatatejas, mandacchāya, hatakānti, nyūnakānti, nyūnaprabha, malinaprabha, mlānatejas, mlānakānti   

yasmād tejāḥ nirgatam।

cintāyāḥ tasya mukhaṃ nistejaḥ abhavat।

ali

aśuddha, aśuci, apavitra, amedhya, apūta, aśuddhi, aśaucin, anirmala, samala, malavān, malina, apuṇya, apavana   

yad śuddhaṃ nāsti।

etad ghṛtam aśuddham asti।

ali

patita, anupatita, adhogata, adhopatita, avanata, apakṛṣṭa, apabhraṃśita, abatara, avarohita, cyūta, skhalita, apabhraṃśita, dūṣita, duṣṭa, paribhraṣṭa   

yaḥ sadācārādibhyaḥ bhraṣṭaḥ।

patitaḥ vyaktiḥ samājaṃ rasātalaṃ nayati।

ali

śṛṅgam, viṣāṇaḥ, viṣāṇī, viṣāṇam, kūṇikā, kāhalaḥ, kāhalā, kāhali   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ saḥ kaṭhoraḥ avayavaḥ yaḥ khurayuktānāṃ paśūnāṃ mastiṣke vartate।

vṛṣabhasya śṛṅgam abhidat।

ali

alindaḥ, praghāṇaḥ, praghaṇaḥ, ālindaḥ, saudhatalam, valabhī   

bahirdvārasaṃlagnacaturasrapaṭalaḥ।

śukāṅganīlopalanirmitānāṃ lipteṣu bhāsā gṛhadehalīnām। yasyām alindeṣu na cakrureva mugdhāṅganā gomayagomukhāni।

ali

kamalam, padmaḥ, utpalam, kumudam, kumud, nalinam, kuvalayam, aravindam, mahotpalam, paṅkajam, paṅkeruham, sarasijam, sarasīruham, sarojam, saroruham, jalejātam, ambhojam, vāryudbhavam, ambujam, ambhāruham, puṇḍarīkam, mṛṇālī, śatapatram, sahasrapatram, kuśeśayam, indirālayam, tāmarasam, puṣkaram, sārasam, ramāpriyam, visaprasūnam, kuvalam, kuvam, kuṭapam, puṭakam, śrīparṇaḥ, śrīkaram   

jalapuṣpaviśeṣaḥ yasya guṇāḥ śītalatva-svādutva-raktapittabhramārtināśitvādayaḥ।

asmin sarasi nānāvarṇīyāni kamalāni dṛśyante। / kamalaiḥ taḍāgasya śobhā vardhate।

ali

lalitakalā   

jñānena saha kauśalyābhyāsābhyāṃ sampādyamānā kriyā।

tasya lalitakalāyāḥ naipuṇyaṃ sarvaiḥ abhimatam।

ali

chātraḥ, śiṣyaḥ, vidyārthī, antevāsī, pāṭalikaḥ, pāṭhakaḥ, pravālaḥ, mokam, vajram, vineyaḥ   

yaḥ vidyābhyāsaṃ karoti।

asyāṃ kakṣāyāṃ pañcaviṃśati chātrāḥ santi।

ali

poṭalakaḥ, poṭali   

laghuḥ poṭalaḥ।

sudāmā poṭalake sambhṛtāni taṇḍulāni kṛṣṇāt apāguhyat।

ali

nirāmaya, vārta, kalya, uttama, kuśala, kuśalavat, nīruja, kuśalin, kuśali, nirvyādhi, paṭu, ullāgha, laghu, agada, nirjvara, vigada, viroga, anāmaya, aruk aroga, arogin, arogya āyuṣmat, ārogyavat, nirātaṅka, ayakṣma, sahārogya, sustha, susthita   

nirgataḥ āmayo yasmāt।

sarve nirāmayāḥ santu।

ali

darpatā, auddhatyam, uddhatatvam, abhimānatā, avaliptatā, avaliptatvam, āsphālanam   

darpasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

bhavataḥ darpatayā śramikāḥ kāryāt parāvṛttāḥ।

ali

sūciḥ, sūcī, āvaliḥ, āvalī, anukramaṇikā, parisaṅkhyā, parigaṇanā   

viṣayasya mukhyavindunāṃ kramaśaḥ racanāyāḥ sūcanā।

tena krītānāṃ vastūnāṃ sūciḥ kṛtā।

ali

paṅktiḥ, śreṇiḥ, śreṇī, rājiḥ, rājī, āvaliḥ, āvalī, paddhatiḥ, paddhatī, rājikā, tatiḥ, vīthiḥ, vithī, āliḥ, ālī, pāliḥ, pālī, dhāraṇī, rekhā, saraṇiḥ, saraṇī, mālā, viñcolī   

sajātīyavastūnāṃ sakramaṃ racanāyāḥ paramparā।

janāḥ paṅktyām upaviśya bhojanaṃ gṛhṇanti।

ali

sāraḥ, niṣkarṣaḥ, niryāsaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ, nirgalitārthaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, rasaḥ   

vicāre sthirāṃśaḥ।

horāṃ yāvad prayatnāt anantaraṃ eva vayam asya lekhasya sāraṃ lekhitum aśaknuma।

ali

nirmala, vimala, pavitra, śuddha, śuci, amalina, pariṣkṛta, akalka, akalmaṣa, vīghra, svaccha, viśuddha, amlāna, avadāta, iddha   

yaḥ malahīnaḥ doṣarahito vā।

nirmalena manasā arcanā kartavyā।

ali

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

ali

alikhita, alipibaddha   

yad lipibaddhaṃ nāsti।

śyāmaḥ alikhitāḥ lokakathāḥ lipibaddhāḥ karoti।

ali

masiḥ, masī, maṣi, maṣī, masikā, masījalam, malināmbu, patrāñjanam, kālikā, kālī, varṇikā, melā, golā   

lekhanadravyam tat citraṃ dravyaṃ yena vastre kārpāse vā lekhanaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

mama lekhanyāṃ raktavarṇīyā masiḥ asti।

ali

añjali   

hastasampuṭaḥ।

kriyatāṃ me dayā bhadre mayā ayaṃ racitaḥ añjaliḥ।

ali

vali   

sūtragaṇḍikāṃ nirmātum upayujyamānaṃ kāṣṭhasya upakaraṇam।

śyāmena āpaṇakāt valitā krītā।

ali

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

ali

meghaḥ, abhramam, vārivāhaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, balābakaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, jaladharaḥ, taḍitvān, vāridaḥ, ambubhṛt, ghanaḥ, jīmūtaḥ, mudiraḥ, jalamuk, dhūmayoniḥ, abhram, payodharaḥ, ambhodharaḥ, vyomadhūmaḥ, ghanāghanaḥ, vāyudāruḥ, nabhaścaraḥ, kandharaḥ, kandhaḥ, nīradaḥ, gaganadhvajaḥ, vārisuk, vārmuk, vanasuk, abdaḥ, parjanyaḥ, nabhogajaḥ, madayitnuḥ, kadaḥ, kandaḥ, gaveḍuḥ, gadāmaraḥ, khatamālaḥ, vātarathaḥ, śnetanīlaḥ, nāgaḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, pecakaḥ, bhekaḥ, darduraḥ, ambudaḥ, toyadaḥ, ambuvābaḥ, pāthodaḥ, gadāmbaraḥ, gāḍavaḥ, vārimasiḥ, adriḥ, grāvā, gotraḥ, balaḥ, aśnaḥ, purubhojāḥ, valiśānaḥ, aśmā, parvataḥ, giriḥ, vrajaḥ, caruḥ, varāhaḥ, śambaraḥ, rauhiṇaḥ, raivataḥ, phaligaḥ, uparaḥ, upalaḥ, camasaḥ, arhiḥ, dṛtiḥ, odanaḥ, vṛṣandhiḥ, vṛtraḥ, asuraḥ, kośaḥ   

pṛthvīstha-jalam yad sūryasya ātapena bāṣparupaṃ bhūtvā ākāśe tiṣṭhati jalaṃ siñcati ca।

kālidāsena meghaḥ dūtaḥ asti iti kalpanā kṛtā

ali

viṣṇuḥ, nārāyaṇaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, vaikuṇṭhaḥ, viṣṭaraśravāḥ, dāmodaraḥ, hṛṣīkeśaḥ, keśavaḥ, mādhavaḥ, svabhūḥ, daityāriḥ, puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ, govindaḥ, garuḍadhvajaḥ, pītāmbaraḥ, acyutaḥ, śārṅgī, viṣvaksenaḥ, janārdanaḥ, upendraḥ, indrāvarajaḥ, cakrapāṇiḥ, caturbhujaḥ, padmanābhaḥ, madhuripuḥ, vāsudevaḥ, trivikramaḥ, daivakīnandanaḥ, śauriḥ, śrīpatiḥ, puruṣottamaḥ, vanamālī, balidhvaṃsī, kaṃsārātiḥ, adhokṣajaḥ, viśvambharaḥ, kaiṭabhajit, vidhuḥ, śrīvatsalāñachanaḥ, purāṇapuruṣaḥ, vṛṣṇiḥ, śatadhāmā, gadāgrajaḥ, ekaśṛṅgaḥ, jagannāthaḥ, viśvarūpaḥ, sanātanaḥ, mukundaḥ, rāhubhedī, vāmanaḥ, śivakīrtanaḥ, śrīnivāsaḥ, ajaḥ, vāsuḥ, śrīhariḥ, kaṃsāriḥ, nṛhariḥ, vibhuḥ, madhujit, madhusūdanaḥ, kāntaḥ, puruṣaḥ, śrīgarbhaḥ, śrīkaraḥ, śrīmān, śrīdharaḥ, śrīniketanaḥ, śrīkāntaḥ, śrīśaḥ, prabhuḥ, jagadīśaḥ, gadādharaḥ, ajitaḥ, jitāmitraḥ, ṛtadhāmā, śaśabinduḥ, punarvasuḥ, ādidevaḥ, śrīvarāhaḥ, sahasravadanaḥ, tripāt, ūrdhvadevaḥ, gṛdhnuḥ, hariḥ, yādavaḥ, cāṇūrasūdanaḥ, sadāyogī, dhruvaḥ, hemaśaṅkhaḥ, śatāvarttī, kālanemiripuḥ, somasindhuḥ, viriñciḥ, dharaṇīdharaḥ, bahumūrddhā, vardhamānaḥ, śatānandaḥ, vṛṣāntakaḥ, rantidevaḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, dāśārhaḥ, abdhiśayanaḥ, indrānujaḥ, jalaśayaḥ, yajñapuruṣaḥ, tārkṣadhvajaḥ, ṣaḍbinduḥ, padmeśaḥ, mārjaḥ, jinaḥ, kumodakaḥ, jahnuḥ, vasuḥ, śatāvartaḥ, muñjakeśī, babhruḥ, vedhāḥ, prasniśṛṅgaḥ, ātmabhūḥ, suvarṇabinduḥ, śrīvatsaḥ, gadābhṛt, śārṅgabhṛt, cakrabhṛt, śrīvatsabhṛt, śaṅkhabhṛt, jalaśāyī, muramardanaḥ, lakṣmīpatiḥ, murāriḥ, amṛtaḥ, ariṣṭanemaḥ, kapiḥ, keśaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, janārdanaḥ, jinaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, vikramaḥ, śarvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ hindudharmānusāraṃ jagataḥ pālanakartā।

ekādaśastathā tvaṣṭā dvādaśo viṣṇurucyate jaghanyajastu sarveṣāmādityānāṃ guṇādhikaḥ।

ali

yuddham, saṃgrāmaḥ, samaraḥ, samaram, āyodhanam, āhavam, raṇyam, anīkaḥ, anīkam, abhisampātaḥ, abhyāmardaḥ, araraḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, yodhanam, jamyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṃkhyam, samīkam, sāmyarāyikam, kalahaḥ, vigrahaḥ, saṃprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, saṃsphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, samāghātaḥ, saṃgrāmaḥ, abhyāgamaḥ, āhavaḥ, samudāyaḥ, saṃyat, samitiḥ, ājiḥ, samit, yut, saṃrāvaḥ, ānāhaḥ, samparāyakaḥ, vidāraḥ, dāraṇam, saṃvit, samparāyaḥ, balajam, ānarttaḥ, abhimaraḥ, samudayaḥ, raṇaḥ, vivāk, vikhādaḥ, nadanuḥ, bharaḥ, ākrandaḥ, ājiḥ, pṛtanājyam, abhīkam, samīkam, mamasatyam, nemadhitā, saṅkāḥ, samitiḥ, samanam, mīऴ् he, pṛtanāḥ, spṛt, spṛd, mṛt, mṛd, pṛt, pṛd, samatsu, samaryaḥ, samaraṇam, samohaḥ, samithaḥ, saṅkhe, saṅge, saṃyugam, saṅgathaḥ, saṅgame, vṛtratūryam, pṛkṣaḥ, āṇiḥ, śīrasātau, vājasātiḥ, samanīkam, khalaḥ, khajaḥ, pauṃsye, mahādhanaḥ, vājaḥ, ajam, sadma, saṃyat, saṃyad, saṃvataḥ   

śatrutāvaśād anyarājyaiḥ saha saśastrasenābalena dharmalābhārtham arthalābhārthaṃ yaśolābhārthaṃ vā yodhanam।

yatra ayuddhe dhruvaṃ nāśo yuddhe jīvitasaṃśayaḥ taṃ kālam ekaṃ yuddhasya pravadanti manīṣiṇaḥ।

ali

kamalam, aravindam, sarasijam, salilajam, rājīvam, paṅkajam, nīrajam, pāthojam, nalam, nalinam, ambhojam, ambujanma, ambujam, śrīḥ, amburuham, ambupadmam, sujalam, ambhoruham, puṣkaram, sārasam, paṅkajam, sarasīruham, kuṭapam, pāthoruham, vārjam, tāmarasam, kuśeśayam, kañjam, kajam, śatapatram, visakusumam, sahasrapatram, mahotpalam, vāriruham, paṅkeruham   

jalajakṣupaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi atīva śobhanāni santi khyātaśca।

bālakaḥ krīḍāsamaye sarovarāt kamalāni lūnāti।

ali

anāsakta, alipta, nirlipta   

yaḥ āsaktaḥ nāsti।

saḥ rūḍhīṃ prati anāsaktaḥ।

ali

hastalikhitam   

hastena likhitam।

bhāratadeśe naikeṣu sthāneṣu buddhakālīnāni hastalikhitāni dṛśyante।

ali

citram, citralekhā, citralikhitam, ālekhyam, pratimā, pratimānam, citraphalakaḥ, pratikṛtiḥ, pratirūpam, praticchāyā, praticchandakam, prativimbam, pritivimbaḥ, jharjharīkaḥ, pratinidhiḥ, pratiyātanā   

rekhābhiḥ varṇaiḥ vā ālekhitā ākṛti।

kalāniketana iti saṃsthāyāṃ naikāni citrāṇi santi।

ali

pariśri, paribṛṃh, paribandh, upalikh, paryaṅkh   

kam api caturbhiḥ digbhiḥ nirodhanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

asmākaṃ sainikaiḥ śatrusainikāḥ paryaśrīyanta।

ali

malina, samala, maladūṣita, paṅkadūṣita, malīmasa   

na acchaḥ।

pāṭhaśālāyāṃ malinaṃ vāsaṃ paridhṛtya na āgantavyam।

ali

dṛḍha, sthara, niścala, acala, avicalita, dhīra, dhṛtimat, dhairyavat   

yaḥ nirṇayam anyathā na karoti।

saḥ svanirṇaye dṛḍhaḥ āsīt।

ali

buddhaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, sugataḥ, dharmarājaḥ, tathāgataḥ, samantabhadraḥ, bhagavān, mārajit, lokajit, jinaḥ, ṣaḍabhijñaḥ, daśabalaḥ, advayavādī, vināyakaḥ, munīndraḥ, śrīghanaḥ, śāstā, muniḥ, dharmaḥ, trikālajñaḥ, dhātuḥ, bodhisattvaḥ, mahābodhiḥ, āryaḥ, pañcajñānaḥ, daśārhaḥ, daśabhūmigaḥ, catustriṃśatajātakajñaḥ, daśapāramitādharaḥ, dvādaśākṣaḥ, trikāyaḥ, saṃguptaḥ, dayakurcaḥ, khajit, vijñānamātṛkaḥ, mahāmaitraḥ, dharmacakraḥ, mahāmuniḥ, asamaḥ, khasamaḥ, maitrī, balaḥ, guṇākaraḥ, akaniṣṭhaḥ, triśaraṇaḥ, budhaḥ, vakrī, vāgāśaniḥ, jitāriḥ, arhaṇaḥ, arhan, mahāsukhaḥ, mahābalaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, lalitaḥ   

bauddhadharmasya pravartakaḥ yaṃ janāḥ īśvaraṃ manyante।

kuśīnagaram iti buddhasya parinirvāṇasthalaṃ iti khyātam।

ali

nalikā, nāḍī, nālī, netram, suṣiḥ   

yā svasmin vastūni sthāpayitvā anyatra nayati।

dhamanirūpā nalikā hṛdayaṃ prati raktaṃ vahati tataḥ apanayati ca।

ali

ānukramika, kramabaddha, średhin, anvayin, samanvayin, śrṛṅkhalita, kramaka, kramāgata, kramāyāta, kramānuyāyin   

yad krameṇa vartate।

viśvesmin jīvānām ānukramikaḥ vikāsaḥ abhavat।

ali

poṭali   

yātrārthe upayuktaṃ syūtam।

poṭalikāyāṃ yātrāyāḥ vastūni sthāpayatu।

ali

muśalikā, muṣalikā, gṛhagodhā, gṛhagodhikā, gṛhālikā, musalī, muṣalī, muśalī   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, sarīsṛpakulasya gṛhasya kūḍye dṛśyamānaḥ jantuḥ।

muśalikā kīṭakān atti।

ali

kalikā, mukulaḥ, mukulam, kudamalaḥ, kuḍmalaḥ, jālakam, kṣārakaḥ, prarohaḥ, aṅkuraḥ, pallavaḥ, pallavam, koṣaḥ, korakaḥ, korakam   

asphuṭitapuṣpam।

mālikaḥ kalikānām unmūlanārthe bālakāya kupyati।

ali

strī, nārī, narī, mānuṣī, manuṣī, mānavī, lalanā, lalitā, ramaṇī, rāmā, vanitā, priyā, mahilā, yoṣā, yoṣitā, yoṣit, yoṣīt, vadhūḥ, bharaṇyā, mahelā, mahelikā, māninī, vāmā, aṅganā, abalā, kāminī, janiḥ, janī, joṣā, joṣitā, joṣit, dhanikā, parigṛhyā, pramadā, pratīpadarśinī, vilāsinī, sindūratilakā, sīmantinī, subhrūḥ, śarvarī   

manuṣyajātīyānāṃ strī-puṃrūpīyayoḥ prabhedadvayayoḥ prathamā yā prajananakṣamā asti।

adhunā vividheṣu kṣetreṣu strīṇām ādhipatyam vartate।

ali

balidānam   

baleḥ arpaṇakriyā।

tena mandire meṣasya balidānaṃ dattam।

ali

bali   

saḥ jīvaḥ yaḥ devatāyai arpyate।

ajādīnāṃ baliḥ arpyate।/ajāputraṃ baliṃ dadyāt।

ali

subhaga, cāru, peśala, gṛtsa, lalita   

yaḥ ākarṣakarītyā sajjībhavati।

vivāhādiṣu avasareṣu janāḥ svān subhagān darśayituṃ prayatante।

ali

pretaḥ, pretanaraḥ, pretikaḥ, paretaḥ, nārakaḥ, narakavāsī, narakāmayaḥ, paretaḥ, niśāṭaḥ, brahmarākṣasaḥ, bhūtaḥ, malinamukhaḥ, rahāṭaḥ, śmaśānanivāsī, śmaśānaveśmā, sattva   

mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ yaḥ jīvātmā tasya sā avasthā yasyāṃ saḥ mokṣābhāvat anyajanān pīḍayati।

ādhunike yuge viralāḥ janāḥ pretānām astittvaṃ na svīkurvanti।

ali

āmram, cūtam, sahakāram, kāmaśaram, kāmavallabham, kāmāṅgam, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumam, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭam, sīdhurasam, madhūlī, kokilotsavam, vasantadūtam, āmraphalam, modākhyam, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥkokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalaviśeṣaḥ, āmravṛkṣasya phalam asya guṇāḥ varṇarucimāṃsaśukrabalakāritvam।

rāmāya āmraḥ rocate।

ali

āmraḥ, āmravṛkṣaḥ, cūtaḥ, sahakāraḥ, kāmaśaraḥ, kāmavallabhaḥ, kāmāṅgaḥ, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumaḥ, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭaḥ, sīdhurasaḥ, madhūlī, kokilotsavaḥ, vasantadūtaḥ, amraphalaḥ, modākhyaḥ, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥ, kokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- dīrghajīvī pādapaḥ yasya pītavarṇīyaṃ phalam atīva madhuram।

āmravṛkṣe śukāḥ nivasanti।

ali

sukhin, kuśalin, kuśala, prasanna, prahṛṣṭamanas, bhadra, subhaga   

yaḥ sarvaṃ sukham anubhavati।

sarve janāḥ sukhinaḥ santu iti eva asmākaṃ prārthanā।

ali

dhāneyam, āvalikā, chattradhānyam, tīkṣṇakalkaḥ, dhanikaḥ, dhanikam, dhānam, dhānakam, dhānā, dhāneyakam, dhānyam, dhānyā, dhānyakam, dhānyeyam, dhenikā, dhenukā, bhidā, vaṃśyā, vanajaḥ, vitunnakaḥ, vitunnakam, vedhakam, śākayogyaḥ, sucaritrā, sūkṣmapatram, sauraḥ, saurajaḥ, saurabhaḥ   

laghukṣupaḥ yasya parṇāni sugandhitāni santi।

dhāneyasya tiktikā apūpena saha rucikarā bhavati।

ali

talam, gṛhatalam, harmyatalam, gṛhabhūmi, gṛhabhūḥ, veśmabhūḥ, kuṭṭimam, talimam, sutalaḥ, gṛhapoṭaḥ, gṛhapotakaḥ, potaḥ   

upaveśanārthe samīkṛtā bhūmiḥ।

adhunā talasya saundaryavardhanāya naikāni sādhanāni santi।

ali

padadalita   

pādaiḥ dalitaḥ।

hindūdharmānusāreṇa padadalitasya annasya sevanaṃ varjyam asti।

ali

śaktimat, śaktiśālin, balaśālin, baliṣṭha   

yaḥ adhikaḥ balavān asti।

aśokaḥ śaktimān rājā āsīt।

ali

kadambaḥ, nīpaḥ, priyakaḥ, halipriyaḥ, kādambaḥ, ṣaṭpadeṣṭaḥ, prāvṛṣeṇyaḥ, haripriyaḥ, jīrṇaparṇaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, surabhiḥ, lalanāpriyaḥ, kādambaryaḥ, sīdhupuṣpaḥ, mahāḍhyaḥ, karṇapūrakaḥ, vajraḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ। yasya raktavarṇīyāni puṣpāṇi vṛttāni santi asya guṇāḥ tiktatvam kaṭutvam kaṣāyatvam vātapittakaphārtināśitvam śītalatvam śukravardhanañca।

katipayakusumodgamaḥ kadmabaḥ।

ali

vānaraḥ, kapiḥ, plavaṅgaḥ, plavagaḥ, śākhāmṛgaḥ, valīmukhaḥ, markaṭaḥ, kīśaḥ, vanaukāḥ, markaḥ, plavaḥ, pravaṅgaḥ, pravagaḥ, plavaṅgamaḥ, pravaṅgamaḥ, golāṅgulaḥ, kapitthāsya, dadhikṣoṇaḥ, hariḥ, tarumṛgaḥ, nagāṭanaḥ, jhampī, jhampārukalipriyaḥ, kikhiḥ, śālāvṛkaḥ   

vanyapaśuḥ yaḥ vṛkṣe vasati bhramati ca।

vālī nāma vānaraḥ rāmeṇa hataḥ।

ali

kaliyugam, kaliḥ, kaleḥyugam, kaṣāyaḥ   

hindūnāṃ mate kālasya caturvibhāgeṣu antimaḥ kaliyugasaṃjñakaḥ sa ca dvāpāgayugād anantaraṃ 432000 varṣaparyantaḥ।

kaliyugasya lakṣaṇam dharmaḥ saṅkucitastapo virahitaṃ satyaṃ ca dūraṃ gatam lokā dharmahatā dvijāśca lubhitā nārīvaśā mānavāḥ।

ali

kaliyugīna   

kaliyugena sambaddhaḥ।

kaliyuge duṣṭānāṃ saṃhārārthe īśvarasya kaliyugīnaṃ rūpam avatariṣyati।

ali

kalahaḥ, vādaḥ, yuddham, āyodhanam, janyam, pradhanam, pravidāraṇam, mṛdham, āskandanam, saṅkhyam, samīkam, sāmparāyikam, samaraḥ, anīkaḥ, raṇaḥ, vigrahaḥ, samprahāraḥ, kaliḥ, sphoṭaḥ, saṃyugaḥ, āhavaḥ, samitiḥ, samit, ājiḥ, śamīkam, saṃspheṭaḥ   

kasyāpi viṣaye parasparaviṣaye vā prayuktaṃ dūṣitaṃ jalpanam।

saḥ kalahasya kāraṇaṃ jñātuṃ icchati।

ali

kākaḥ, vāyasaḥ, dhmākṣaḥ, dhvāṃkṣaḥ, dhvāṃkṣarāvī, karaṭaḥ, balibhuk, balibhuj, gṛhabalibhuj, gṛhabalibhuk, balipuṣṭaḥ, balipuṣṭā, balipuṣṭam, cirañjīvī, kāṇaḥ, kāṇūkaḥ, maukuliḥ, divāṭanaḥ, śakrajaḥ, sakṛtprajaḥ, malabhuk, malabhuj, prātarbhoktā, kāravaḥ, anyabhṛt, yūkāriḥ, ariṣṭaḥ, ātmaghoṣaḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ- kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ khagaḥ yasya dhvaniḥ karkaśaḥ।

kākaḥ śākhāyāṃ sthitvā kākadhvaniṃ karoti।

ali

palāvaḥ, śuṣkalam, matsyabandhanam, biliśaḥ, baliśam   

matsyabandhanārthe pāśaḥ।

matsyaṃ baddhuṃ mohanena palāve pralobhanaṃ sthāpitam।

ali

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

ali

nadī, sarit, taraṅgiṇī, śaivalinī, taṭinī, dhunī, srotasvatī, dvīpavatī, sravantī, nimnagā, āpagā, srotasvinī, srotovahā, sāgaragāminī, apagā, nirjhariṇī, sarasvatī, samudragā, kūlaṅkaṣā, kūlavatī, śaivālinī, samudrakāntā, sāgaragā, rodhovatī, vāhinī   

jalasya saḥ pravāhaḥ yaḥ parvatāt ārabhya viśiṣṭamārgeṇa sāgaraṃ prati gacchati।

parvatapradeśe pāṣāṇasikatādiṣu nadī mārgam ākramati ।/ pāṇineḥ na nadī gaṅgā yamunā na nadī sthalī।

ali

caṭakā, gṛhanīḍā, vṛṣāyaṇā, gṛhabalibhuk, kalaviṅkā, kalaviṅkakā, kalāvikalā   

khagaviśeṣaḥ laghupakṣiṇī yasyāḥ nīḍaṃ prāyaḥ gṛhe asti।

caṭakā śiśum annaṃ bhojayati।

ali

jalaukā, raktapā, jalaukasaḥ, jalūkā, jalākā, jaloragī, jalāyukā, jalikā, jalāsukā, jalajantukā, veṇī, jalālokā, jalaukasī, jalaukasam, jalaukasā, raktapāyinī, raktasandaśikā, tīkṣṇā, vamanī, jalajīvanī, raktapātā, vedhinī, jalasarpiṇī, jalasūciḥ, jalāṭanī, jalākā, jalapaṭātmikā, jalikā, jalālukā, jalavāsinī   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ prāṇināṃ śarīrasthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ nirharet।

priyadarśanaḥ jalaukā babhūva।

ali

maṇḍūkaḥ, bhekaḥ, plavaḥ, plavagaḥ, plavagatiḥ, plavaṅgamaḥ, darduraḥ, vyaṅgaḥ, varṣābhūḥ, varṣāghoṣaḥ, vṛṣṭibhūḥ, dardarīkaḥ, gūḍhavarccā, alimakaḥ, ajihvaḥ, śallaḥ, śālūraḥ, sālūraḥ, hariḥ   

saḥ prāṇī yaḥ ubhayacaraḥ tathā ca yaḥ varṣāṛtau jalāśayasya samīpe dṛśyate।

varṣāṛtau naike maṇḍūkāḥ sthāne-sthāne plavante।

ali

kṣatriyaḥ, rājanyaḥ, kṣatraḥ, bāhujaḥ, virāṭ, mūrdhābhiṣiktaḥ, dvijaliṅgī, rājā, nābhiḥ, nṛpaḥ, mūrdhakaḥ, pārthivaḥ, sārvabhaumaḥ   

hindūdharmaśāstrānusāreṇa cāturvarṇyavyavasthāyāṃ dvitīyaḥ varṇaḥ tadvarṇīyānāṃ karma brāhmaṇādīnām anyavarṇīyānāṃ śatroḥ rakṣaṇam iti।

śaraṇāgatasya rakṣā kṣatriyasya dharmaḥ asti।

ali

abhilikh, avalikh, utkṝ, likh, saṃlikh   

kasmin api kaṭhore vastuni niśitena vastunā kṛtaḥ aṅkanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

saḥ śvetaśailapaṭṭake svanāma abhyalikhat।

ali

malinatā, mālinyam, apavitratā, aśuddhi, asvacchatā, aśucitā, āśauca, aviśuddhi, aśucitva   

malinasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

tasya manasaḥ malinatā dūrīkartuṃ na śakyate।

ali

bhramaraḥ, dvirephaḥ, madhuvrataḥ, madhukaraḥ, madhuliṭ, madhupaḥ, aliḥ, alī, puṣpaliṭ, bhṛṅgaḥ, ṣaṭpadaḥ, kalālāpakaḥ, śilīmukhaḥ, puṣpandhayaḥ, madhukṛt, dvipaḥ, bhasaraḥ, cañcarikaḥ, sukāṇḍī, madhulolupaḥ, madhumārakaḥ, indindiraḥ, madhuparaḥ, lambaḥ, puṣpakīṭaḥ, madhusūdanaḥ, bhṛṅgarājaḥ, madhulehī, reṇuvāsaḥ, kāmukaḥ, kaliṅgapakṣī, mārkavaḥ, bhṛṅgarajaḥ, aṅgārkaḥ, bhṛṅgāraḥ   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ, pratikusumaṃ bhrāmyan kṛṣṇakīṭaḥ।

bhramarāṇāṃ kadambaḥ priyaḥ asti।

ali

bṛhaddhūmranali   

bṛhatī dhūmranalikā।

prācīne kāle rājānaḥ bṛhaddhūmranalikāṃ pibanti sma।

ali

dhūmranali   

dhūmrapānasya viśeṣaprakārakam upakaraṇam।

rāmaḥ dhūmranalikāṃ sevate।

ali

palighaḥ, pulakaḥ, pārī   

jaladravyādipānārtham upayujyamānaṃ bhājanam।

saḥ palighāt dugdhaṃ pibati।

ali

kaṭaḥ, iṭaḥ, kaṭakaḥ, kaliñjaḥ, kiliñjaḥ, kiliñjakaḥ, vaṭaraḥ   

śuṣkatṛṇaiḥ palālaiḥ vā vinirmitā śayyā।

saḥ kaṭe śete।

ali

ātmabaliṃ dā, prāṇārpaṇaṃ kṛ   

kāryoddeśajanya prāṇārpaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhāratasya suputraiḥ deśarakṣaṇārtham ātmabalim adadāt।

ali

pracalita, ruḍha   

yaḥ pracalati।

eṣā rītiḥ samāje adyapi pracalitā vartate।

ali

adhaḥcaraḥ, apahārakaḥ, apahārikā, apahārakam, avahāraḥ, avāvan, avāvarī, ākhanikaḥ, ākhuḥ, āmoṣī, āmoṣi, kapāṭaghnaḥ, kapāṭaghnā, kapāṭaghnam, kambū, kalamaḥ, kavāṭaghnaḥ, kumbhīrakaḥ, kusumālaḥ, kharparaḥ, coraḥ, cauraḥ, corī, corakaḥ, caurī, caurikā, taḥ, takvān, taskaraḥ, tāyu, tṛpuḥ, dasmaḥ, dasmā, dasraḥ, drāvakaḥ, dhanaharaḥ, dhanahṛt, dhanahṛd, naktacāriḥ, naktacārī, nāgarakaḥ, parāskandī, parāskandi, parimoṣī, parimoṣiḥ, paṭaccaraḥ, pāṭṭacaraḥ, puraṃdaraḥ, pracuraḥ., pracurapuruṣaḥ, pratirodhakaḥ, pratirodhī, bandīkāraḥ, malimluḥ, malimluc, mallīkara, mācalaḥ, mīḍhuṣtamaḥ, mumuṣiṣuḥ, muṣkaḥ, mūṣakaḥ, moṣaḥ, moṣakaḥ, moṣṭā, rajanīcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, rātryāṭaḥ, rikvān, ritakvān, ribhvān, rihāyaḥ, rerihāṇaḥ, laṭaḥ, luṇṭākaḥ, vaṭaraḥ, vanarguḥ, viloḍakaḥ, viloptā, stenaḥ, stainyaḥ, stāyuḥ, steyakṛt, steyakṛd, steyī, staunaḥ, styenaḥ, styainaḥ, srotasyaḥ, harikaḥ, hartā, hārakaḥ, hārītaḥ   

adatsya paradhanasya apahārakaḥ।

rakṣakaḥ corān daṇḍayati।

ali

karamardaḥ, karamardī, karāmbukaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, kṛṣṇapākaḥ, kṣīraphalaḥ, ḍiṇḍimaḥ, nalinadalaḥ, pākakṛṣṇaḥ, pākaphalaḥ, pāṇimardaḥ, phalakṛṣṇaḥ, phalapākaḥ, vanāmalaḥ, varālakaḥ, varāmraḥ, vārivaraḥ, vaśaḥ, vighnaḥ, suṣeṇaḥ   

kaṇṭakayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalāni laghuni tathā ca amlāni santi।

tena karamardaḥ unmūlitaḥ।

ali

yamunā, yamunānadī, kālindī, sūryatanayā, śamanasvasā, tapanatanūjā, kalindakanyā, yamasvasā, śyāmā, tāpī, kalindalandinī, yamanī, yamī, kalindaśailajā, sūryasutā, tapanatanayā, aruṇātmajā, dineśātmajā, bhānujā, ravijā, bhānusutā, sūryasutā, sūryajā, yamānujā, arkatanayā, arkasutā, arkajā   

bhāratīyanadīviśeṣaḥ sā tu himālayadakṣiṇadeśād nirgatya prayāge gaṅgāyāṃ miśritā।

sarnāṇi hṛdayāsthāni maṅgalāni śubhāni ca। dadāti cepsitān loke tena sā sarvamaṅgalā॥ saṅgamād gamanād gaṅgā loke devī vibhāvyate। yamasya bhaginī jātā yamunā tena sā matā॥

ali

panasaḥ, kaṇṭaphalaḥ, pūtaphalaḥ, phalasaḥ, campakāluḥ, panasatālikā, panasanālikā, prākaphalaḥ, phalavṛkṣakaḥ, phalasaḥ, phalinaḥ, mūlaphaladaḥ, mṛdaṅgaphalaḥ, rasālaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya phalāni sthūlāni tathā ca bhārayuktāni santi।

saḥ udyāne panasaṃ ropayati।

ali

karamardaḥ, karamardī, karāmbukaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, kṛṣṇapākaḥ, kṣīraphalaḥ, ḍiṇḍimaḥ, nalinadalaḥ, pākakṛṣṇaḥ, pākaphalaḥ, pāṇimardaḥ, phalakṛṣṇaḥ, phalapākaḥ, vanāmalaḥ, varālakaḥ, varāmraḥ, vārivaraḥ, vaśaḥ, vighnaḥ, suṣeṇaḥ   

kaṇṭakayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalāni laghūni tathā ca amlāni santi।

mātuḥ karamardasya vyañjanaṃ nirmāti।

ali

mālā, rājiḥ, lekhā, tatī, vīcī, ālī, āvaliḥ, paṅktiḥ, dhāraṇī   

alaṅkāraviśeṣaḥ, kaṇṭhe avadhāraṇārthe alaṅkāraḥ।

kuśagranthimayī mālā sarvapāpapraṇāśinī।

ali

galita, śīrṇa, upaklinna, durgandha   

pūtimān durgandhavān vā।

galitaṃ vastu avakarikāyāṃ kṣipa।

ali

praskhalita, vimatta   

yaḥ sthiram avasthātuṃ calituṃ vā na śaknoti।

praskhalitaḥ saḥ unmādena calati।

ali

ūrmiḥ, vīciḥ, ūrmikā, kallolaḥ, ghṛṇiḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, jalataraṅgaḥ, taraṅgakaḥ, taralaḥ, argalā, arṇaḥ, arṇam, utkalikā, hillolaḥ, vibhaṅgaḥ, vāritaraṅgaḥ, laharī, valī, bhaṅgī, bhaṅgiḥ   

nadī-samudrādiṣu jalāśayeṣu viśiṣṭāntareṇa ut ca ava ca tvaṅgamānā jalarāśiḥ yā agre gamyamānā dṛśyate।

samudrasya ūrmayaḥ parvatam abhitāḍya vyāghūrṇanti।

ali

dalita   

yaḥ daridrī pīḍitaḥ ca asti।

śāsanena dalitasya samājasya vikāsārthe prayatnāḥ karaṇīyāḥ।

ali

viṣamaliṅgī   

sā vyaktiḥ yā kāmavāsanārthe viparītaliṅgivyaktiṃ prati ākṛṣṭaḥ bhavati।

viṣamaliṅginā saha sambandhaḥ iti prakṛti।

ali

hastalikhitam   

lekhapustakādīnāṃ hastena likhitā pratiḥ।

mama hastalikhitaṃ mudraṇārthe mudraṇālaye gatam।

ali

nalikā, nālaḥ   

suṣiravivariṇī kṛtrimā nāḍiḥ yā dravavāhanārthe upayujyate।

saḥ nalikayā nārikela-jalaṃ pibati।

ali

nimnalikhita, adholikhita, nimnokta   

yad nimne likhitam।

nimnalikhitānāṃ praśnānāṃ samādhānaṃ dadatu।

ali

bali   

kasyāpi devatāyāḥ kṛte yaḥ paśuḥ hanyate।

kecana janāḥ baleḥ māṃsaṃ paktvā prasādaṃ matvā khādanti।

ali

pūlaḥ, poṭalaḥ, poṭalakaḥ, poṭalikā, phālaḥ, mūṭaḥ   

vastrakargajādeḥ baddhaḥ samūhaḥ।

tena āpaṇakāt agniśalākāyāḥ catvāraḥ pūlāḥ krītāḥ।

ali

bakaḥ, dvārabalibhuk, kakṣeruḥ, śuklavāyasaḥ, dīrghajaṅghaḥ, bakoṭaḥ, gṛhabalipriyaḥ, niśaitaḥ, śikhī, candravihaṅgamaḥ, tīrthasevī, tāpasaḥ, mīnaghātī, mṛṣādhyāyī, niścalāṅgaḥ, dāmbhikaḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ-yasya kaṇṭha tathā ca pādau dīrghau।

matsyān bhakṣayituṃ bakaḥ taṭe avasthitaḥ।

ali

poṭali   

vastre vastūni sthāpayitvā kṛtaṃ granthibandhanam।

muniyā poṭalikayā dhānyaṃ nirakāsayat।

ali

vṛścikaḥ, aliḥ, āliḥ, droṇaḥ, vṛścanaḥ, druṇaḥ, pṛdākuḥ, arūṇaḥ, alī   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ, viṣadharaḥ śrūkakīṭaḥ। saḥ vṛścikena daṣṭaḥ।/

dahatyagnirivādau ca bhīnattīvordhvamāśu ca । vṛścikasya viṣaṃ yāti paścāddaṃśo avatiṣṭhate

ali

vṛścikālī, vṛścipatrī, viṣaghnī, nāgadantikā, sarpadaṃśaṣṭrā, amarā, kālī, uṣṭradhūsarapucchikā, viṣāṇī, netrarogahā, uṣṭrikā, aliparṇī, dakṣiṇāvartakī, kālikā, āgamāvartā, devalāṅgūlikā, karabhī, bhūrīdugdhā, karkaśā, svarṇadā, yugmaphalā, kṣīraviṣāṇikā, bhāsurapuṣpā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ, yasya tīkṣṇapatrāṇāṃ daṃśaḥ vṛścikavat dāhakaḥ asti (āyurvede asya hṛdraktaśuddhikārīkatvaṃ raktapittavibandhārocakāpahatvam ityādi guṇāḥ proktāḥ);

atra vṛścikālī samudbhūtā/

vṛścikālī viṣaghnī tu kāsamārutanāśinī [rājavallabhaḥ]

ali

goṇī, syūtaḥ, syūti, poṭalikā, syūnaḥ, prasevakaḥ   

śāṇyādeḥ sūtena vinirmitaḥ bṛhat prasevaḥ yasmin dhānyaṃ sthāpyate।

kṛṣakaḥ grāhakāya daśa goṇyaḥ adadāt।

ali

madyam, surā, madirā, vāruṇī, halipriyā, hālā, pariśrut, varuṇātmajā, gandhottamā, prasannā, irā, kādambarī, pariśrutā, kaśyam, mānikā, kapiśī, gandhamādanī, mādhavī, kattoyam, madaḥ, kāpiśāyanam, mattā, sītā, capalā, kāminī, priyā, madagandhā, mādhvīkam, madhu, sandhānam, āsavaḥ, amṛtā, vīrā, medhāvī, madanī, supratibhā, manojñā, vidhātā, modinī, halī, guṇāriṣṭam, sarakaḥ, madhūlikā, madotkaṭā, mahānandā, sīdhuḥ, maireyam, balavallabhā, kāraṇam, tatvam, madiṣṭhā, pariplutā, kalpam, svādurasā, śūṇḍā, hārahūram, mārddīkam, madanā, devasṛṣṭā, kāpiśam, abdhijā   

mādakadravapadārthaḥ - yasya sevanaṃ pāpaṃ tathā ca nindanīyam iti manyante।

saḥ pratidinaṃ sāyaṅkāle madyaṃ pītvā gṛham āgacchati।

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

prācīnakālīnaḥ godāvarīvaitaraṇyoḥ madhye vartamānaḥ deśaḥ।

kaliṅge jātena yuddhena aśokasya mataparivartanam abhavat anantaraṃ tena bauddhadharmaḥ svīkṛtaḥ।

ali

ūṣaṇam, uṣaṇam, marīcam, maricī, dvāravṛttam, maricam, auṣanam, śanijam, pavitam, valitam, kolakam, ullāghaḥ, veṇunam, vṛttaphalam, kolam, śyāmalaḥ, lohākhyam, valitam   

ekaḥ kṛṣṇavarṇīyaḥ laghuḥ kuṇḍalākāraḥ kaṭuḥ vyañjanaviśeṣaḥ।

mama pitāmahaḥ ūṣaṇaṃ miśrīya eva cāyaṃ pibati।

ali

śāstram, vijñānam, vidyā, kalindikā, kaḍandikā   

jaḍapadārthānāṃ laukikaviṣayāṇāñca jñātatattvānāṃ vivecanasya ekā svatantrā vidyāśākhā।

rāmaḥ rājanīteḥ śāstram adhīte।

ali

baddhāñjali   

baddhau karau।

baddhāñjaliḥ mātāmahī prārthanāyāṃ līnā।

ali

jalāñjali   

añjalyāṃ jalaṃ gṛhītvā mṛtakam uddiśya dānasya kriyā।

kecana janāḥ mṛtakāya jalāñjaliṃ yacchanti।

ali

śirīṣaḥ, bhaṇḍilaḥ, bhaṇḍiraḥ, bhaṇḍīlaḥ, bhaṇḍīraḥ, mṛdupuṣpaḥ, śukataruḥ, viśanāśanaḥ, śītapuṣpaḥ, bhaṇḍikaḥ, svarṇapuṣpakaḥ, śukeṣṭaḥ, varhapuṣpaḥ, viṣahantā, supuṣpakaḥ, uddānakaḥ, śukrataruḥ, lomaśapuṣpakaḥ, kapītakaḥ, kaliṅgaḥ, śyāmalaḥ, śaṅkhiniphalaḥ, madhupuṣpaḥ, vṛttapuṣpaḥ, śikhinīphalaḥ, bhaṇḍiḥ, plavagaḥ, śukapuṣpaḥ   

tīkṣṇasārāsadṛśaḥ dīrghaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

śirīṣasya kāṣṭhaṃ dṛḍham asti।

ali

phalita   

yaḥ phalayuktaḥ।

kṛṣakaḥ phalitasya vṛkṣasya rakṣaṇaṃ karoti।

ali

phalita, phalībhūta   

yasya phalaṃ pariṇāmaṃ vā prāptam।

antato gatvā puṣpāyāḥ pariśramāḥ phalitāḥ jātāḥ।

ali

viśālā, pūtikā, vṛścikapatrikā, picchilacchadā, balipodakī   

varṣākālikā latā yasyāḥ parṇaiḥ śākam apūpañca nirmīyate।

adya mātā viśālāyāḥ apūpaṃ nirmāti।

ali

catura, caturaka, nipuṇa, niṣṇa, niṣṇāta, viśārada, paṭu, pravīṇa, prājña, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, paṭumati, paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, peśala, praṇata, pratīta, aṇuka, abhijña, ullāgha, ṛbhu, ṛbhumat, ṛbhuṣṭhira, ṛbhva, ṛbhvan, ṛbhvas, karaṇa, karmaṭha, karmaṇya, kalāpa, kaliṅga, kalya, kārayitavyadakṣa, kuśala, kuśalin, kṛtakarman, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kṛtnu, kriyāpaṭu, cheka, chekala, chekāla, tūrṇi, tejīyas, dhīvan, dhīvara, dhṛtvan, dhṛṣu, nadīṣṇa, nayaka, nāgara, nāgaraka, nāgarika, nirgranthaka, nirgranthika, proha, prauṇa, bahupaṭa, budha, budhda, matimat, manasvin, marmajña, vijña, viḍaṅga, vidura, vidvala, śikva, sudhī, suvicakṣaṇa, samāpta   

yaḥ cāturyeṇa kāryaṃ karoti।

catureṇa ārakṣakeṇa aparāddhānāṃ ekaḥ saṅghaḥ gṛhītaḥ।

ali

nirdalīya, nirdalin   

pakṣarahitaḥ।

rāmeśvaraḥ ekaḥ nirdalīyaḥ pratyāśī asti।

ali

baliṃ dā   

devatām uddiśya ajādīnām ālabhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhāratavarṣe keṣucana rājyeṣu durgāpūjāyāṃ paśūn eva baliṃ dadāti।/ajāputraṃ baliṃ dadyāt।

ali

kaṅkatam, kaṅkatikā, kaṅakataḥ, veṇivedhinī, keśamārjakam, keśamārjanam, keśamārjanī, prasādhanam, keśaprasādhanam, prasādhanī, phalī, phalikā, phali   

keśaprasādhanārthaṃ kāṣṭhādinirmitadravyam।

sītā kaṅkatena keśān avamārṣṭi।

ali

dantapaṅktiḥ, dantāvali   

dantānāṃ paṅktiḥ।

sītāyāḥ dantapaṅktiḥ śobhanīyā asti।

ali

dīpamālā, dīpāvali   

prajvalitānāṃ dīpānāṃ paṅktiḥ।

dīpotsave rātrau rameśasya gṛhe dīpamālā suśobhitā āsīt।

ali

narabali   

devatādīnāṃ pūjārthe kriyamāṇā manuṣyahatyā।

narabaliḥ iti paddhatiṃ niṣedhayet।

ali

nalikā, nalī, muralī, picchorā, veṇuḥ, sānikā   

nalaḥ iva ākārasya kiñcit vastu।

asvāsthān paśūn veṇoḥ nalikayā auṣadhaṃ pāyayate।

ali

nāmāṅkanam, nāmalikhanam, nāmāropaṇam, nāmābhilekhanam, pañjīkaraṇam   

kasyāñcit pañjikāyāṃ sūcyāṃ vā nāmnaḥ samāveśanam।

ekā paricārikā rugṇālaye rogiṇāṃ nāmāṅkanaṃ kurvatī āsīt।

ali

praśnāvali   

kenacit viṣayeṇa sambaddhānāṃ praśnānāṃ samūhaḥ।

asyāṃ praśnāvalyāṃ vartamānānāṃ sarveṣāṃ praśnānāṃ samādhānaṃ mayā kṛtam।

ali

kuśika, kekara, gokulika, ṭagara, ṭerākṣa, dūritekṣaṇa, valira, viṣamadṛṣṭi   

yasya kanīnikā tiryak vartate।

kuśikaḥ puruṣaḥ kutra paśyati etad jñātuṃ bahu kaṭhinam asti।

ali

dhīvaraḥ, dhīvā, śākunikaḥ, śākunī, kaivartaḥ, kaivartakaḥ, kevartaḥ, jālikaḥ, ānāyī, abdhijīvī, kupinī, choṭī, jalacarājīvaḥ, timighātī, dāśaḥ, dāsaḥ, dāśeraḥ, dāseraḥ, dāśerakaḥ, dāserakaḥ, puñjiṣṭhaḥ, matsyaghātī, matsyajīvā, matsyajīvī, matsyabandhaḥ, matsyahā, matsyopajīvī, mātsikaḥ, mātsyikaḥ, mīnaghātī, mīnāriḥ, mainālaḥ, vāryupajīvī, śākulikaḥ, śāpharikaḥ, salilopajīvī   

yaḥ matsyān jāle baddhvā krīṇāti।

vārdalāt dhīvarāḥ samudre matsyabandhanārthe na gatāḥ।

ali

mahābalin   

yaḥ atīva balavān asti।

pāṇḍuputraḥ bhīmaḥ mahābalī āsīt।

ali

lavaṅgam, lavaṅgapuṣpam, lavaṅgakalikā, divyam, śekharam, lavam, śrīpuṣpam, ruciram, vārisambhavam, bhṛṅgāram, gīrvāṇakusumam, candanapuṣpam, devakusumam, śrīsaṃjñam, śrīprasūnam   

ekasyāḥ latāyāḥ kalikā yāṃ śoṣayitvā tasyāḥ vyañjanarūpeṇa auṣadharūpeṇa ca upayogaḥ prayogaḥ bhavati।

lavaṅgasya tailasya upayogaḥ dantapīḍānivāraṇārthaṃ kriyate।

ali

śabdāvali   

sāḥ sūciḥ yasyāṃ kathane racanāyāṃ vā prayuktāḥ viśiṣṭāḥ śabdāḥ santi।

śabdāvalim anu vākyaracanā kartavyā।

ali

galitatvam, galitatā, vigalitvam, kṣīṇatā, vilīnatā, pūtatvam, pūtiḥ, pūtatā, asāratā   

vigalanasya kriyā bhāvaḥ vā।

parṇādīnāṃ galitatvenāpi pāṃśuḥ bhavati।

ali

hastalikhita   

hastena likhitam।

saṅgrahālaye naikānāṃ janānāṃ hastalikhitāni patrāṇi santi।

ali

abhilekhapālaḥ, majamudāraḥ, ākṣapaṭalikaḥ   

yaḥ kāryālayīnān abhilekhān abhirakṣati।

rāmanārāyaṇaḥ sṭeṭabam̐ka iti vittakoṣe abhilekhapālaḥ asti।

ali

nṛpāṃśaḥ, rājasvam, karaḥ, kāraḥ, baliḥ, āyaḥ   

rājñe sarvakārāya vā śulkarūpeṇa jāyamānā prāptiḥ।

kecit rājñaḥ nṛpāṃśaḥ prajāyāḥ hitārtham upayujyante।/prajānāmeva bhūtyarthaṃ sa tābhyo balim agrahīt।

ali

dalitaḥ   

dalitavargasya sadasyaḥ।

śāsanena dalitānāṃ vikāsārthe niścayena kāryaṃ kartavyam।

ali

mṛṇālam, visam, viśam, padmanālam, mṛṇālī, mṛṇālinī, padmatantuḥ, visinī, nalinīruham   

padmasya nālam।

mṛṇālaṃ mṛdu tathā ca suṣiram asti।

ali

loṣṭaḥ, loṣṭam, dali   

bhittīnirmāṇe iṣṭikāyojanārthe upayujyamānaḥ mṛtkarkarādīnāṃ lepaḥ।

lepakaḥ loṣṭena bhittiṃ badhnāti।

ali

pāṣaṇḍaḥ, aupadhikaḥ, kuyogī, kuhakaḥ, vipratārakaḥ, dharmadhvajī, āryaliṃgī, dhārmikaveśadhārī, kapaṭadharmī   

dharmam āśritya svārthaṃ yaḥ sādhnoti।

pāṣaṇḍasya vacaneṣu viśvasanena mohinī anvatapyata।

ali

galitakuṣṭam   

galamānaṃ kuṣṭam।

cikitsakena galitakuṣṭena pīḍitaḥ rugṇaḥ rugṇālaye sthāpitaḥ।

ali

prakāśita, dīptimat, pradīpta, ujvalita   

yad prakāśyate।

sūryakiraṇaiḥ prakāśite śaśini taigmyaṃ nāsti।

ali

nirdoṣa, doṣahīna, doṣarahita, pāpaśūnya, amala, anāmaya, adoṣa, anavadya, apadoṣa, amalina, avyalīka, niṣkalaṅka   

doṣāt vihīnaḥ।

adyayāvat mayā nirdoṣaḥ puruṣaḥ na dṛṣṭaḥ।

ali

pipāsu, pipāsita, udakārthin, jalārthin, tarṣita, tarṣuka, tṛṣṇaj, pipāsat, pipāsāvat, pipāsāla, pipāsin, pipīṣat, pipīṣu, peru, viśuṣka, satarṣa, satṛṣ, satṛṣa, salilārthin   

yaḥ tṛṣṇāśamanārthe jalaṃ vāñcchati।

jalasya abhāvāt eṣaḥ pipāsuḥ amṛta।

ali

vṛtta, kuṇḍalākāra, cakra, kuṇḍalin, cakravata, cakkala, cakraka, cakruvṛtta, cākra, cākrika, parimaṇḍala, parimaṇḍalita, parivartula, vaṭin   

vartulasya ākāraḥ iva ākāraḥ yasya saḥ।

asya vṛkṣasya phalāni vṛttāni santi।

ali

rajanīgandhā, dviṣadā, nali   

puṣpaviśeṣaḥ- suvāsikapuṣpaṃ yad rātrau eva vikasati।

rātrau sati eva upavanaṃ rajanīgandhāyāḥ gandhena anuvāsitaṃ bhavati।

ali

galitakuṣṭham   

rogaviśeṣaḥ- tvagraktaviṣayakaḥ vyādhiḥ yasmin śarīrasya avayavāḥ patanti।

galitakuṣṭhena tasya hastasya aṅgulyaḥ patitāḥ।

ali

ketakaḥ, ketakī, indukalikā, tīkṣṇapuṣpā, dīrghapatraḥ, pāṃsukā, amarapuṣpaḥ, amarapuṣpakaḥ, kaṇṭadalā, kanakaketakī, kanakapuṣpī, droṇīdalaḥ, karatṛṇam, krakacacchadaḥ, gandhapuṣpaḥ, dalapuṣpā, dalapuṣpī, cakṣuṣyaḥ, cāmarapuṣpaḥ, chinnaruhā, jambālaḥ, jambulaḥ, dhūlipuṣpikā, nṛpapriyā, pharendraḥ, valīnakaḥ, viphalaḥ, vyañjanaḥ, śivadviṣṭā, sugandhinī, sūcipuṣpaḥ, sūcikā, strībhūṣaṇam, sthiragandhaḥ, svarṇaketakī, hanīlaḥ, halīmaḥ, hemaketakī, haimaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya savāsikasya puṣpasya patrāṇi krakacasya iva tīkṣṇāni santi।

adhunā udyānasthasya ketakasya puṣpaṃ vikasati।

ali

paṭanānagaram, pāṭaliputram   

vartamānasya bihārarājyasya rājadhānī।

paṭanānagaraṃ bauddhakāle pāṭaliputra iti nāmnā khyātam āsīt।

ali

kuṇḍaliyāchandaḥ   

dohāchandasaḥ tathā ca rolāchandasaḥ yogena jātaḥ chandoviśeṣaḥ।

giradharasya kuṇḍaliyāchandaḥ khyātam asti।

ali

kamalinī, padminī, mṛṇālinī   

kamalasya laghuḥ kṣupaḥ।

eṣā kamalinī kutra prāptā।

ali

puṣpāñjaliḥ, kusumāñjaliḥ, prasūnāñjali   

puṣpaiḥ yuktaḥ añjaliḥ।

akṭūbaramāsasya dvitīye dināṅke sarvaiḥ gāndhīmahodayasya smārake puṣpāñjaliḥ arpitaḥ।

ali

prajvalita   

yaḥ jvalati।

prajvalitena dīpena īśvarasya arcanā kṛtā।

ali

trayaḥ, tisraḥ, trīṇi, kālaḥ, agniḥ, bhuvanam, gaṅgāmārgaḥ, śivacakṣuḥ, guṇaḥ, grīvārekhā, kālidāsakāvyam, valiḥ, sandhyā, puram, puṣakaram, rāmaḥ, viṣṇuḥ, jvarapādaḥ   

ekaḥ adhikaḥ dvau iti kṛtvā prāptā saṃkhyā।

pañca iti saṅkhyātaḥ yadā dvau iti saṅkhyā nyūnīkṛtā tadā trayaḥ iti saṃṅkhyā prāptā।

ali

sunayana, cārulocana, lalitalocana, sunetra   

yasya netrau śobhanīyau staḥ।

gītāyāḥ putraḥ sunayanaḥ asti।

ali

nirjala, anudaka, anudra, apapayas, apodaka, kājala, gatodaka, jalahīna, niḥsalila, nirapa, nirudaka, nistoya, nyarṇa, vijala, vipayas, vitoya, vīpa, vyarṇa, vyuda, anambu   

yasmin jalasya aṃśaḥ nāsti।

nirjalā bhūmiḥ sthāne sthāne bhagnā।

ali

śamī, saktuphalā, śivā, śaktuphalā, śaktuphalī, śāntā, tuṅgā, kacaripuphalā, keśamathanī, īśānī, lakṣmīḥ, tapanatanayā, iṣṭā, śubhakarī, havirgandhā, medhyā, duritadamanī, śaktuphalikā, samudrā, maṅgalyā, surabhiḥ, pāpaśamanī, bhadrā, śaṅkarī, keśahantrī, śivāphalā, supatrā, sukhadā, jīvaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

śamyāḥ kāṣṭhasya upayogaḥ pūjākāryeṣu bhavati।

ali

kalindaḥ   

purāṇeṣu varṇitaḥ parvataviśeṣaḥ।

yamunā nadī kalindāt prabhavati iti manyate।

ali

kaliṅgaḍārāgaḥ   

rāgaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ dīpakarāgasya pañcamaḥ putraḥ iti manyate।

kaliṅgaḍārāgaḥ rātryāḥ caturthe prahare gīyate।

ali

dantolūkhalikaḥ   

saṃnyāsiviśeṣaḥ।

dantolūkhalikaḥ ulūkhalādiṣu niṣpīḍitam annaṃ na khādati।

ali

nalikāyantram   

prācīnaṃ yantram yad vaidyake upayujyate sma।

nalikāyantreṇa jalodarasya rugṇasya udarāt jalaṃ niṣkāsayanti sma।

ali

lalitāpañcamī   

āśvinamāsasya śuklapakṣasya pañcamī।

lalitāpañcamyāṃ lalitāyāḥ pūjanaṃ bhavati।

ali

lalitāṣaṣṭhī   

bhādrapadamāsasya kṛṣṇapakṣasya ṣaṣṭhī।

striyaḥ lalitāṣaṣṭhyāṃ vrataṃ kurvanti।

ali

lalitāsaptamī   

bhādrapadamāsasya śuklapakṣasya saptamī।

kecana janāḥ lalitāsaptamyāṃ vrataṃ kurvanti।

ali

baliḥ, virocanasutaḥ, indrasenaḥ, asurādhipaḥ   

prahlādasya pautraḥ tathā virocanasya putraḥ ekaḥ mahādānī daityarājaḥ।

baliṃ vañcayituṃ bhagavān vāmanāvatāram agṛhṇāt।

ali

parīkṣita, ākalita   

yasya parīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

idaṃ parīkṣitaṃ yantram asti।

ali

pippalī, kṛṣṇā, upakulyā, vaidehī, māgadhī, capalā, kaṇā, uṣaṇā, śauṇḍī, kolā, ūṣaṇā, pippaliḥ, kṛkalā, kaṭubījā, koraṅgī, tiktataṇḍulā, śyāmā, dantaphalā, magadhodbhavā   

ekā latā yasya kalikā tūtasya ākāravat bhavati।

pippalī auṣadhasya rūpeṇa upayujyate।

ali

parimalita, sugandhita   

yaḥ sugandhyate।

āpaṇake vividhāni parimalitāni kṛtrimāṇi puṣpāṇi prāpyante।

ali

śālmalī, picchilā, pūraṇī, mocā, sthirāyuḥ, śālmalaḥ, śālmalinī, tulinī, kukkuṭī, raktapuṣpā, kaṇṭakārī, mocinī, cirajīvī, picchilaḥ, raktapuṣpakaḥ, tūlavṛkṣaḥ, mocākhyaḥ, kaṇṭakadrumaḥ, raktotpalaḥ, ramyapuṣpaḥ, bahuvīryaḥ, yamadrumaḥ, dīrghadrumaḥ, sthūlaphalaḥ, dīrghāyuḥ, kaṇṭakāṣṭhaḥ   

ekaḥ bṛhat vṛkṣaḥ yasmin raktapuṣpāṇi bhavanti।

śālmalyāḥ phalasya adhobhāge kārpāsaḥ bhavati।

ali

malinaya, malinībhū, samalīkṛ, malīmasīkṛ, kalaṅkaya   

kasyacana vastunaḥ anyasmin vastuni lāñchanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

masiḥ vastrān amalinayat।

ali

nirguṇḍī, śephālikā, śephālī, nīlikā, malikā, suvahā, rajanīhāsā, niśipuṣpikā, sindhukaḥ, sindrakaḥ, sindrarāvaḥ, indrasuṣiraḥ, indrāṇikā, sindhuvāraḥ, indrasurasaḥ, nirguṇṭhī, indrāṇī, paulomī, śakrāṇī, kāsanāśinī, visundhakaḥ, sindhakam, surasaḥ, sindhuvāritaḥ, surasā, sindhuvārakaḥ   

ṣaḍ ārabhya dvāviṃśatiḥ pādonnataḥ nityaharitakṣupaḥ yasmin bhavati tuvaryāḥ iva pañcapatrāṇi evaṃ śākhāyāṃ laghūni romāṇi ca।

nirguṇḍyāḥ patramūlāni tu auṣadheṣu upayujyante।

ali

taraṅgaḥ, ūrmiḥ, taralaḥ, taraṅgakaḥ, vīciḥ, vīcī, utkali   

śarīre kasyāpi manobhāvādeḥ utthānasya kriyā।

prajāyāṃ netṝṇāṃ viruddhaṃ krodhaḥ pravardhate।

ali

kalivarjya   

yad kaliyuge kartuṃ niṣidhyate।

idānīntane kāle janāḥ kalivarjyāni kāryāṇi eva kurvanti।

ali

andhalipiḥ   

andhajanānāṃ kṛte nirmitā ekā lipiḥ।

andhalipyāḥ nirmātrī luībrelamahodayā svayaṃ aṃdhā āsīt।

ali

jaikalina-āmram   

āmrāṇām ekaḥ prakāraḥ।

adya mayā prathamavāraṃ jaika़lina-āmraṃ bhuktam।

ali

jaikalina-āmraḥ   

jaikalina iti nāmakānām āmrāṇāṃ vṛkṣaḥ।

jaikalina-āmraḥ kīṭakaiḥ naṣṭaḥ।

ali

annanali   

kaṇṭhanālyāḥ jaṭharaṃ yāvat prasṛtaḥ saḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ nigalitāya bhojanāya jaṭharaṃ yāvat prāpayati।

annanalikāyāḥ dīrghatā prāyaḥ nava vartate।

ali

indrapuṣpā, indrapuṣpī, indrapuṣpikā, indupuṣpikā, amūlā, dīptaḥ, vahniśikhā, kalihārī, manojavā, vahnivaktrā, puṣpasaurabhā, viśalyā, vahnicakrā, halinī, puṣā, halī, vidyujjvālā   

bhāratasya dakṣiṇe vardhamānaḥ ekaḥ kṣupaḥ yaḥ oṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

indrapuṣpāyāḥ patrāṇāṃ kaṇḍānā ca kaṣāyaṃ pīnasāya lābhadāyakaṃ bhavati।

ali

aprameya, aparimeya, amāpya, aparimāṇa, asammita, akalita   

yat mātuṃ na śakyate।

prakṛtiḥ tu amāpyāyāḥ sampadāyāḥ khanī।

ali

abhimānī, garvitaḥ, avaliptaḥ, sagarvaḥ, sadarpaḥ, utsiktaḥ, sāṭopaḥ, sāhaṃkāraḥ, ahaṃmānī, mattaḥ, samunnaddhaḥ, dhṛṣṭaḥ, pratibhāvān, garvitacittaḥ, madoddhataḥ, darpādhmātaḥ, smayākulaḥ, ahaṃkṛtaḥ, abhimāninī, garvitā, avaliptā, sagarvā, sadarpā, utsiktā, sāṭopā, sāhaṃkārī, ahaṃmāninī, mattā, samunnaddhā, dhṛṣṭā, pratibhāvatī, garvitacittā, madoddhatā, darpādhmātā, smayākulā, ahaṃkṛtā   

yasya abhimānaḥ vartate।

ahaṃ tasya abhimāninaḥ chāyāyāḥ api dūraṃ sthātum icchāmi।

ali

parīkṣaṇanali   

kācasya ekā nalikā yasyāḥ ekam upāntaṃ ruddham।

parīkṣaṇanalikāyāḥ prayogaḥ rāsāyanikāyāṃ prayogaśālāyāṃ kasyāpi vāyoḥ parīkṣaṇāya bhavati।

ali

yoga-kuṇḍalini-upaniṣad, yoga-kuṇḍaliniḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

yoga-kuṇḍalini-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ali

kali-saṇṭāraṇa-upaniṣad, kali-saṇṭāraṇaḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

kali-saṇṭāraṇa-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

ali

hastalikhitatajjñaḥ, hastalikhitanipuṇaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi hastalekhanaṃ dṛṣṭvā tasya svabhāvam abhijānāti।

hastalikhitatajjñasya anusāraṃ śyāmaḥ atīva bhāvapūrṇaḥ asti।

ali

hastalikhitatajjñaḥ, hastalikhitanipuṇaḥ   

yaḥ hastalekhanaṃ dṛṣṭvā lekhakaḥ kaḥ asya viṣaye vetti।

hastalikhitatajjñena patreṣu hastākṣarasya parīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

ali

avyaktavādī, aspaṣṭavādī, skhalatsadadavādī, skhalitasvaraḥ   

yaḥ spaṣṭaṃ na vadati।

avyaktavādinaḥ vacanāni śrutvā sarve ahasan।

ali

skhalitam, prakampaḥ, bhramaṇam, pariskhalitam   

praskhalitasya kriyā avasthā vā।

mohanasya skhalitena eva jñāyate yat tena madirāpānaṃ kṛtam।

ali

śvāsanalikā, kaṇṭhapraṇālī, śvāsamārgaḥ, prāṇamārgaḥ   

śarīre upāsthnā racitā sā nalikā yasyāḥ śvāsasya gamanāgamanaṃ bhavati।

śvāsanalikāyāṃ udbhūtāt rodhāt śvasanaṃ duṣkaraṃ bhavati।

ali

calita   

yaḥ dṛḍhaṃ baddhaḥ nāsti।

asya mañjūṣāyāḥ āvaraṇaṃ calitam asti।

ali

māṇḍalika   

maṇḍalena sambaddham।

dīkṣā māṇḍalikāyāṃ krīḍāyāḥ pratiyogitāyāṃ bhāgaṃ gṛhṇāti।

ali

krāntimāṇḍalika   

krāntivalayena sambaddhaṃ krāntivalayasya vā।

bhāratasya adhikaḥ uttarabhāgaḥ krāntimāṇḍalikāt pradeśāt bahiḥ asti।

ali

ḍabalinanagaram   

āyaralaiṇḍadeśasya rājadhānī।

ḍabalinanagaram āyaralaiṇḍadeśasya mahiṣṭhaṃ nagaram asti।

ali

lali   

rāgiṇīviśeṣaḥ।

keṣāñcana viduṣāṃ matānusāreṇa lalitā megharāgasya vasantarāgasya vā sahacāriṇī matā।

ali

lali   

rādhikāyāḥ ekā sakhī।

lalitā rādhikāyāḥ pradhānasakhīṣu ekā āsīt।

ali

lali   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

lalitāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe kramaśaḥ tagaṇaḥ, jagaṇaḥ tathā ragaṇaḥ ca bhavanti।

ali

hākali   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

hākalikāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe pañcadaśa varṇāḥ bhavanti।

ali

yuvapalita   

yasya keśāḥ yuvāvasthāyām eva palitāḥ।

yuvapalitaḥ sainikaḥ keśān rañjayati।

ali

alibāganagaram   

mahārāṣṭre vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

alibāganagarasya durgam atīva prasiddhaṃ vartate।

ali

baliyānagaram   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

baliyānagaram uttarapradeśasya bihārarājyasya ca sīmni asti।

ali

baliyāmaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

baliyāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ baliyānagare asti।

ali

viṣamaya, viṣada, viṣajuṣṭa, viṣavat, viṣabhṛt, viṣālu, garalin, viṣadhara, saviṣa   

yasya prabhāvaḥ viṣamiva asti।

teṣāṃ mṛtyuḥ bahirbhūtānāṃ viṣamayānām auṣadhānāṃ sevanena abhavat।

ali

śārdūlalalitam   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

śārdūlalalitasya pratyekasmin caraṇe kramaśaḥ magaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ tagaṇaḥ ekaḥ guruḥ ca bhavati।

ali

alindaḥ, vitardikā, vitardiḥ, tamaṅgaḥ, vedikā   

gṛhasya bhitteḥ bahiḥ āgataḥ saḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ kṣudrastambhaśreṇyā parisṛṣṭaḥ asti।

te sandhyāsamayasya kaṣāyaṃ alinde eva pibanti।

ali

alindaḥ, vitardiḥ, vitardikā, tamaṅga, vedikā   

sabhāgṛhasya uparitanaḥ aṭṭaḥ yaḥ prathama-aṭṭasya upari kevalaṃ pṛṣṭhabhāge vartate।

alindasya cīṭikā na prāptā।

ali

alipuranagaram   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

dakṣiṇacaubīsaparaganāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ alipuranagare asti।

ali

iṅgaliśabājāranagaram   

paścimabaṅgālarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

māladāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ iṅgaliśabājāranagare asti।

ali

lalitapuramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

lalitapuramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ lalitapuranagare asti।

ali

lalitapuranagaram   

uttarapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

rameśasya pitṛvyaḥ lalitapuranagare nivasati।

ali

supeśa, tanu, kṛśa, sutanu, saru, ślakṣṇa, śīrṇa, śāta, pātraṭa, apacita, talina, aṇu, aṇutara, āma, caṭula, pratanu, pelava, paripelava   

yasya ghanatvam alpam asti।

etad aṃśukaṃ supeśam asti।

ali

pravaralali   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

pravaralalitāyāṃ pratyekasmin caraṇe krameṇa yagaṇaḥ magaṇaḥ nagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ ragaṇaḥ tathā ca ekaḥ guruḥ asti।

ali

indrayavam, kaliṅgam, bhadrayavam, śakrabījam, vatsakabījam, kuṭajam, kuṭakabījam   

vanyavṛkṣasya phalam।

vānarāḥ indrayavaṃ chindanti।

ali

śraddhāñjali   

mṛtasya prati kṛtaḥ śraddhāpūrvakaḥ vyavahāraḥ।

sadane sadasyaiḥ maune sthitvā hutātmabhyaḥ śraddhāñjaliḥ arpitā।

ali

mātali   

indrasārathiḥ।

rāmarāvaṇayuddhe mātaliḥ rāmasya sārathiḥ āsīt।

ali

kitānalipiḥ   

lipiviśeṣaḥ।

maṅgolabhāṣā kitānalipyāṃ likhyate।

ali

udghāṭita, udghaṭṭita, ujjṛmbhita, utkalita, utkīlita   

yad apinaddham asti।

udghāṭitāt dvārāt śvā prāviśat।

ali

hastalikhitam, pustakam, kācanakī, pustam, lekhaḥ   

hastena likhitaṃ patram।

saṅgrahālaye'smin bahūni prācīnāni hastalikhitāni santi।

ali

bhrājasvat, bhrājasvin, ujjvalita, utprabha, uddyot   

ābhāyuktaḥ।

sā ākāśe bhrājasvat nakṣatram paśyati।

ali

gothikali   

lipīviśeṣaḥ।

gothikalipī pañcadaśataḥ aṣṭādaśavarṣaśataparyantaṃ pracalitā āsīt।

ali

varṣāsalilam, varṣāmbu, vṛṣṭyambu, khajalam, khavāri, ākāśasalilam, gaganāmbu, nabhombu, meghodakam, divyodakam, vyomodakam, śikarāmbu, abhrapruṭ   

meghebhyaḥ bindudhārārūpeṇa patitaṃ toyam।

varṣāsalilena saḥ ārdravāsaḥ abhavat।

ali

ghana, sthūla, asūkṣma, saghana, pīvara, bahala, bahalita, medura   

sarvatraṃ samānarūpeṇa sthavimat।

parvataśikhareṣu ghanā himasaṃhatiḥ।

ali

salilasthalacaraḥ   

prāṇiviśeṣaḥ yaḥ jale sthale ca nivasituṃ śaknoti।

maṇḍūkaḥ salilasthalacaraḥ asti।

ali

paṅktiḥ, āvali   

ekasya janasya vāhanasya vā pṛṣṭhataḥ anyaḥ janaḥ vāhanaḥ vā iti sthitau kañcana pratīkṣyamāṇāḥ janāḥ।

paṅktim atikramya gacchataḥ cālakasya tāḍanaṃ jātam।

ali

uṣṭraḥ, karabhaḥ, dāserakaḥ, dīrghagrīvaḥ, dhūsaraḥ, lamboṣṭhaḥ, ravaṇaḥ, mahājaṅghaḥ, javī, jāṅghikaḥ, kramelakaḥ, mayaḥ, mahāṅgaḥ, dīrghagatiḥ, dīrghaḥ, śṛṅkhalakaḥ, mahān, mahāgrīvaḥ, mahānādaḥ, mahādhvagaḥ, mahāpṛṣṭhaḥ, baliṣṭhaḥ, dīrghajaṅghaḥ, grīvī, dhūmrakaḥ, śarabhaḥ, kramelaḥ, kaṇṭakāśanaḥ, bholiḥ, bahukaraḥ, adhvagaḥ, marudvipaḥ, vakragrīvaḥ, vāsantaḥ, kulanāśaḥ, kuśanāmā, marupriyaḥ, dvikakut, durgalaṅghanaḥ, bhūtaghnaḥ, dāseraḥ, kelikīrṇaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ- yaḥ prāyaḥ marusthale dṛśyate।

tena uṣṭraṃ datvā uṣṭrī krītā।

ali

vānaraḥ, kapiḥ, plavaṅgaḥ, plavagaḥ, śākhāmṛgaḥ, valīmukhaḥ, markaṭaḥ, kīśaḥ, vanaukāḥ, markaḥ, plavaḥ, pravaṅgaḥ, pravagaḥ, plavaṅgamaḥ, pravaṅgamaḥ, golāṅgulaḥ, kapitthāsya, dadhikṣoṇaḥ, hariḥ, tarumṛgaḥ, nagāṭanaḥ, jhampī, jhampārukalipriyaḥ, kikhiḥ, śālāvṛkaḥ   

puṃjātiviśiṣṭavānaraḥ।

saḥ manuṣyaḥ vānaraṃ vānarīṃ ca nartayati।

ali

maṇḍūkaḥ, plavaḥ, plavagaḥ, plavaṃgamaḥ, plavakaḥ, ajambhaḥ, ajihmaḥ, ajihvaḥ, alimakaḥ, kaṭuravaḥ, kokaḥ, jihmamohanaḥ, tarantaḥ, toyasarpikā, dardarikaḥ, darduraḥ, nandakaḥ, nandanaḥ, nirjihvaḥ, bhekaḥ, maṇḍaḥ, marūkaḥ, mahāravaḥ, mudiraḥ, meghanādaḥ, rekaḥ, lūlukaḥ, varṣābhūḥ, varṣāhūḥ, vṛṣṭibhūḥ, vyaṅgaḥ, śallaḥ, śāluḥ, śālūkaḥ, śālūraḥ, hariḥ   

saḥ catuṣpādaḥ yaḥ kārdame vasati tathā ca yaḥ jale bhūmau ca dṛśyate।

bālakaḥ maṇḍūkaḥ maṇḍūkī ca etayoḥ madhye bhedaṃ kartum asamarthaḥ।

ali

stavanāvali   

stavanānām āvaliḥ।

sā mahyaṃ mīrāyāḥ stavanāvalīṃ dattavatī।

ali

jājali   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

jājaleḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate asti।

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

daityaviśeṣaḥ।

kaliṅgasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

ali

sudṛḍha, dṛḍha, aṭala, askhalita, kīkasa, dhruva, niṣṭhita, śūrṇa, sambāळ्ha   

yad na vicalati।

asya gṛhasya iṣṭikānyāsaḥ sudṛḍhaḥ asti।

ali

bājabahāduraḥ, malikavāyajīdaḥ   

ekaḥ śāsakaḥ।

bājabahāduraḥ akabarasya senāpatinā parājitaḥ।

ali

praharaṇakali   

caturdaśavarṇayuktaḥ varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

praharaṇakalikāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe nagaṇau bhagaṇaḥ nagaṇaḥ ante laghuḥ guruśca bhavati।

ali

rūḍha, nirūḍha, pracalita, vyāvahārika, ucita, niyata, pracala, sāmayika, niyama, dharmya, vaiyavahārika, sāṃketika, sāmayācārika, pratna, lokya, laukika   

loke lokeṣu vā pracalitaḥ.;

asya śabdasya rūḍhaḥ arthaḥ kaḥ।

ali

vithuram, vyathanam, vyathiḥ, pravepi, praskhaladgatiḥ, bhreṣaḥ, visaṃṣṭhulam, visaṃṣṭhulagamanam, vihurchanam, abhivegaḥ, skhalaḥ, skhalitagatiḥ   

praskhalana-kriyā।

bālakasya vithuraṃ gamanaṃ sarveṣāṃ manāṃsi vyāharat।

ali

arthalipsu, dhanakāma, dhanakāmya, arthakāma, arthacitta   

dhanam icchati iti।

arthalipsuḥ vaṇik keṣucit eva varṣeṣu dhanikaḥ jātaḥ।

ali

aliṅga   

liṅgarahitaḥ।(strītvapuruṣatvayoḥ cihnena athavā anyena cihnena rahitaḥ);

aliṅgāt śivāt pañca jñānendriyaṇi pañca karmendriyāṇi pañca mahābhūtāḥ manas sthūlaṃ sūkṣmaṃ ca jagat ityādīni utpadyante।

ali

aliñjaraḥ   

mṛttikāyāḥ laghu jalapātram।

yātrikaḥ aliñjarāt jalaṃ niṣkāsya sahapathine adadāt।

ali

alikulam, alimālā   

bhramarāṇāṃ samūhaḥ।

puṣpasya paritaḥ alikulaṃ parighūrṇati।

ali

alilaḥ   

pakṣiviśeṣaḥ।

alilasya ullekhaḥ vedānte asti।

ali

avakalita, avalokita   

yasya avalokanaṃ kṛtam।

idam avakalitaṃ yantram asti।

ali

avadīrṇa, āyuta, gālita, dravamāṇa, drāvita, druta, nirgalita   

yad dravarūpe parivartitam।

mātā avadīrṇena ghṛtena miṣṭānnaṃ pacati।

ali

avalipta   

yat lipyate।

bhasmena avaliptān pātrān sā prakṣālayati।

ali

lalitaḥ   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

lalitasya prathame caraṇe krameṇa sagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ tathā laghuvarṇaḥ dvitīye nagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ tathā guruvarṇaḥ tṛtīye nagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ tathā caturthe sagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ sagaṇaḥ jagaṇaḥ ca vartate।

ali

lalitarāgaḥ   

rāgaviśeṣaḥ।

lalitarāgaḥ prātaḥ gīyate।

ali

lalitapadaḥ   

aṣṭāviṃśatibhiḥ varṇaiḥ yuktaḥ chandoviśeṣaḥ।

lalitapade ṣoḍaśe tathā dvādaśe viśrāmaḥ bhavati।

ali

śatabali   

vīraḥ vānaraḥ yasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe prāpyate।

sītāyāḥ anveṣaṇārtham uttarasyāṃ diśi gatāyāḥ vānarasenāyāḥ nāyakaḥ śatabaliḥ āsīt।

ali

garuḍaḥ, garutmān, tārkṣyaḥ, vainateyaḥ, khageśvaraḥ, nāgāntakaḥ, viṣṇurathaḥ, suparṇaḥ, pannagāśanaḥ, mahāvīraḥ, pakṣisiṃhaḥ, uragāśanaḥ, śālmalī, harivāhanaḥ, amṛtāharaṇaḥ, nāgāśanaḥ, śālmalisthaḥ, khagendraḥ, bhujagāntakaḥ, tarakṣī, tārkṣyanāyakaḥ   

purāṇeṣu varṇitaṃ bhagavataḥ viṣṇoḥ vāhanam।

garuḍaḥ bhagavataḥ viṣṇoḥ paramaḥ bhaktaḥ asti।

ali

śālmali   

narakaviśeṣaḥ।

śālmaleḥ varṇanaṃ manusmṛtau prāpyate।

ali

prajvali   

mātrikaḥ chandoviśeṣaḥ।

prajvaliyāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe ṣoḍaśa mātrāḥ santi।

ali

nali   

ekā paurāṇikā strī।

nalinī rājñaḥ alamīḍhasya patnī āsīt।

ali

traibali   

ekaḥ paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiḥ।

traibāleḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate ādhikyena prāpyate।

ali

śālmalidvīpaḥ   

purāṇānusāreṇa pṛthivyāḥ saptasu dvīpeṣu ekaḥ।

śālmalidvīpasya vistāraḥ plakṣadvīpāt dviguṇitaḥ asti।

ali

aśvalalitaḥ, adritanayā   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

aśvalalite trayoviṃśatiḥ varṇāḥ santi।

ali

atikaśa, atyaṅkuśa, durlalita   

vyavasthāpayitum ayogyaḥ।

atikaśāyāḥ sampatteḥ saḥ svāmī।

ali

nirliptatā, aliptatā, asaṃsaktiḥ   

nirliptasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

nirliptatā iti ekā mahatī sādhanā।

ali

malinībhū   

amalinaḥ malinaḥ bhavati iti tadanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

etat vastraṃ malinyabhavat।

ali

vastikuṇḍalikā, vastikuṇḍalam   

mūtrāśayasya rogaḥ।

vastikuṇḍalikāyāṃ mūtrāśaye granthiḥ bhavati।

ali

skhalita   

svasya sthānāt patitaḥ।

parvatāt skhalitena bhūkhaṇḍena parvatīya mārgaḥ avaruddhaḥ।

ali

kaṭukīṭaḥ, daṃśaḥ, puttikā, bhambharālikā, maśaḥ, maśakaḥ, malimlucaḥ, raṇaraṇaḥ, sūcītuṇḍaḥ, sūcīmukhaḥ, sūcyāsyaḥ, vajratuṇḍaḥ, sūkṣmamakṣikā, kṣudraḥ   

jhirīviśeṣaḥ।

bālāḥ kaṭukīṭaṃ grahitum ayatanta।

ali

nali   

astraviśeṣaḥ yaḥ idānīṃtanīyāyāḥ lohasuṣyāyāḥ iva āsīt iti kathyate।

nalikāyāḥ gulikāḥ śarāḥ vā utsṛjyante sma।

ali

nalinī, manaharaṇam   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

nalinyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe pañca sagaṇāḥ bhavanti।

ali

nali   

nārikelanirmitā surā।

kulyāyāḥ taṭe upaviśya dvau karmakarau nalinīṃ pibataḥ।

ali

antaḥsalila   

yasya jalasya pravāhaḥ antaḥ bhavati।

bhāratadeśe antaḥsalilāḥ nadyaḥ santi।

ali

dṛgvihīnā, andhā, galitanayanā, gatākṣā, dṛṣṭihīnā   

darśane asamarthā strī।

dṛgvihīnā svapautrasya sāhāyyena gacchati।

ali

alikhita   

yad likhitaṃ nāsti।

asya gaṇasya kecana alikhitāḥ niyamāḥ santi।

ali

mudu, pelava, peśala, mudu, mudula, mṛdu, marāla, komala, lalita, mṛdula, kala, apuṣṭa, arūkṣa, arūkṣita, arūkṣṇa, alūkṣa, ārdra, kaumāra, klinna, dhīra   

yasmin kaṭhoratā nāsti।

tasya svabhāvaḥ saralaḥ tathā ca mṛduḥ asti।

ali

saṅkalita   

saṃgṛhitaṃ rakṣitaṃ ca।(dhanam);

dvivārṣikaḥ saṅkalitaḥ rāśiḥ dvisahasram asti।

ali

kṛṣṇanetrapaṭalam, kṛṣṇapaṭalam, kṛṣṇakācaḥ, kṛṣṇaliṅganāśaḥ, kṛṣṇanirjharaḥ   

netrarogaviśeṣaḥ- yasmin netrasthe dīptopale kṛṣṇapaṭalam āgacchati।

cikitsakānāṃ matena bhārate andhatvasya pramukhaṃ kāraṇaṃ kṛṣṇanetrapaṭalam asti।

ali

mūtranalikā, mūtravāhikā   

mūtraṃ vāhayantī nalikā।

ekaḥ vaijñānikaḥ mūtranalikāyāḥ ūtyā nirmāṇaṃ dṛḍhatāpūrvakaṃ kathayati।

ali

balipratipadā   

kārtikaśuddhapratipadā।

balipratipadāyāḥ dine baliḥ pūjyate।

ali

bhāratasañcāranigamalimiṭeḍam   

bhāratasarvakārasya dūrasañcārasya udyogasaṃsthā।

bhāratasañcāranigamalimiṭeḍena dattānāṃ suvidhānāṃ lābhaṃ svīkarotu।

ali

mahānagaraṭelīphonanigamalimiṭeḍam   

yā udyogasaṃsthā antarjālasya sevāṃ pradadāti।

saḥ mahānagaraṭelīphonanigamalimiṭeḍe kāryaṃ karoti।

ali

indracirbhiṭī, indīvarā, yugmaphalā, dīrghavṛntā, uttamāraṇī, puṣpamañjarikā, droṇī, karambhā, nali   

latāviśeṣaḥ-yasyā guṇāḥ kaṭutvam śītatvam pittaśleṣmakāsadoṣavraṇakṛmināśitvam asti ।

indracirbhiṭī cakṣuhitakārī asti

ali

kali   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kaleḥ varṇanaṃ ṛgvede vartate

ali

kali   

naikāni vṛttāni ।

kalikā iti nāma naikānāṃ vṛttānāṃ vartate

ali

kali   

ekaḥ granthaḥ ।

kalikā iti ekaḥ vaidyakagranthaḥ vartate

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

naike lekhakāḥ ।

kaliṅgaḥ iti naikānāṃ lekhakānāṃ nāma asti

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

kaliṅgānāṃ varṇanaṃ purāṇe vartate

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

ā kaṭakāt madradeśa yāvat bhāgaḥ kaliṅgaḥ iti khyātaḥ

ali

kaliṅgaḥ, kalindaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

kaliṅgaḥ dīrghatamasaḥ tathā ca sudeṣṇāyāḥ putraḥ asti

ali

kaliṅgaḥ, kalindaḥ   

ekaḥ anucaraḥ ।

kaliṅgaḥ skandasya anucaraḥ asti

ali

kalindaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

yamunā kalindāt nissarati

ali

pūrvatryalindam   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

patañjalinā pūrvatryalindam ullikhitam

ali

pūrvapāṭaliputraḥ   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

pāṇininā pūrvapāṭaliputram samullikhitam

ali

jājali   

ekaḥ ācāryaḥ ।

jājaleḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

ali

nalinadalaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

nalinadalasya ullekhaḥ pravaragranthe vartate

ali

vilāpakusumāñjali   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

vimalāpakusumāñjaleḥ ullekhaḥ kośe asti

ali

kusumāñjalikārikāvyākhyā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalikārikāvyākhyā kusumāñjalikārikāyāḥ vivecanārthaṃ likhitā

ali

kusumāñjaliṭīkā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliṭīkā kusumāñjaligranthasya vivaraṇaṃ karoti

ali

kusumāñjaliprakāśaḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliprakāśaḥ kusumāñjaligranthaṃ vivṛṇute

ali

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ali

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa: kusumāñjaligranthasya viṣayavivecanaṃ karoti

ali

kusumāñjalivṛtti:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalivṛtti: kusumāñjaligranthe likhitā ṭīkā asti

ali

kusumāñjalivyākhyā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalivyākhyā kusumāñjaligranthagataviṣayasya vyākhyānaṃ karoti

ali

kūṭaśālmali   

narakaviśeṣaḥ ।

kūṭaśālmaliḥ padma-purāṇe ullikhitaḥ asti

ali

vaiśvadevabalikarma   

ekā kriyā ।

vaiśvadevabalikarma iti nāmnau dvau kriye staḥ

ali

pūrvatryalindam   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

patañjalinā pūrvatryalindam ullikhitam

ali

pūrvapāṭaliputraḥ   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

pāṇininā pūrvapāṭaliputram samullikhitam

ali

praliśaḥ   

ekaḥ adbhutaḥ jīvaḥ ।

suparṇādhyāye praliśasya varṇanaṃ kṛtam asti

ali

prājalaḥ, prājvalanaḥ, prāñjali   

ekaṃ vaidika-śāstram ।

āryavidyā-sudhākare uddhṛtā prājala iti sāmaveda-śākhā kośeṣu api ullikhitaḥ

ali

prāyaścittasārāvali   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittasārāvaliḥ iti prasiddhā racanā

ali

bakulāvali   

ekā rājaputrī ।

mālavikāgnimitram iti saṃskṛta-nāṭake bakulāvalikā varṇitā

ali

balivardī   

kalyāṇyādi gaṇeṣu ekā strī ।

kāśikā-vṛttyāṃ balivardī varṇitā prāpyate

ali

balivṛṣahā   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

viṣṇu-purāṇe balivṛṣahā varṇitaḥ prāpyate

ali

balīvardī, balivardī   

śubhrādi gaṇeṣu ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kāśikā-vṛttyāṃ balīvardī varṇitaḥ prāpyate

ali

bahustavāvali   

ekaḥ sūktasaṅgrahaḥ ।

prācīna-saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye bahustavāvaliḥ iti sūktasaṃgrahaḥ suvikhyātaḥ

ali

kusumāñjalikārikāvyākhyā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalikārikāvyākhyā kusumāñjalikārikāyāḥ vivecanārthaṃ likhitā

ali

kusumāñjaliṭīkā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliṭīkā kusumāñjaligranthasya vivaraṇaṃ karoti

ali

kusumāñjaliprakāśaḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliprakāśaḥ kusumāñjaligranthaṃ vivṛṇute

ali

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjaliprakāśamakaraṇḍasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ali

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalimakaraṇḍa: kusumāñjaligranthasya viṣayavivecanaṃ karoti

ali

kusumāñjalivṛtti:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalivṛtti: kusumāñjaligranthe likhitā ṭīkā asti

ali

kusumāñjalivyākhyā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalivyākhyā kusumāñjaligranthagataviṣayasya vyākhyānaṃ karoti

ali

kūṭaśālmali   

narakaviśeṣaḥ ।

kūṭaśālmaliḥ padma-purāṇe ullikhitaḥ asti

ali

ratnāvalī, ratnāvali   

granthaprakāraviśeṣaḥ ।

naikeṣāṃ śāstre ratnāvalī iti granthaḥ vartate

ali

lalitaḥ   

vṛttanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

naikeṣāṃ vṛttānāṃ nāma lalitaḥ iti asti

ali

kevikā, kavikā, kevī, bhṛṅgāriḥ, bhṛṅgamārī, nṛpavallabhā, mahāgandhā, rājakanyā, alivāhinī   

ekaṃ puṣpam,asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ,śītatvaṃ,dāhapittaśramavātaśleṣmarogapittacharddivināśitvaṃ ca ।

kevikāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

ali

kokalikaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kokalikaḥ bauddhasāhitye ullikhitaḥ asti

ali

śyāvali   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śyāvalyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

śrībali   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

śrībaleḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ali

valīmukhaḥ, valimukhaḥ   

ekaḥ vānaraḥ ।

valīmukhasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare vartate

ali

brahmabali   

ekaḥ ācāryaḥ ।

brahmabaliḥ kośeṣu varṇitaḥ

ali

salilāvatī   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

salilāvatyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

ali

sahajalalitaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

sahajalalitasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

ali

sahasrakiraṇāvali   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

sahasrakiraṇāvaleḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

sākali   

ekā strī ।

sākaleḥ ullekhaḥ divyāvadāne asti

ali

sākali   

ekā strī ।

sākalikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ divyāvadāne asti

ali

kevikā, kavikā, kevī, bhṛṅgāriḥ, bhṛṅgamārī, nṛpavallabhā, mahāgandhā, rājakanyā, alivāhinī   

ekaṃ puṣpam, asya guṇāḥ madhuratvaṃ, śītatvaṃ, dāhapittaśramavātaśleṣmarogapittacharddivināśitvaṃ ca ।

kevikāyāḥ varṇanaṃ kośe vartate

ali

kokalikaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kokalikaḥ bauddhasāhitye ullikhitaḥ asti

ali

galitakaḥ   

ekaṃ chandaḥ ।

galitakasya prayogaḥ sāhityadarpaṇe dṛśyate

ali

gokhapiṅgali   

ekaḥ parivāraḥ ।

gokhapiṅgaliḥ pravaragranthe ullikhitaḥ asti

ali

hali   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

haleḥ ullekhaḥ griṣṭyādigaṇe asti

ali

haliṅguḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

haliṅgoḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

haritattvamuktāvali   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

haritattvamuktāvaleḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

stavāvali   

sūktānāṃ saṅgrahaḥ athavā praśaṃsāvaliḥ ।

stavāvalyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

palitaḥ   

ekaḥ mūṣakaḥ ।

palitasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ali

palitaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

palitasya ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe viṣṇupurāṇe ca asti

ali

paliṅguḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

paliṅgoḥ ullekhaḥ hiraṇyakeśin-gṛhya-sūtre asti

ali

kalivināśinī   

ekā devatā ।

kalivināśinyāḥ ullekhaḥ brahmapurāṇe asti

ali

kalindā   

ekā nadī ।

kalindāyāḥ ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

ali

kalindaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

kalindānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ali

kalindaḥ   

skandasya ekaḥ anucaraḥ ।

kalindasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ali

kalindaḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

kalindasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

kalinātha   

ekaḥ saṅgītaviṣayakaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kalināthasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

kalidharmasārasaṅgrahaḥ   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

kalidharmasārasaṅgrahasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

kaliṅgasenā   

ekā rājaputrī ।

kaliṅgasenāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

kaliṅgaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

ekaḥ deśaḥ ।

kaliṅgasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate harivaṃśe ca asti

ali

kaliṅgaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

kaliṅgānām ullekhaḥ mahābhārate harivaṃśe ca asti

ali

kaliṅga   

skandasya ekaḥ anucaraḥ ।

kaliṅgasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ali

kalikārikā   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

kalikārikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

kali   

chandoviśeṣaḥ ।

kalikā iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ chandasām ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

kali   

vaidyakīyaviṣayikā ekā kṛtiḥ ।

kalikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

kali   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kaleḥ ullekhaḥ ṛgvede asti

ali

kali   

ekā upaniṣad ।

kaleḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

tosaliputraḥ   

ekaḥ jainācāryaḥ ।

tosaliputraḥ hemacandreṇa parigaṇitaḥ

ali

taulvali   

ekaḥ ācāryaḥ ।

taulvaliḥ āśvalāyanaśrautasūtreṇa parigaṇitaḥ

ali

trikaliṅgaḥ   

janasamūhaviśeṣaḥ ।

trikaliṅgasya ullekhaḥ sāhityadarpaṇe vartate

ali

tryalindaḥ   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

tryalindaḥ pāṇinīnā parigaṇitaḥ

ali

ekāvaliprakāśaḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

ekāvaliprakāśasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

ekāvalitaralaḥ   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

ekāvalitaralasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

ṛṣijāṅgali   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

ṛṣijāṅgalikyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

utpali   

ekaḥ śabdakoṣaḥ ।

utpalinyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

utpali   

ekā nadī ।

utpalinyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

ali

āpiśali   

ekaḥ prācīnaḥ vaiyākaraṇaḥ ।

āpiśaleḥ ullekhaḥ pāṇininā kṛtaḥ

ali

pippaliśroṇiḥ   

ekā nadī ।

pippaliśroṇyāḥ ullekhaḥ mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe asti

ali

āpiśali   

ekaḥ prācīnaḥ vaiyākaraṇaḥ ।

āpiśaleḥ ullekhaḥ pāṇininā kṛtaḥ

ali

cāṭali   

ekaḥ pradeśaḥ ।

cāṭalikāyāḥ varṇanaṃ rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ vartate

ali

vīralalitaḥ   

ekaṃ vṛttam ।

vīralalitasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

chaḍḍali   

ekaṃ vṛttam ।

chaḍḍalikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ sāhitya-darpaṇe asti

ali

chalitakaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

chalitakasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

chāgali   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

chāgaleḥ ullekhaḥ harivaṃśe asti

ali

tarali   

ekā dāsī ।

taralikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ kādambaryām asti

ali

talinaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

talinasya ullekhaḥ pravaragrantheṣu asti

ali

tāmaliptaḥ   

tāmaliptānām janānāṃ nagaram ।

tāmaliptasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

ali

tāmraliptarṣiḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

tāmraliptarṣeḥ ullekhaḥ siṃhāsanadvātriṃśikāyām asti

ali

tosaliputraḥ   

ekaḥ jainācāryaḥ ।

tosaliputraḥ hemacandreṇa parigaṇitaḥ

ali

taulvali   

ekaḥ ācāryaḥ ।

taulvaliḥ āśvalāyanaśrautasūtreṇa parigaṇitaḥ

ali

trikaliṅgaḥ   

janasamūhaviśeṣaḥ ।

trikaliṅgasya ullekhaḥ sāhityadarpaṇe vartate

ali

tryalindaḥ   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

tryalindaḥ pāṇinīnā parigaṇitaḥ

ali

dāmaliptaḥ   

janasamūhaviśeṣaḥ ।

dāmaliptasya ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe vartate

ali

dāmaliptaḥ   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

dāmaliptasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ali

devasthali   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

devasthaleḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

ali

kāpilabali   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kāpilabaliḥ carakeṇa parigaṇitaḥ

ali

devasthali   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

devasthaleḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

Parse Time: 2.758s Search Word: ali Input Encoding: IAST IAST: ali